Treaty Between The Federal Republic Of Germany And The German Democratic Republic On The Unification Of Germany

Original Language Title: Vertrag zwischen der Bundesrepublik Deutschland und der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik über die Herstellung der Einheit Deutschlands

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$20 per month, or Get a Day Pass for only USD$4.99.

Contract between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic on the production of the unity of Germany (unification treaty)

unofficial Table of Contents

EinigVtr

Date of expiry: 31.08.1990

Full quote:

" Agreement of the 31. August 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II S. 889) "

:Last modified by Art. 1 G v. 21.1.2013 I 91

For details, see the Notes

Footnote

(+ + + text certificate: 29.9.1990 + + +)

G v menu. 23.9.1990 II 885
In Force gem. Bek. v. 16.10.1990 II 1360 mWv 29.9.1990 Non-Official Table of Contents

Input Formula

The Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic-
determined to complete the unity of Germany in peace and freedom as an equal member of the international community in free self-determination,
, based on the desire of the people in both parts of Germany, together in To live peace and freedom in a state-ordered, democratic and social state,
in thankful respect for those who, in a peaceful manner, have made the freedom to make a breakthrough in the task of producing the Unity of Germany has been imparted and they are completing,
conscious of the continuity of German history and bearing in mind the special responsibility of our past for a democratic development in Germany, which remains committed to respect for human rights and peace,
in the effort to make a contribution to the unification of Europe and to the building of a European peace order by German unity, within the limits of the to ensure that all European peoples live together in a spirit of trust,
in the awareness that the inviolability of borders and the territorial integrity and sovereignty of all states in Europe is within their limits is a fundamental condition for peace-
have agreed to enter into a contract for the production of the unity of Germany with the following provisions:

Chapter I
Effi Accession

Non-official table of contents

Type 1 countries

(1) With the effective date of accession of the German Democratic Republic on the Federal Republic of Germany pursuant to Article 23 of the Basic Law on 3. The Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia are the Länder of the Federal Republic of Germany in October 1990. The provisions of the Constitutional Law on the formation of countries in the German Democratic Republic of 22 are for the formation and the borders of these countries. July 1990-Country introductory law-(GBl. No 51 p. 955), in accordance with Annex II.(2) The 23 districts of Berlin form the Land of Berlin. Non-official table of contents

Art 2 Capital, Day of German Unity

(1) Capital of Germany is Berlin. The question of the seat of parliament and government will be decided after the manufacture of the unity of Germany.(2) The 3. October is the Day of the German Unity Day.

Chapter II
Basic Law

Unofficial Table of contents

Art 3 Entry into force of the Basic Law

With the effective date of accession, the Basic Law for the Federal Republic of Germany appears in the adjusted version published in the Federal Law Gazans Part III, section 100-1, Version, as last amended by the Law of 21. December 1983 (BGBl. 1481), in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, and in the part of the Land of Berlin, where it has not previously been the case, with the changes resulting from Article 4 in force, to the extent that this Treaty nothing else is determined. Non-official table of contents

Art 4 Changes to the Basic Law Conditional On Accession

The Basic Law for the Federal Republic of Germany is as follows: changed:
1.
The preamble is defined as follows: " In the consciousness of its responsibility before God and the People who have the will to serve the peace of the world as an equal member in a united Europe, the German people have given themselves to this basic law by virtue of their constitutional violence. The Germans in the countries Baden-Württemberg, Bavaria, Berlin, Brandenburg, Bremen, Hamburg, Hesse, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Lower Saxony, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt, Schleswig-Holstein and Thuringia have free self-determination. Unity and freedom of Germany. This is the basis of this Basic Law for the entire German people. "
2.
Article 23 is repealed.
3.
Article 51 para. 2 of the Basic Law is as follows: " (2) Each country has at least three votes, countries with more than two million inhabitants have four, countries with more than six Millions of inhabitants five, countries with more than seven million inhabitants six votes. "
4.
The previous text of Article 135a becomes paragraph 1. In accordance with paragraph 1, the following paragraph is added: " (2) Paragraph 1 shall apply to liabilities of the German Democratic Republic or its entities, as well as to liabilities of the Federal Government or other entities and institutions. of public law related to the transfer of assets of the German Democratic Republic to the federal government, countries and municipalities, and to liabilities arising from measures taken by the German Democratic Republic or its "
5.
The following new Article 143 is inserted into the Basic Law:
" Article 143
(1) The right in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement may be up to 31. The provisions of this Basic Law differ from the provisions of this Basic Law in December 1992, insofar as, as a result of the different circumstances, the total adjustment to the basic law cannot yet be achieved. Derogations shall not be in breach of Article 19 (2) and shall be compatible with the principles set out in Article 79 (3).(2) derogations from Sections II, VIII, VIIIa, IX, X and XI shall be at least until 31 December 2008. December 1995.(3) Irrespective of paragraphs 1 and 2, Article 41 of the agreement and regulations relating to its implementation shall continue to apply in so far as they provide that interference in the ownership of the territory referred to in Article 3 of this Treaty shall no longer be provided for: revert. "
6.
Article 146 is taken as follows:
" Article 146
This Basic Law, which applies to Germany as a whole after the unity and freedom of Germany has been completed, loses its Validity on the day on which a constitution enters into force, which has been decided by the German people in free decision. "Non-official Table of Contents

Art 5 Future Constitutional Changes

The governments of the two parties recommend to the legislative bodies of the united Germany, within two years, with those in connection with the To deal with questions raised by German unification to amend or supplement the Basic Law, in particular
-
in relation to the relationship between the federal government and the Länder in accordance with the joint decision of the prime ministers of the 5. July 1990,
-
with regard to the possibility of a restructuring of the Berlin/Brandenburg area by way of derogation from the provisions of Article 29 of the Basic Law by: Agreement of the participating countries,
-
with the considerations on the inclusion of state targets in the Basic Law and
-
with the question of the application of Article 146 of the Basic Law and within the framework of a referendum.
A non-official table of contents

Type 6 exception

Article 131 of the Basic Law will not be put into effect for the time being in the area referred to in Article 3. Non-official table of contents

Art 7 Financial Constitution

(1) The financial constitution of the Federal Republic of Germany shall be applied to the territory referred to in Article 3. , unless otherwise provided in this Treaty.(2) The provisions of Article 106 of the Basic Law shall apply to the distribution of the tax revenue to the Federation and to the Länder and municipalities (congregations) in the territory referred to in Article 3, with the proviso that
1.
up to 31. 2
2.
up to 31 December 1994, paragraph 3, sentence 4 and paragraph 4. In December 1996, the share of municipalities in the rise of the income tax in accordance with Article 106 (5) of the Basic Law from the Länder to the municipalities was not based on the income tax rate of their inhabitants, but on the population of the municipalities;
3.
up to 31. December 1994, by way of derogation from Article 106 (7) of the Basic Law, the municipalities (associations) of the country in the total amount of the Community taxes and the total income of the national taxes, an annual percentage of at least 20 of the total income of the Community taxes. An annual percentage of 40 of the hundred flows from the funds of the German Unity Fund under paragraph 5 (1) of the Fund.
(3) Article 107 of the Basic Law shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3, provided that: up to the 31. Article 107 (2) of the first sentence of Article 107 (2) of Regulation (EC) No 129/94 of 12 December 1994 between the previous Länder of the Federal Republic of Germany and the countries in the area referred to in Article 3 does not apply the provisions of the fourth sentence of paragraph 1 and a of the Basic Law). The total German share of the sales tax is thus divided into an East and West share so that, as a result, the average VAT share per inhabitated in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia in the years
199155 from the hundred
1992 60 from the hundred
199365 from the hundred
1994 70 of the

the average sales tax share per inhabitated in the countries of Baden-Württemberg, Bavaria, Bremen, Hesse, Hamburg, Lower Saxony, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland and Schleswig-Holstein. The share of the Land Berlin is calculated in advance according to the number of inhabitants. The provisions of this paragraph shall be reviewed for 1993 in the light of the circumstances which are then present.(4) The territory referred to in Article 3 shall be subject to the provisions of Articles 91a, 91b and 104a (3) and (4) of the Basic Law, including the implementing provisions adopted for that purpose, in accordance with the provisions of this Treaty, with effect from 1. 1 January 1991.(5) After the production of the German unit, the annual performance of the fund "Deutsche Einheit" will be
1.
to 85 of the hundred as special support to the federal states of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, as well as to the Land Berlin to cover their general Financial needs and distributed among these countries in proportion to their population, without taking into account the population of Berlin (West), and
2.
to 15 of the hundred in order to fulfil central public tasks in the field of the aforementioned countries.
(6) In the event of a fundamental change in circumstances, the possibilities of further assistance for the appropriate compensation of the financial power for the countries will be taken into account. in the territory of the Federal Government and the Länder referred to in Article 3.

Chapter III
Approximation of laws

Non-official table of contents

Art 8 transfer of federal law

With the effective date of accession, federal law will enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3, unless it is in its The scope of application is limited to certain countries or parts of the Federal Republic of Germany and, in so far as this Treaty, in particular its Annex I, does not provide any other form of reference. Non-official table of contents

Art 9 Continuing law of the German Democratic Republic

(1) This is at the time of signing this contract. applicable law of the German Democratic Republic, which is under the jurisdiction of the Basic Law, shall remain in force, in so far as the Basic Law does not take into account the provisions of Article 143, and in the territory referred to in Article 3, in the territory of the By virtue of the law of the Federal Republic of Germany and the law of the European Communities which are directly applicable, the provisions of this Treaty shall not be subject to any other provisions. The law of the German Democratic Republic, which is governed by the Code of Competence of the Basic Law, and which does not affect articles which are not uniformly regulated, shall be governed by the conditions laid down in the first sentence of this Article and shall be governed by the provisions of the Federal legislature continues as state law.(2) The law of the German Democratic Republic, as listed in Annex II, shall remain in force with the measures referred to therein, in so far as the Basic Law, taking into account this Treaty and with the directly applicable law of the European Union, Communities.(3) Following the signature of this Treaty, the law of the German Democratic Republic shall remain in force, provided that it is agreed between the parties to the Agreement. Paragraph 2 shall remain unaffected.(4) As far as the law in accordance with paragraphs 2 and 3 concerns objects of exclusive federal legislation, it shall be deemed to be federal law. Insofar as it relates to objects of competing legislation or framework legislation, it shall be deemed to be a federal law if and insofar as it relates to subject areas which are governed by federal law in the rest of the scope of the Basic Law.(5) The church tax law issued in accordance with Annex II by the German Democratic Republic shall continue in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) as national law. Non-official table of contents

Article 10 of the law of the European Communities

(1) The effect of accession shall apply in the case referred to in Article 3. Territory the Treaties relating to the European Communities, amendments and additions, as well as international agreements, contracts and decisions which have entered into force in connection with those Treaties.The acts adopted on the basis of the Treaties relating to the European Communities shall apply with the effect of accession in the territory referred to in Article 3, unless the competent institutions of the European Communities are concerned. Derogations are adopted. These derogations should take account of administrative needs and serve to avoid economic difficulties.(3) Acts of the European Communities, the implementation or implementation of which falls within the competence of the Länder, shall be implemented or executed by them by means of national law.

Chapter IV
International Contracts and Agreements

Non-official table of contents

Art 11 Contracts of the Federal Republic of Germany

The Contracting Parties shall assume that international agreements and agreements to which the Federal Republic of Germany is a party, including such agreements, membership in international organizations, or Institutions shall retain their validity and shall also apply to the territory referred to in Article 3 the following rights and obligations, with the exception of the contracts referred to in Annex I. To the extent that adaptations are required in individual cases, the German Government will consult with the respective contractual partners. Non-official table of contents

Art 12 contracts of the German Democratic Republic

(1) The contracting parties agree that the international law Contracts of the German Democratic Republic in the course of the production of the unity of Germany from the standpoint of the protection of legitimate expectations, the state of interest of the participating states and the contractual obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany Germany and in accordance with the principles of a free, democratic and constitutional system of law, and having regard to the powers of the European Communities with the contracting parties of the German Democratic Republic shall be discussed in order to regulate or establish their continuation, adaptation or erasance.(2) The united Germany shall adopt its position on the transition under international law treaties of the German Democratic Republic after consultations with the respective contractual partners and with the European Communities, insofar as their responsibilities , fixed.(3) If the united Germany intends to enter into international organisations or other multilateral treaties to which the German Democratic Republic, but not the Federal Republic of Germany, is a member, agreement shall be reached with the German Democratic Republic (DPRK). ,

Chapter V
Public administration and administration of justice

name="BJNR208890990BJNE002000301 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

Type 13 Transition from Facilities

(1) Administrative bodies and other public administration or administration Entities in the territory referred to in Article 3 shall be subject to the Government of the country in which they are located. Institutions with a transnational sphere of action go into the joint sponsorship of the countries concerned. To the extent that devices consist of a number of sub-devices which can carry out their tasks independently, the sub-units are each subject to the government of the country in which the partial device is located. The provincial government regulates the transfer or settlement. Section 22 of the Law on Land Law of 22. July 1990 shall remain unaffected.(2) In so far as the institutions or sub-bodies referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 have fulfilled tasks which are to be carried out by the Federal Government under the jurisdiction of the Basic Law, they shall be subject to the competent authority of the competent authority of the competent authorities of the Member States. top federal agencies. These rules shall govern the transfer or settlement.(3) The facilities referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall also include
1.
Culture, education and training institutions. and science and sport,
2.
Radio and television sets,
the legal entities of which are public administration. Non-official table of contents

Type 14 Common bodies of the countries

(1) Institutions or parts of bodies that are up to the date of action of the The countries referred to in Article 1 (1) will continue to fulfil tasks which are to be carried out by the Länder in accordance with the rules of competence of the Basic Law, as joint bodies of the countries concerned until the final settlement has been completed. This shall apply only to the extent that the transitional continuation is indispensable for the performance of the tasks of the countries.(2) The joint bodies of the Länder shall be subject to the Land Plenipotentiary until the election of the Prime Ministers of the Länder. After that, they are under the prime minister. These may be entrusted to the competent State Minister. Non-official table of contents

Type 15 Transitional rules for the country administration

(1) The national spokespersons in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) The Government Plenipotentiaries in the districts shall carry out their duties to date from the effective date of accession until the election of the Prime Ministers in the responsibility of the Federal Government, and shall submit their instructions. The Landesspokesman, acting as the national representative, manages the administration of her country and has a right of instruction to the district administrative authorities and, in the case of delegated tasks, also to the municipalities and counties. Insofar as they have been appointed in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) until the date of the accession of the State Commissioner, they shall carry out the duties and powers of the national spokesperson as set out in the first and second sentences of sentences 1 and 2.(2) The other Länder and the Federal Government shall provide administrative assistance in the development of the Land Administration.(3) At the request of the Prime Ministers of the countries referred to in Article 1 (1), the other countries and the Federal Government shall provide administrative assistance in carrying out certain technical tasks, at the latest by 30 June 2008, at the latest. June 1991. To the extent that bodies and members of the Länder and the Federal Government provide administrative assistance in carrying out technical tasks, the Prime Minister shall grant them a right of instruction in that regard.(4) In so far as the Federal Government provides administrative assistance in carrying out technical tasks, it shall also make available the necessary budgetary resources to carry out the tasks. The funds used will be charged with the share of the respective country in the performance of the "German unit" fund or on the import-sales tax. Non-official table of contents

Art 16 Transitional provision pending the formation of a national government in Berlin

Until the formation of a complete berliner The Senate of Berlin, together with the magistrate, is responsible for the tasks of the State Government of the whole of Berlin. Non-official table of contents

Art 17 Rehabilitation

The parties reaffirm their intention to immediately provide a legal basis for this It will be possible to rehabilitate all persons who have been victims of a politically motivated prosecutions or otherwise of a judicial decision which is contrary to the rule of law and unconstitutional. The rehabilitation of these victims of the SED-injustice regime is to be combined with an appropriate compensation scheme. Non-official table of contents

Type 18 Continuation of judicial decisions

(1) Before the date of accession, decisions taken by the The courts of the German Democratic Republic shall remain effective and may be enforced in accordance with the law laid down in accordance with Article 8 or in accordance with the law of Article 9. According to this right, a review of the compatibility of decisions and their enforcement is also governed by the principles of the rule of law. Article 17 shall remain unaffected.(2) (no longer apply) Non-official table of contents

Type 19 Continuation of decisions of public administration

Before the effective date of the The Act of Accession of the German Democratic Republic shall remain effective. They may be repealed if they are incompatible with the principles of the rule of law or with the provisions of this Treaty. In addition, the provisions on the stock of administrative acts remain unaffected. Non-official table of contents

Type 20 public service legal relationships

(1) For the legal relationships of public service members at the date of accession, the transitional arrangements agreed in Annex I shall apply.(2) The exercise of public tasks (sovereignty powers within the meaning of Article 33 (4) of the Basic Law) shall be transferred as soon as possible to officials. The right of civil servants shall be introduced in accordance with the arrangements laid down in Annex I. Article 92 of the Basic Law remains unaffected.(3) Soldata law shall be introduced in accordance with the arrangements agreed in Annex I.

Chapter VI
Public assets and liabilities

unofficial table of contents

kind of 21 administrative assets

(1) The assets of the German Democratic Republic, which directly serve certain administrative tasks (administrative assets), Federal assets shall be federal assets, unless it is determined on the basis of their intended purpose on 1. It was mainly intended for administrative tasks to be carried out in accordance with the Basic Law of Länder, Municipalities (municipal associations) or other public administration bodies. To the extent that administrative assets have been mainly used for tasks of the former Ministry of State Security/the Office of National Security, the Treuhandanstalt shall be responsible, unless it is already new social or public purposes.(2) Where administrative assets are not federal assets in accordance with paragraph 1, the institution of public administration responsible for the administrative task under the Basic Law shall be entitled to accede to the accession.(3) Assets which have been made available free of charge to the central State or to the countries and municipalities (municipal associations) by another body of public law shall be transferred to this body or to its successor in law The former imperial fortune is transferred to the federal assets.(4) Where, under paragraphs 1 to 3 or pursuant to a federal law, administrative assets become federal assets, it shall be used for the performance of public tasks in the area referred to in Article 3. This also applies to the use of the proceeds from disposals of assets.

Footnote

(+ + + Art. 21 para. 3: For application cf. § 4 G 105-21 v. 23.6.1993 I 944, 989 + + +) Non-official table of contents

Art 22 financial assets

(1) Public assets of entities referred to in Article 3. The territory, including the basic assets and assets of the agricultural and forestry sector, which does not directly serve certain administrative tasks (financial assets), excluding social security assets, shall be subject, in so far as it does not, to: In accordance with Section 1 (1) (2) and (3) of the Treuhandgesetz (Treuhandgesetz), municipalities, cities or counties are transferred to the Treuhandgesetz (Treuhandgesetz), with the effective date of accession of the trust administration of the Federal Republic of Germany. To the extent that financial assets have been mainly used for tasks of the former Ministry of State Security/the Office of National Security, the Treuhandanstalt shall be responsible, unless it is after the 1. It has already been introduced for new social or public purposes in October 1989. By federal law, the financial assets shall be divided into the federal government and the countries referred to in Article 1 in such a way that the federal government and the countries referred to in Article 1 each receive half of the total asset value. The local authorities (municipal associations) are to be appropriately involved in the country's share of the country. Assets under the federal government shall be used for the performance of public tasks in the territory referred to in Article 3. The distribution of the country share among the individual countries should in principle be carried out in such a way that the ratio of the total assets of the assets transferred to each country is proportional to the ratio of the population of these countries with the effect of the Accession without taking into account the number of inhabitants of Berlin (West). Article 21 (3) shall apply accordingly.(2) Up to a statutory regulation, the financial assets are managed by the authorities responsible to date, unless the Federal Minister of Finance orders the transfer of the administration by the authorities of the federal assets administration.(3) The territorial authorities referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall, on request, provide themselves with information on and inspection of basic books, basic markets and other operations which contain references to assets, their legal and The actual allocation between the local authorities is unclear or disputed.(4) Paragraph 1 does not apply to the fully-owned property used for housing purposes, which is in the legal ownership of the fully-owned enterprises of the housing industry. The same applies to fully-owned assets, for which there are already concrete execution plans for objects of housing supply. These assets are transferred into the ownership of the municipalities, with the accrual of the accrued debt and the acquisition of the debt. The local authorities gradually transfer their housing stock to a market-based housing industry, taking social concerns into account. In doing so, privatisation is also to be carried out in an accelerated way in order to promote the formation of individual residential properties. With regard to the fully-owned housing stock of state institutions, in so far as it is not already covered by Article 21, paragraph 1 remains unaffected.

footnote

(+ + + Art. 22 (1) sentence 7 and paragraph 4: For application, see § 4 G 105-21 v. 23.6.1993 I 944, 989 + + +)
Art. 22 para. 1 sentence 7 iVm Art. 21 para. 3 half sentence 1: In accordance with the decision formula with GG (100-1), according to the decision. BVerfGE v. 11.3.1997 I 1340 (2 BvF 2/95) Non-official table of contents

Art 23 Debt settlement

(1) With the effective date of accession, the up to this date will be Date accumulated total indebtedness of the republic budget of the German Democratic Republic is taken over by a non-legally-capable special fund of the federal government, which meets the debt service obligations. The special assets are authorized to borrow
1.
to repay the debt of the Special assets,
2.
to cover incoming interest and loan acquisition costs,
3.
The Federal Minister of Finance administers the special assets.
(2) The Federal Minister of Finance administers the special assets. Under its name, the special fund can act, sue and be sued under its name in the legal trade. The general place of jurisdiction of the special assets is the seat of the Federal Government. The Federal Government is liable for the liabilities of the special assets.(3) From the date of entry into force of the accession to the 31. In December 1993, the Federal Government and the Treuhandanstalt each reimbursed half of the interest rate benefits provided by the special fund. The refund shall be made up to the first of the month following the month in which the special fund has provided the services referred to in the first sentence.(4) With effect from 1. The Federal Government and the countries referred to in Article 1 and the Treuhandanstalt (Treuhandanstalt) shall be responsible for the special assets of 31 January 1994. Total debt accumulated in December 1993 under the conditions laid down in Article 27 (3) of the Treaty of 18 May 1990 on the establishment of a monetary, economic and social union between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic. The distribution of the debt in detail is determined by special law pursuant to Article 34 of the Law of 25. The Treaty of 18 July 1990 on the May 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518). The shares of the countries referred to in Article 1 in the amount to be taken from the total of the countries referred to in Article 1 shall be taken into account in proportion to their population at the date of entry into force of the accession without taking account of the Number of inhabitants of Berlin (West) calculated.(5) The special fund shall be dissolved by the end of 1993.(6) The Federal Republic of Germany shall enter into the guarantees, guarantees and warranties taken up by the German Democratic Republic at the expense of the national budget until the agreement becomes effective. The countries referred to in Article 1 (1) and the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied shall, in respect of the guarantees, guarantees and warranties transferred to the Federal Republic of Germany, take over the whole of the whole of the Return guarantee in the amount of 50 per cent. The amounts of claims shall be divided between the countries in proportion to their number of inhabitants at the date of accession without taking account of the number of inhabitants of Berlin (West).(7) The participation of the German Democratic Republic at the Staatsbank Berlin may be transferred to the countries referred to in Article 1. The rights resulting from the participation of the German Democratic Republic at the State Bank of Berlin shall be the federal government pending the transfer of the participation pursuant to sentence 1 or a transfer pursuant to sentence 3. Without prejudice to an antitrust investigation, the Contracting Parties shall provide for the possibility that the State Bank Berlin shall, in whole or in part, be subject to a public-law credit institution in the Federal Republic of Germany or to other legal entities is transmitted. If not all objects or liabilities are covered by a transfer, the remaining part of the Staatsbank Berlin shall be uncovered. The Federal Government enters into the liabilities arising from the warranty liability of the German Democratic Republic for the Staatsbank Berlin. This shall not apply to liabilities which are justified after the transfer of the participation pursuant to sentence 1 or after a transfer pursuant to sentence 3. Sentence 5 shall apply mutatily to new liabilities justified by the Staatsbank Berlin in liquidate. If the Federal Government is used from the warranty liability, the burden shall be included in the total debt of the republic budget and shall be taken over with the effective date of accession to the non-legally capable special assets as referred to in paragraph 1. Unofficial table of contents

Art 24 settle claims and liabilities vis-à-vis foreign countries and the Federal Republic of Germany

(1) Settlement of the claims and liabilities still existing at the date of entry into force of the accession, insofar as they are carried out within the framework of the external trade and value monopoly or in the performance of other governmental functions of the German Democratic Republic bis zum 1. The German Federal Minister of Finance is responsible for the application of the law on the basis of instructions from the Federal Republic of Germany and the Federal Republic of Germany. In rescheduling agreements of the Government of the Federal Republic of Germany, which shall be taken after the date of accession, the claims referred to in the first sentence shall also be included. The Federal Minister of Finance administers the affected receivments in a fiduciary way or transfers them to the Federal Government, in so far as the receivments are adjusted.(2) The special assets referred to in Article 23 (1) shall be taken up to 30. November 1993, compared with the institutions responsible for the settlement, the necessary administrative expenses, the interest costs incurred by a difference in interest costs and interest income, as well as the other losses incurred by the institutions during the settlement period, as far as they cannot be compensated for by own resources. After the 30. In November 1993, the Federal Government and the Treuhandanstalt shall be responsible for the costs, costs and loss compensation referred to in the first sentence of this year. The details are regulated by federal law.(3) Claims and liabilities attributable to the membership of the German Democratic Republic or its bodies in the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance may be the subject of separate regulations of the Federal Republic of Germany be. These rules may also affect claims and liabilities, which are based on the 30. They were created or created in June 1990. Non-official table of contents

Art 25 Trust assets

The law on the privatization and reorganization of the fully-owned assets trust law-from 17. June 1990 (GBl. 300) shall continue to apply with the following conditions: (1) In accordance with the provisions of the Treuhandgesetz (Treuhandgesetz), the Treuhandanstalt will continue to be responsible for structuring the former fully-owned enterprises in a competitive manner; and to privatize. It shall be a federal institution of public law which is legally competent. The Federal Minister of Finance is responsible for the subject and legal supervision of the Federal Minister of Economics and the Federal Minister of Economics and the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs and the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs. Holdings of the Treuhandanstalt are indirect participations of the federal government. Amendments to the Articles of Association shall require the approval of the Federal Government.(2) The number of members of the Board of Directors of the Treuhandanstalt will be increased from 16 to 20, for the first Board of Directors to 23. In place of the two representatives elected from the centre of the Volkskammer, the countries referred to in Article 1 shall each be given a seat on the Board of Directors of the Treuhandanstalt. By way of derogation from Section 4 (2) of the Treuhand Act, the Chairperson and the other members of the Board of Directors are appointed by the Federal Government.3. The Contracting Parties reaffirm that the wholly owned property shall be used exclusively and solely for the benefit of measures in the territory referred to in Article 3, irrespective of the budgetary sponsorship. Accordingly, proceeds from the Treuhandanstalt pursuant to Article 26 (4) and Article 27 (3) of the Treaty of 18. May 1990. In the context of the structural adjustment of agriculture, proceeds from the Treuhandanstalt can also be used in individual cases for debt relief measures for the benefit of agricultural enterprises. Previously, their own assets should be used. No account shall be taken of the debt to be allocated to the operating parts to be broken down. Aid for debt relief may also be granted on the basis that undertakings shall reimburse, in whole or in part, the benefits granted under their economic possibilities.(4) The Treuhandanstalt by Article 27 (1) of the Treaty of 18. May 1990 empowerment to take credit is increased from a total of up to 17 billion Deutsche Mark to up to 25 billion Deutsche Mark. The above-mentioned loans are generally to be made up to 31. The report was adopted in December 1995. The Federal Minister of Finance can allow an extension of the running times and, in the case of fundamentally changed conditions, an overshoot of the credit limits.(5) The Treuhandanstalt is authorized, in agreement with the Federal Minister of Finance, to accept guarantees, guarantees and other warranties.(6) In accordance with the provisions of Article 10 (6) of the Treaty of 18 May 1990, provision should be made for savings to be granted to savers at a later date for the amount reduced in the course of conversion 2: 1, a right to be granted to the fully-owned assets.(7) Until the DM opening balance has been established, the interest and redemption benefits are on credit, which is before the 30. The report was adopted in June 1990. The accrued interest payments are to be reimbursed by Deutsche Kreditbank AG and the other banks by the Treuhandanstalt. Non-official table of contents

Art 26 Special assets Deutsche Reichsbahn

(1) The property and all other property rights of the German Democratic Republic Republic of Germany as well as the Reichsfortune in Berlin (West), which are the special assets of Deutsche Reichsbahn within the meaning of Article 26 (2) of the Treaty of 18. In May 1990, the German Reichsbahn assets of the Federal Republic of Germany are to be considered as a special asset of the accession. This also includes all assets held after the 8. May 1945, either by means of the Deutsche Reichsbahn special assets, or which have been dedicated to their operations or to that of their predecessor administrations, irrespective of the legal entity for which they have been acquired, unless they are in the subsequent period with the consent of the Deutsche Reichsbahn was dedicated to a different purpose. Property rights, which are from the Deutsche Reichsbahn to the 31. January 1991, pursuant to Section 1 (4) of the Regulation on the application of property rights claims of 11 January 1991. July 1990 (GBl. No 44 p. 718) shall not be considered as assets which have been dedicated to a different purpose with the consent of the Deutsche Reichsbahn (German Reichsbahn).(2) At the same time, the assets relating to liabilities and claims relating to the special assets of the Deutsche Reichsbahn (Deutsche Reichsbahn) are linked to the property rights.(3) The Chairman of the Executive Board of the Deutsche Bundesbahn and the Vorsitzer of the Board of the Deutsche Reichsbahn are responsible for the coordination of the two special assets. In doing so, they have to work towards the goal of bringing the two railways together both technically and organisationally. Non-official table of contents

Art 27 special assets Deutsche Post

(1) The property and all other property rights that are related to the special assets of Deutsche Post Swiss Post is a property of the Federal Republic of Germany. They will be combined with the special assets of Deutsche Bundespost. At the same time, the liabilities and receivables relating to the special assets of Deutsche Bundespost are linked to the assets of the asset. The assets used for the public and political purposes are not part of the special assets of the Deutsche Bundespost, with the corresponding liabilities and receivables. The special assets of Deutsche Post also include all assets, which are held on 8. May 1945 to the special fund Deutsche Reichspost belonged or the one after the 8. May 1945, either with funds from the former special assets Deutsche Reichspost, or which have been dedicated to the operation of Deutsche Post, regardless of the legal entity for which they were acquired, unless they are in the Subsequent time with the consent of Deutsche Post was dedicated to a different purpose. Property rights, which are from Deutsche Post up to 31. January 1991, pursuant to Section 1 (4) of the Regulation on the application of property rights claims of 11 January 1991. They shall not be deemed to be assets, which have been dedicated to another purpose with the consent of Deutsche Post.(2) The Federal Minister for Post and Telecommunications, after hearing the companies of the Deutsche Bundespost, regulates the division of the special assets of Deutsche Post into the partial special assets of the three companies. After hearing the three companies of the Deutsche Bundespost, the Federal Minister for Post and Telecommunications sets out within a transitional period of three years, which assets serve the sovereign and political purposes. It takes over these without compensation. Non-official table of contents

Type 28 Economic promotion

(1) With the effect of accession, the territory referred to in Article 3 shall be included in the Federal regulations of the Federal Government for the promotion of economic development, taking into account the competences of the European Communities. During a transitional period, account shall be taken of the particular needs of structural adjustment. This will make an important contribution to the rapid development of a balanced economic structure, taking particular account of the medium-sized enterprises.(2) The relevant departments shall prepare specific programmes of measures to accelerate economic growth and structural change in the area referred to in Article 3. The programmes cover the following areas:
-
Actions of regional economic development establishing a special programme for the benefit of the area referred to in Article 3, ensuring a preferential advantage in favour of that area;
-
Measures to improve the economic environment in the municipalities with particular emphasis on economic infrastructure;
-
Measures for the rapid development of the middle class;
-
Measures to Enhance Modernization and Structural restructuring of the economy on the basis of restructuring concepts drawn up under the responsibility of industry (for example, reorganization programmes, including for RGW export production);
-
Business deleveraging by case.
Non-official Table of Contents

Art 29 External Economic Relations

(1) The increased external relations of the German Democratic Republic, in particular the existing contractual obligations to the countries of the Council for Mutual economic assistance, enjoy the protection of legitimate expectations. They shall be developed and developed in the light of the interests of all the parties concerned and in compliance with the principles of the market economy and the powers of the European Communities. The overall German Government will ensure that these relations are properly regulated within the framework of technical competence.(2) The Federal Government or the German Government, respectively, shall consult with the competent authorities of the European Communities on the derogations for a transitional period in the field of foreign trade with a view to:

Chapter VII
Labour, Social Affairs, Family, Women, Health and Environmental Protection

Non-official table of contents

Art 30 Labour and Social Affairs

(1) It is the task of the German legislature,
1.
the labor contract law as well as the public working time law including admissibility codification of the work of Sundays and public holidays and the special protection of women's work as soon as possible,
2.
Public Health and Safety at Work in (2) Workers may enter the territory referred to in Article 3 in accordance with the law of the European Communities and the part of the labour protection law of the German Democratic Republic which is conformed to it.
(2) Age transitional allowance after the completion of the 57. for the period of three years, until the earliest possible receipt of an old-age pension from the statutory pension insurance. The level of the old-age pension is 65% of the last average net work pay; for employees whose claim is up to 1%. The age-transitional allowance for the first 312 days is increased by a supplement of 5 percentage points in April 1991. The age-transitional allowance is granted by the Federal Labour Office on the basis of the regulations of the unemployment benefit, in particular the regulation of § 105c of the Employment Promotion Act. The Federal Labour Office may refuse an application if it is established that there is a clear lack of manpower in the region for the applicant's previous professional activity. The age-transitional allowance shall be reimbursed by the Federal Government, in so far as it exceeds the duration of the entitlement to unemployment benefit. The age-transitional regulation will apply to newly arising claims up to 31. December 1991. The period of validity may be extended by one year. In the period from the effective date of the Treaty to 31. In December 1990, women can benefit from retirement benefits after the age of 55. for a period of five years for a maximum of five years.(3) The territory referred to in Article 3, in conjunction with the Treaty of 18. The social supplement introduced in May 1990 on pensions, accident and unemployment insurance benefits will be added to new arrivings up to 31 May 1990. December 1991. The performance will be up to 30. It was paid in June 1995.(4) The transfer of social security tasks to the individual institutions shall be carried out in such a way as to ensure the provision of services and their financing, as well as the staff performance of the tasks. The distribution of assets (assets and liabilities) to each institution of the social security system shall be definitively established by law.(5) The details of the transfer of the Sixth Book of the Social Code (Pension Insurance) and the provisions of the Third Book of the Reich Insurance Order (Accident Insurance) are regulated in a federal law. For persons whose pension is from the statutory pension insurance in the period of 1. January 1992 to 30.
1.
a pension shall, in principle, be at least equal to the amount of the amount of the amount of the amount of the pension, which shall be: on the 30. (2). (2) In June 1990, after the current pension rights in the area referred to in Article 3, without taking account of benefits from supplementary or special supply systems,
2.
a pension will be approved even if the 30. On the basis of the existing pension rights in the area referred to in Article 3, a pension entitlement would have been established in June 1990.
In addition, the transfer should be determined by the objective of harmonizing wages and salaries in the area of the pension scheme. Article 3 shall also apply to those in the other countries an approximation of pensions.(6) In the development of the Occupational Diseases Regulation, it is necessary to examine the extent to which the provisions in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty can be taken into account. Non-official table of contents

Type 31 Family and Women

(1) It is the responsibility of the German legislature to legislating on equality. between men and women.(2) It is the task of the German legislature, in the light of the different legal and institutional situations in which the employment of mothers and fathers is based, the legal situation from the point of view of the compatibility of family and family life. To make a job.(3) In order to ensure the continuation of children's day care facilities in the area referred to in Article 3, the Federal Government shall take part in a transitional period up to 30 years before the end of the period of the year. June 1991 at the cost of these facilities.(4) It is the task of the German legislature, at the latest by 31. The Council adopted a regulation on the protection of prenatal life and the constitutional management of conflict situations of pregnant women, in particular through legally secured claims for women, in particular on advice and social assistance, better guaranteed than is currently the case in both parts of Germany. In order to achieve these objectives, the area referred to in Article 3 shall, with the financial assistance of the Federal Government, establish without delay a comprehensive network of advice centres of various institutions. The counselling centres are to be provided in a personal and financial manner in such a way that they can fulfil their task of advising pregnant women and providing them with the necessary assistance-even beyond the time of their birth. If a settlement does not come into effect in the period referred to in the first sentence, the substantive law shall continue to apply in the territory referred to in Article 3. Non-official table of contents

Art 32 Free social forces

The associations of the Free Welfare Care and the Free Youth Assistance Make an indispensable contribution to the welfare statehood of the Basic Law with their facilities and services. The establishment and development of an open-air welfare service and an open-air youth assistance system in the area referred to in Article 3 shall be promoted within the framework of the basic legal responsibilities. Non-official table of contents

Art 33 Health

(1) It is the responsibility of the legislators to create the conditions for the level of In the area referred to in Article 3, the situation in the rest of the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany will be improved quickly and sustainably.(2) In order to avoid deficits in the pharmaceutical expenditure of health insurance in the area referred to in Article 3, the German legislature shall adopt a temporary scheme which shall include the producer's award in the sense of the The Regulation on medicinal products shall be reduced by a reduction corresponding to the distance between the contributory income in the territory referred to in Article 3 and in the present Federal territory. unofficial table of contents

type 34 environmental protection

(1) Starting from the one in Article 16 of the contract of 18. May 1990 in conjunction with the Environmental Framework Act of the German Democratic Republic of 29 May 1990. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 42 p. 649), it is the responsibility of the German Environmental Union to protect the natural resources of the human being in compliance with the precautionary principle, the polluter pays and the principle of cooperation, and to ensure the uniformity of the ecological environment. -to promote living conditions at a high level, but at least to the level reached in the Federal Republic of Germany.(2) In order to promote the objective referred to in paragraph 1, environmental rehabilitation and development programmes for the area referred to in Article 3 shall be drawn up within the framework of the basic rules of jurisdiction. Priority must be given to measures to prevent risks to public health.

Chapter VIII
Culture, Education and Science, Sport

name="BJNR208890990BJNE004500301 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

Art 35 Culture

(1) In the years of division, art and culture were-despite the different development of the two states in Germany-a basis of the continuing unity of the German nation. In the process of the state unity of the Germans, they are making an independent and indispensable contribution towards European unification. The position and reputation of a united Germany in the world depend not only on its political weight and its economic performance, but also on its importance as a cultural state. The priority objective of foreign cultural policy is the Cultural exchange on the basis of partnership cooperation.(2) The cultural substance in the area referred to in Article 3 shall not be subject to any harm.(3) The fulfilment of the cultural tasks, including their funding, must be secured, with the protection and promotion of culture and the arts being the responsibility of the new Länder and municipalities in accordance with the distribution of responsibilities of the Basic Law.(4) The cultural institutions that have so far been centrally managed go into the sponsorship of the countries or municipalities in which they are located. In exceptional cases, particularly in the state of Berlin, cofinancing by the Federal Government will not be excluded.(5) The parts of the former State Prussian collections, separated by the post-war events (including State Museums, State Libraries, Secret State Archives, Ibero-American Institute, State Institute of Music Research), are back in Berlin. The Prussian Cultural Heritage Foundation takes over the provisional sponsorship. A comprehensive sponsorship of the formerly state Prussian collections in Berlin is also to be found for the future regulation.(6) The Cultural Fund shall be used for the promotion of culture, art and artists by a transitional period up to 31. It continued in the territory referred to in Article 3 in December 1994. Co-financing by the Federal Government within the framework of the distribution of responsibilities of the Basic Law will not be excluded. Negotiations on the accession of the countries of the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) to the Cultural Foundation of the Länder shall be negotiated by means of a successor institution.(7) In order to compensate for the effects of the division of Germany, the Federal Government may co-finance individual cultural actions and facilities in the area referred to in Article 3 for the promotion of cultural infrastructure. Non-official table of contents

Art 36 Radio

(1) The "Radio of the GDR" and the "Deutsche Fernsehfunk" are to be considered as independent state-independent, Legally competent institution of the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) and the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied, by 31 December 2008 at the latest. It continued in December 1991 to the extent to which it was responsible for the responsibilities of the countries. The task of the institution is to provide the population in the area referred to in Article 3 with radio and television in accordance with the general principles of public service broadcasting. The studio technique associated with the German Post, as well as the properties used for the production and management of broadcasting and television, are assigned to the facility. Article 21 shall apply accordingly.(2) The organs of the institution are
1.
the radio officer,
2.
the Broadcasting Advisory Board.
(3) The Radio Representative is elected by the People's Chamber on a proposal from the Prime Minister of the German Democratic Republic. If an election by the Volkskammer does not materialize, the radio officer is elected by the national speakers of the Länder referred to in Article 1 (1) and the Lord Mayor of Berlin by a majority. The radio officer shall direct the institution and represent it in a judicial and out-of-court order. It shall be responsible for the performance of the contract within the limits of the appropriations available for this purpose and shall immediately draw up a budget balance in revenue and expenditure for the year 1991.(4) The Radio Advisory Board shall include 18 recognized public figures as representatives of socially relevant groups. The three members are elected by the Landtag of the Länder referred to in Article 1 (1) and by the City Council of Berlin. The Broadcasting Advisory Board has a right of consultation in all programme matters and has a right of participation in the case of essential personnel, economic and budgetary matters. The Broadcasting Advisory Board may appoint the Broadcasting Officer by a majority of two-thirds of its members. It may elect a new radio representative by a majority of two-thirds of its members.(5) The facility shall be financed as a priority by the revenue from the broadcasting fee of the radio subscribers who live in the area referred to in Article 3. In this respect, it is creditor of the broadcasting fee. In addition, it covers its expenditure through revenue from advertising and other revenue.(6) Within the period referred to in paragraph 1, the institution shall, in accordance with the federal structure of broadcasting, be replaced by a common contract of State of the countries referred to in Article 1, or in the context of the public law of individual or of several countries. If a State Treaty comes into force after sentence 1 to 31. The institution shall be disbanded at the end of this period. Assets and liabilities existing at this time shall be based on the countries referred to in Article 1 in shares. The level of the shares shall be based on the ratio of the radio-fee income according to the level of 30. In the area referred to in Article 3. This shall be without prejudice to the obligation of countries to continue broadcasting in the area referred to in Article 3.(7) With the entry into force of the State Treaty in accordance with paragraph 6, no later than 31. No later than 1 December 1991, paragraphs 1 to 6 shall be repeal. Non-official table of contents

Art 37 Education

(1) Education, professional and professional education acquired in the German Democratic Republic, and academic degrees or evidence of formal qualifications shall continue to apply in the territory referred to in Article 3. In the territory referred to in Article 3 or in the other countries of the Federal Republic of Germany, including Berlin (West), examinations or certificates of formal qualifications acquired shall be the same and shall grant the same allowances if: are equivalent. The equivalence shall be established at the request of the relevant competent authority. Legal provisions of the Federal Government and of the European Communities on the equivalence of examinations or certificates of competency and special provisions in this Treaty shall prevail. In any case, the right to guidance of acquired, state-recognised or awarded academic professional titles, degrees and titles remains unaffected.(2) For teaching examinations, the recognition procedure customary in the Standing Conference of Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs applies. The Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs will take appropriate transitional arrangements.(3) Examination certificates according to the nomenclature of vocational training occupations and the nomenclature of skilled workers ' occupations and final examinations and journeymen's examinations in recognized training occupations are equal to each other.(4) The arrangements necessary for the reorganization of the school system in the area referred to in Article 3 shall be taken by the countries referred to in Article 1. The necessary arrangements for the recognition of degrees of school law are agreed at the Standing Conference of Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs. In both cases, the Hamburg Agreement and the other relevant agreements of the Standing Conference of the Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs are based on the Hamburg Agreement.(5) Students who change the university before completing their studies have so far been provided study and examination achievements in accordance with the principles of § 7 of the General Provisions for Diplomation Regulations (ABD) or within the framework of the admission requirements for admission rules applicable to State audits.(6) The university entrance allowances, which are confirmed by the certificates of the engineering and technical schools of the German Democratic Republic, shall apply in accordance with the decision of the Standing Conference of Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs of 10 June 2008. May 1990 and its annex B. Further principles and procedures for the recognition of school and university degrees for school and university education based on this are to be developed within the framework of the Standing Conference of Ministers of Education and Cultural Affairs. Non-official table of contents

Art 38 Science and research

(1) Science and research are also important foundations in the united Germany for state and society. The necessary renewal of science and research, while maintaining efficient facilities in the area referred to in Article 3, shall be carried out by the Scientific Council, which shall be subject to a review by the Scientific Council, which shall be up to 31 December 2008. It will be completed in December 1991, with individual results to be implemented gradually. The following regulations are intended to enable this assessment and to ensure the integration of science and research into the joint research structure of the Federal Republic of Germany in the area referred to in Article 3.(2) With the effective date of accession, the Academy of Sciences of the German Democratic Republic shall be separated from the research institutes and other institutions as a societysociety. The decision on how to proceed with the law of the Academy of Sciences of the German Democratic Republic will be taken on a state-by-country basis. The research institutes and other institutions shall initially consist of up to 31. It shall continue as institutions of the countries referred to in Article 3 in so far as they are not previously dissolved or converted. The transitional financing of these institutions and facilities will be up to 31 December 2013. The appropriations for this purpose shall be made available by the Federal Government and the countries referred to in Article 1 in 1991.(3) The working conditions of the employees employed by the research institutes and other bodies of the Academy of Sciences of the German Democratic Republic consist of up to 31 employees. It continued in December 1991 as fixed-term contracts with the countries to which these institutions and bodies are transferred. The right to dismissal of these conditions of employment in accordance with the provisions of Annex I to this Treaty shall be without prejudice to the right to terminate such employment.(4) For the Building Academy of the German Democratic Republic and the Academy of Agricultural Sciences of the German Democratic Republic, as well as the subordinated scientific institutions of the Ministry of Food, Land-and In the case of forestry, paragraphs 1 to 3 shall apply mutatily.(5) The Federal Government will start negotiations with the Länder with a view to adapting or reconcluding the Federal Government Agreement on Education and Training in accordance with Article 91b of the Basic Law, in such a way that the planning of education and the promotion of facilities and facilities are Projects of scientific research of superregional importance shall be extended to cover the area referred to in Article 3.(6) The Federal Government is striving to ensure that the methods and programmes of research funding which have been tried and tested in the Federal Republic of Germany are applied to the whole of the Federal Republic as soon as possible and that the scientists and the scientific community Facilities in the area referred to in Article 3 shall be granted access to current research funding measures. In addition, individual support measures for research and development concluded in the field of the Federal Republic of Germany are to be resumed for the territory referred to in Article 3, of which tax measures are except.(7) With the effective date of accession of the German Democratic Republic, the Research Council of the German Democratic Republic is dissolved.

Footnote

Art. Article 38 (3) sentence 1: The rules governing the working conditions of the institutions the Academy of Sciences of the German Democratic Republic of Germany on the 31. The GG is incompatible with the GG in December 1991 and is void in so far as it concerns work conditions which were not to be terminated on the said date under maternity protection law, BVerfGE v. 10.3.1992-1 BvR 454/91 u. a. -
Art. 4 iVm (3) sentence 1: According to the BVerfGE v. 12.5.1992-1 BvR 1467/91-1 BvR 1501/91 with Art. 12 (1)-partial iVm Art. 6 para. 4 d. GG incompatible and void Non-official table of contents

Art 39 Sport

(1) Structures in conversion in the area referred to in Article 3 of this Regulation of the sport will be changed to self-administration. The public hands promote sport in an idealistic and material way according to the distribution of responsibilities of the Basic Law.(2) The top sport and its development in the area referred to in Article 3 shall, in so far as it has proved its worth, continue to be promoted. The promotion shall be carried out within the framework of the rules and principles established in the Federal Republic of Germany in accordance with the conditions laid down by public budgets in the area referred to in Article 3. Within this framework, the Research Institute for Body Culture and Sport (FCS) in Leipzig, the doping control laboratory recognized by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) in Kreischa (near Dresden) and the Research and Development Centre for Sports equipment (FES) in Berlin (East)-in the appropriate legal form-as facilities in the united Germany to the required extent continued or existing facilities are affiliated.(3) For a transitional period up to 31. December 1992, the Federation supports the sport of disabled people.

Chapter IX
Transitive and Final Provisions

unofficial table of contents

type 40 contracts and agreements

(1) The obligations under the contract of 18. May 1990 on the establishment of a monetary, economic and social union between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic shall continue to apply unless otherwise provided for in this Treaty or in the case of the agreements in the The production of the Unity of Germany will become an object of mutual interest.(2) Insofar as rights and obligations arising from other contracts and agreements between the Federal Republic of Germany or the Federal States and the German Democratic Republic are not in the process of producing the unity of Germany , they shall be taken over, adapted or settled by the competent authorities of the Member States. Non-official table of contents

Art 41 asset management

(1) The government of the Federal Republic of Germany and the Government of the Federal Republic of Germany Joint declaration issued by the German Democratic Republic of 15 June (Annex III) is an integral part of this Treaty and is to be held in June 1990.(2) In accordance with special legal provisions, the transfer of ownership of land or buildings shall not take place if the land or building concerned is required for urgent investment purposes to be defined in more detail; , in particular, the establishment of a commercial establishment and the implementation of this investment decision are economically eligible, above all creating or securing jobs. The investor has to submit a plan showing the essential characteristics of the project and undertake to undertake the project on this basis. The law also regulates the compensation of the former owner.(3) In addition, the Federal Republic of Germany shall not adopt any legislation which is contrary to the Joint Declaration referred to in paragraph 1. Non-official table of contents

Art 42 Posting of Members

(1) Prior to the effective date of accession of the German Democratic Republic, the Volkskammer on the basis of its composition 144 Members of Parliament to be sent in the 11. German Bundestag as well as a sufficient number of substitute persons. Appropriate proposals make the groups and groups represented in the People's Chamber.(2) The elected persons shall acquire the membership in the 11th. German Bundestag on the basis of the declaration of acceptance to the President of the People's Chamber, but only with the effective date of accession. The President of the People's Chamber shall immediately transmit the result of the election, with the acceptance of the declaration of acceptance, to the President of the German Bundestag.(3) For eligibility and loss of membership in the 11. In other respects, the German Bundestag shall apply the provisions of the Federal Elections Act as amended by the 1. September 1975 (BGBl. 2325), as last amended by the Law of 29. August 1990 (BGBl. II p. 813). If a member fails, the next substitute will move forward. It must belong to the same party as the retired member at the time of his election. The determination of who is a substitute person meets the President of the People's Chamber before the date of accession, and then the President of the German Bundestag. Non-official table of contents

Art 43 Transitional provision for the Federal Council until the formation of national governments

From the formation of the article 1 (1) Until the election of the Prime Minister, the State Plenipotentiary may take part in the meetings of the Federal Council with an advisory vote. Non-official table of contents

Art 44 Legal Preservation

Rights from this contract for the benefit of the German Democratic Republic or the one referred to in Article 1 may be invoked after the date of accession of each of these countries. Non-official table of contents

Type 45 Entry into force of the contract

(1) This contract, including the attached protocol and Annexes I to III shall enter into force on the date on which the Governments of the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic have communicated to each other that the necessary national conditions for entry into force have been met.(2) The contract shall remain as federal law after the effective date of accession. unofficial table of contents

final formula

happening to Berlin on 31. August 1990 in two original documents in German.
theFor the
Federal Republic of Germany German Democratic Republic
SchäubleGünther Krause
Non-Official Table of Contents

Protocol

On signing of the contract between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic on the production of Germany's unity, the following clarifications have been made with regard to this Treaty:
I. About the items and assets of the
1.
To article 1: (1) The boundaries of the country Berlin are determined by the law on the formation of a new urban community of Berlin of 27. April 1920 (Pr.GS 1920 p. 123), with the proviso
-
that the protocol note on Article 1 of the " Agreement between the Senate and the Government of the German Democratic Republic of 31 December 2008. March 1988 on the inclusion of further enclaves and other small areas in the agreement of 20 March 1988. December 1971 on the regulation of the issues of enclaves by exchange of territory " as applicable to all districts and continuing in relation between the Länder of Berlin and Brandenburg;
-
that all areas in which after the 7. October 1949 an election to the Chamber of Deputies or to the City Council of Berlin took place, components of the districts of Berlin are.
(2) The Länder Berlin and Brandenburg review and document within a year the
(
Contracting Parties agree that the decisions referred to in the second sentence of Article 2 of the decision-making process shall be adopted in accordance with the provisions of Article 2 (1) of the Treaty. the statutory bodies of the federal government at the choice of the first general German Bundestag and after the production of the full participation rights reserved for the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of this Treaty.
3.
To article 2, para. 2: The parties agree that the character of the 3. October 1990 as a public holiday does not rule out acts which had already been fixed at the entry into force of the Treaty.
4.
To Article 4 no. 5Articles 143 (1) and (2) have only a temporal meaning; they are therefore not a requirement for future legislation.
5.
To Article 9 (5): Both Parties shall accept the Declaration by the Land of Berlin on the fact that the church tax law in force in Berlin (West) with effect from the 1. It will cover the part of Berlin in which it has not yet been applied.
6.
To Article 13: Facilities or sub-bodies which until the date of entry into force of the accession The following tasks have been carried out which are no longer to be carried out by the public administration: (1) In so far as there is a material connection to public tasks, the facilities or sub-bodies of (2) In other cases, the institutions or sub-bodies shall be unwound from the Federal Government. In cases of doubt, the country concerned may or may not be able to take the necessary steps to ensure that the institution or the institution concerned is responsible for the The federal government of the Federal Republic of Germany, which is formed by the Federal Government and the Länder.
7.
On Article 13 (2): Insofar as institutions are transferred wholly or partly to the Federal Government, Appropriate staff shall be able to take on appropriate levels according to the needs of the task of the task.
8.
To Article 15: The administrative assistance of the Confederation and of the Länder in the development of the national administrations and in the implementation of certain technical tasks are coordinated in a clearing house, which is formed by the federal and state governments.
9.
On Article 16: Both parties note the announcement by the State of Berlin that the Lord Mayor is the third party to the 3. The members of the Magistrats, such as other members of the Berlin State Government, will be involved in the representation of the appointed members of the Federal Council.
10.
On Article 17: This provision also covers persons who have become victims of a right-of-law instruction in a psychiatric institution
11.
To Article 20 (2): The introduction of the civil servant's right in accordance with the regulations agreed in Annex I shall be made in accordance with the rules applicable to the staffing of the Federal Republic of Germany, the principles governing the duration of the functions required.
12.
To Article 21, para. 1, sentence 1: On the further use of military force properties are to be taught to the countries. Before military-used properties, which become federal assets, are used to another use, the countries concerned are to be heard.
13.
To Article 22 Paragraph 4: The fully-owned land used by housing cooperatives for residential purposes also falls under paragraph 4 and is ultimately to be transferred to the property of housing cooperatives, while retaining the purpose-binding.
14.
To Article 35: The Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic declare in connection with Article 35 of the Treaty:
1.
The commitment to the Sorbian populist and the Sorbian culture is free.
2.
The preservation and development of the Sorbian culture and the Sorbian traditions will be guaranteed.
3.
The members of the Sorbian people and their organizations have the freedom to care for and preserve the Sorbian language in public life.
4.
The basic jurisdictional distribution between the federal government and the federal states remains untouched.
15.
On Article 38: Agreements of the Academy of Sciences, the Academy of Building and the Academy of Agricultural Sciences of the German Democratic Republic with organizations in other States or international bodies shall be reviewed in accordance with the principles laid down in Article 12 of the Treaty.
16.
To Article 40:Cases in which the The Federal Government has agreed to take over the costs of medical treatment of Germans from the area referred to in Article 3.
17.
To Appendix II, Chapter II, Sachgebiet A Section III:The parties are entitled to equal opportunities in the election preparation and in the electoral competition. Money or monetary value that is not allocated to the parties either by membership fees or by donations or by a state campaign for electoral campaign costs, in particular assets of former block parties and the PDS in the German Democratic Republic, must not be used for election preparation or election campaigning. The parties are obliged to make oath statements by the treasurers and to refrain from using such funds by chartered accountants to the 1. December 1990. To the extent that parties in the Federal Republic of Germany confer with former block parties of the German Democratic Republic prior to the election day, they shall, at the time of their association, account for their assets in the manner of accountability, that they are up to 1. In each case, a final balance sheet and an opening balance sheet corresponding to the criteria set out in Section 24 (4) of the Party Law.
18.
To Annex III:Both Contracting Parties agree that for the cases referred to in sentences 2 and 3 of paragraph 6, provision may also be made for implementation pursuant to paragraph 7 of the Joint Declaration.
II. Protocol Declaration to the Treaty


Both parties agree that the provisions of the Treaty are without prejudice to the rights and responsibilities of the four still existing at the time of signature Powers in relation to Berlin and Germany as a whole, as well as the outstanding results of the discussions on the external aspects of the production of German unity.

Footnote

(+ + + + No. 13: For application see § 4 G 105-21 v. 23.6.1993 I 944, 989 + + +) unofficial table of contents

appendix I table of contents

A.Prepres
B. Business Units
Chapter IFederal Minister for Foreign Affairs
Chapter IIFederal Minister of the Interior
Chapter IIIFederal Minister of justice
Chapter IVFederal Minister of Finance
Chapter V Federal Minister for Economic Affairs
Chapter VIFederal Minister of Food, Agriculture and Forestry
Chapter VII---
Chapter VIIIFederal Minister for Labour and Social Order
Chapter IXFederal Minister of Defense
Chapter X Federal Minister for Youth, Family, Women and Health.
Chapter XIFederal Minister of Transport
Chapter XIIFederal Minister for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Reactor Safety
Chapter XIII Federal Minister for Postal and Telecommunications
Chapter XIVFederal Minister for Spatial Planning, Construction and Urban Development
Chapter XV---
Chapter XVIFederal Minister of Education and Education Science
Chapter XVIIFederal Minister for Economic Cooperation
C. Special Sachands
Chapter XVIII Statistics
Chapter XIXPublic service law including the law of the
Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I BesBest Special provisions for the transfer of federal law
pursuant to Article 8 and Article 11 of the Treaty

(Fundstelle in Appendix I of the Agreement, BGBl. II 1990, 907) Preface:
The laws of the Member States listed in Section I of each chapter are excluded from the entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty. The same shall apply, in accordance with Article 11 of the Treaty, to the international treaties referred to in Section I of Chapter I.
In accordance with Section II of the relevant Chapter, the legislation referred to therein shall be repealed, amended or
In accordance with Section III of the relevant chapter, the legislation with the measures specified therein shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty.
Where applicable federal law to other legislation of the Federal Republic of Germany, the referral shall also be effective if the legislation referred to has not been passed over. If the legislation of the Federal Republic of Germany is to be replaced by legislation of the German Democratic Republic, this shall be expressly determined. Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap I Annex I Chapter I
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs

(site in Annex I) of the EinigVtr BGBl. II 1990, 908-909) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap I I Annex I Chapter I
Section I

Of the application in Article 3 of the In accordance with the provisions of Article 11 of the Treaty, the provisions of the Treaty shall be excluded:
1.
Relations between the Federal Republic of Germany and the Three Powers of 26 May 1952, in the list I of the Protocol on the termination of the occupation regime of 23 May 1952, Amended version (BGBl), October 1954 1955 II p. 305)
2.
Contract for the regulation of war and occupation of the 26. May 1952, in the list IV of the Protocol on the termination of the occupation regime of 23 May 1952, Amended version (BGBl), October 1954 1955 II p. 405)
3.
Contract for the stay of foreign armed forces in the Federal Republic of Germany of the 23rd. October 1954, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 24 October 1954. March 1955 (BGBl. 1955 II p. 253)
4.
German-French Government Agreement-The Law on Stationing and the Status of the French Troops in Germany-The wording of the Exchange of letters of 21 December 1966 (Bulletin of 23 December 1996) December 1966, No. 161, p. 1304)
5.
NATO troop statut of 19. June 1951, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1190)
6.
Additional agreements to the NATO troop statute
-
Additional agreements to the agreement between the parties to the North Atlantic Treaty on the legal status of their troops with regard to the stationed in the Federal Republic of Germany foreign troops from the 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1218), as amended by the 21. October 1971 (BGBl. 1973 II p. 1022)
-
Protocol to the Additional Agreement of 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1313) in the version of 18. May 1981 (BGBl. 1982 II p. 531)
-
Agreement on Article 45 (5) of the Additional Agreement to the Agreement between the parties to the North Atlantic Treaty on the legal status of their troops in respect of the foreign troops stationed in the Federal Republic of Germany of 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1355)
-
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany, Canada and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on the implementation of Maneuvers and other exercises in the Raume Soltau-Lüneburg of the 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1183, 1362), as amended by the Amendment of 12. May 1970 (BGBl. 1971 II p. 1078)
-
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the Kingdom of Belgium on the settlement of disputes in the case of direct procurements of 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1368)
-
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and Canada on the settlement of disputes in the case of direct procurements of 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1371)
-
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the French Republic on the settlement of disputes in the case of direct procurements of 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1374)
-
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on the settlement of Disputes in case of direct procurements of 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1377)
-
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the United States of America on the settlement of disputes concerning Direct procurements of 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1382)
-
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the United States of America on the legal status of holidaymakers of the 3. August 1959, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 18. August 1961 (BGBl. 1961 II p. 1183, 1385
7.
Protocol on the legal status of the international headquarters established under the North Atlantic Treaty of 28 June 1999. August 1952 in addition to the corresponding contract law of 17. October 1969 (BGBl. 1997)
8.
Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the Supreme Headquarters of the Allied Powers, Europe, on the special conditions for the Establishment and operation of international military headquarters in the Federal Republic of Germany-Supplementary Agreements-of 13. March 1967, in addition to the corresponding contract law of 17. October 1969 (BGBl. 1997, 2009)
9.
Agreement between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Belgium, the Federal Republic of Germany, the Italian Republic, and the United States of America, the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on inspections in respect of the Treaty between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on the Disposal of of medium-and shorter-range aircraft-stationing countries-Conventions (West)-of 11. December 1987, together with the corresponding contract law of 29 December 1987. April 1988 (BGBl. 1988 II p. 429)
10.
Change of notes from 4. May 1988, between the Federal Republic of Germany and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, on inspections in respect of the Treaty of 8. December 1987, between the United States of America and the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on the elimination of their mid-range and shorter-range missiles with a regulation of 30 December 1987. May 1988 (BGBl. 1988 II p. 534)-Regulation on inspections by the INF Treaty-
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap II Annex I, Chapter II
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of the Interior

(find in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 910-920) For statistics see Chapter XVIII
on the law of the civil service including the law of the soldiers see chapter XIX

The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
Follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap II)-All documents relating to Chapter II of Appendix I-
b)
are subject to specific area (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap II D)-All documents relating to subject area D of Chapter II of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape II D III)-issued the document relating to Section III of Section D of Chapter II of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap II A II Annex I, Chapter II
Sachgebiet A-State and constitutional law
Section II

Federal law is repealed and amended as follows:
1.
Federal Elections Act in the version of the Notice of 1. September 1975 (BGBl. 2325), as last amended by the Law of 29. August 1990 (BGBl. II p. 813) § 55 is repealed.
2.
Law on titles, orders and badmarks in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 1132-1, Version, as last amended by Article 33 of the Law of 24. April 1986 (BGBl. 560) *) § 16 shall be taken as follows:
" § 16
By the time the acceding claims are effective, existing claims from the German Democratic Republic's state awards have been extinguissed. Claims arising from such awards can no longer be asserted from the date of the date of entry into effect. "
3.
Law on the Day of the German Unit in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 1136-1, the law is repealed.
---------------
*)
Protocol note of the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republics of the German Democratic Republic can continue to lead or shall be carried, unless the ordre public of the Federal Republic of Germany is thereby violated. The same is true for foreign awards approved by the German Democratic Republic for adoption.
Table of Contents

Annex I Kap II A III Appendix I, Chapter II
Sachgebiet A-State and constitutional law
Section III

(no longer applicable) unofficial table of contents

asset I Cape II B I Appendix I chapter II
property area B management
section I

From the entry into force of the federal law in accordance with article 8 of the contract Are excluded:
1.
Law governing the legal relationship of the under Article 131 of the Basic Law in the version of the notice of 13. October 1965 (BGBl. 1685), as last amended by Article 4 (4) of the Law of 8. June 1989 (BGBl. 1026), as well as all the regulations adopted for its implementation
2.
First Act amending the law governing the legal conditions of Articles 131 Persons covered by the Basic Law in the adjusted version published in the Federal Law Gazette III, No. 2036-2, published by the Federal Law Gazette 2036-2
3.
Second Act of Amendment of the law governing the legal conditions of persons covered by Article 131 of the Basic Law in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), Section 2036-3,
4.
Third law amending the law governing the legal relationships of persons covered by Article 131 of the Basic Law in the Federal Law Gazette, Part III, Division number 2036-4, published revised version, as amended by Article II (5) of the Law of 9. September 1965 (BGBl. 1203), in conjunction with Article 12 (2) (b) and (d) of the Law of 20. December 1965 (BGBl. 2065), as well as the arrangements for its implementation, in the adjusted versions published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), 2036-4-1 and 2036-4-2,
5.
Fourth Act amending the law governing the legal relationships of persons falling under Article 131 of the Basic Law of 9. September 1965 (BGBl. 1203), as last amended by Section 5 (2) of the Law of 6. July 1967 (BGBl. 629)
6.
The law governing the restitution of national-socialist injustice for members of the civil service, as amended by the 15. December 1965 (BGBl. 2073), as last amended by Article 4 (5) of the Law of 8. June 1989 (BGBl. 1026), as well as the Regulations and Regulations adopted for its implementation, in the revised versions published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, sections 2037-1-1 to 2037-1-3 and 2037-1-5,
7.
Regulation implementing § 31d of the Act to regulate the restitution of national-socialist injustice for members of the civil service in the Federal Law Gazette (Bundesgesetzblatt) Part III, outline number 2037-1-4, published in a revised version, as last amended by Regulation of 5. August 1974 (BGBl. I p. 1878)
8.
Second Act to regulate the restitution of national socialist injustice for members of the civil service in the part of the Federal Law Gazette III, outline number 2037-2, published revised version
9.
Third law regulating the restitution of national-socialist injustice for members of the Public service in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 2037-3, published by the Federal Council of Germany,
10.
The Sixth Law for the Regulation of the Reparation of national socialist injustice for members of the civil service in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt part III, outline number 2037-4, as amended by Article 14 (1) of the Law of 20. December 1965 (BGBl. I p. 2065)
11.
Act to regulate the restitution of national socialist injustice for the members of the public service living abroad as amended the notice of 15 December 1965 (BGBl. 2091)
12.
Seventh Act to regulate the reparation of national-socialist injustice for public service members of 9. September 1965 (BGBl. 1210), as amended by Article 14 (3) of the Law of 20. December 1965 (BGBl. I p. 2065)
13.
Foreigners ' Act of 28. April 1965 (BGBl. 353), as last amended by Article 9 (5) of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1163)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap II B II Annex I, Chapter II
Sachgebiet B administration
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
1.
Asylum Procedures Act of 16. July 1982 (BGBl. 946), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 3362)
a)
The following paragraph 3 is added to § 3: " (3) Foreigners to whom the following paragraph shall be added: Accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on Asylum has been granted, shall be considered as the persons entitled to asylum within the meaning of this Act. "
b)
§ 22 para. 2 shall be granted as follows: " (2) Countries may set a key to the distribution of asylum seekers by means of an administrative arrangement. If the Administrative Arrangement does not reach 31. The Federal Government, with the consent of the Federal Council, shall determine the key by means of a decree-law of December 1991. Until the entry into force of a regulation in accordance with the first or second sentence, the following rules shall apply:
1.
20 of the hundred of the Applicants for asylum shall be distributed among the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement; the distribution to each country shall be based on the ratio of the resident population of these countries;
2.
80 from the hundred of the asylum seekers are distributed according to the following key:

Baden-Württemberg15.2 of the hundred
Bayern17.4 of the hundred
Berlin2,7 vom Hundert
Bremen1,3 vom Hundert
Hamburg3,3 vom Hundert
Hessen9,3 of the hundred
Niedersachsen11.6 vom Hundert
Nordrhein-Westfalen28,0 from One hundred
Rhineland-Palatinate5,9 from the hundred
Saarland 1, 8 of the hundred
Schleswig-Holstein3.5 out of the
If the administrative agreement continues, sentence 3 applies accordingly. "
2.
Federal Archives Act of 6. January 1988 (BGBl. 62)
a)
§ 2 (8) shall be read as follows: " (8) Documents within the meaning of this Act shall be files, Documents, maps, plans and carriers of data, image, film, sound and other records which are recorded at the offices of the Federal Government referred to in paragraph 1, in the case of entities of the German Democratic Republic, in places of occupation zones, of the German "
b)
b)
b)
(omitted)
3.
The Law on the German Library of the 31. March 1969 (BGBl. I p. 265)
a)
§ 1 is taken as follows:
" § 1
The central archive library and the national bibliographical centre of the Federal Republic of Germany shall be established as a federal institution of public law, with its registered office in Germany. Frankfurt am Main (Deutsche Bibliothek) and Leipzig (Deutsche Bücherei) are established. The competent federal minister is authorized to determine the name of the institution of public law. "
b)
In § 2 para. 1 nos. 1 and 2 the words" after the 8. May 1945 "replaced by" from 1913 ".
c)
§ 2 para. 2 is as follows:" (2) As far as the tasks referred to in paragraph 1 relate to musical notes and music recordings, they shall be: by the German Music Archive of the German Library and by the Musikaliensammlung der Deutschen Bücherei (German Library of Music). "
d)
§ 11 para. 2 is as follows:" (2) The The Director-General and his permanent representatives in Frankfurt am Main and Leipzig are appointed by the Federal President on a proposal from the Board of Directors. The competent Federal Minister is authorized to determine the seat of the Director-General. "
e)
§ 18 (1) shall be determined as follows:" (1) From each printing unit according to § 3, which shall be published in the following: The scope of this law is laid down or, in the case of sound carriers, a piece (obligatory piece) is to be delivered to the German Library and the Deutsche Bücherei. "
4.
Law for the Protection of German Cultural Heritage against Abmigration in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 224-2, as last amended by Article 86 of the Law of 2. March 1974 (BGBl. 469) The following paragraph 5 is added to § 22: " (5) The export of the German Democratic Republic of the German Democratic Republic's Cultural Heritage Act, pursuant to the Law on the Protection of the Cultural Heritage of the German Democratic Republic, of the 3. July 1980 (GBl. 191), the registered cultural property remains subject to authorisation until its entry into the "Register of national valuable cultural assets and national valuable archives" as required by this Act. The second sentence of paragraph 4 and the third sentence shall apply. "
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap II B III Annex I, Chapter II,
/> Section III.

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
Personal status law in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, outline number 211-1, published in a revised version, as last amended by Article 9 (6) of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1163), with the following dimensions:
a)
and b) (no longer applicable)
c)
Continuation of the civil status books and exhibition of civil status documents from these books until the date of accession.
aa)
For the continuation of the up to the effective date of accession in the article referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty Area-based civil status books by the registry officers and the documents of the certificates shall apply in accordance with the provisions of the law. The margin endorsements to be written to the person status entry shall be included on the back of the entry as endorsement. Notes on the entries are entered on the front side below the certification.
bb)
As far as the personal status entries are those in § § 11, 21 and 37. shall not be included in the correction or supplement. For the exhibition of civil status documents from these civil status books, the provisions of Section 62 of the Ordination on the Implementation of the Personal Status Act are in the version of the notice of 25. February 1977 (BGBl. 377), as last amended by the Regulation of 28 June 2008. June 1990 (BGBl. 1388), to use forms E, E 1, E 2, F and G (annexes 23 to 27 of the Regulation on the implementation of the law on civil status). Only information resulting from the entry of the passenger status may be included in these civil status documents. In addition, certified copies of the personal status entries according to § 61 a (1) (1) can be produced, which reproduce the front of the entry without the clues and the back of the entry. You are with "Certified transcript from the ... book of the registry office ..." , and with the endorsement resulting from the Ax, Bx and Cx forms (Appendices 16 to 18 of the Regulation on the implementation of the Civil Status Act).
cc)
For these marital status books, second books (§ 44) are not to be created.
d)
Standesamt I in Berlin
aa)
To the place of the name "Der Standesbeamte des Standesamts I in Berlin (West)", the Title "Der Standesbeamte des Standesamts I in Berlin".
bb)
The civil service officer of the Standesamts I in Berlin is responsible
aaa)
for the continuation and use of the according to § 19 of the German Democratic Party Act (civil status law) Republic of the Standesamt I Berlin-Capital of the German Democratic Republic-applied civil status books,
bbb)
for the continuation and use of the according to § 22 of the Law on Consular Activities of the Foreign Missions of the German Democratic Republic-Consular Law-of 21. December 1979 (GBl. 464) by the diplomatic missions of the German Democratic Republic and sent to the registry office I Berlin-capital of the German Democratic Republic-issued civil status books,
ccc)
for the management and use of the collection at the Standesamt I Berlin-capital of the German Democratic Republic-of civil status books, registry registers and Civil service customers from areas in which a German civil service official is not active (according to § 72 of the Ordinance on the Execution of the Civil Status Act),
ddd)
for the management of the decisions on death declarations and findings of the death period (§ 21 of the German Democratic Republic)-the capital of the German Democratic Republic-deposited at the registry office I Berlin-capital of the German Democratic Republic (Germany) German Democratic Republic of Germany (Democratic Republic of Germany). Decisions may be issued with excerpts or certified copies.
For the continuation and use of the civil status books, point (c) shall apply.
cc)
Is a civil status case with a civil registry officer in the Federal Republic of Germany and in accordance with Section 19 of the German Civil Status Law Democratic Republic at the Standesamt I Berlin-Capital of the German Democratic Republic-or at a registry office in the German Democratic Republic and in accordance with section 41 of the standing office officer of the Standesamt I in Berlin (West) , after a comparison and any rectification or addition of the entries, only the entry of persons shall continue to be carried out in the case of the civil servant responsible for the initial assessment. A note will be added to the entry not to be made to the registry office I in Berlin.
dd)
(no longer applying
no longer to apply
3.
to
9.
(no longer apply)
unofficial Table of Contents

Appendix I Kap II C II Annex I, Chapter II
Sachgebiet C-Public Security
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
1.
gun law in the version of the 8. March 1976 (BGBl. 432), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 18. February 1986 (BGBl. I p. 265),
a)
§ 53 (3) is amended as follows:
aa)
In number 6, the word "or" will be replaced by a comma.
bb)
In paragraph 7, the point is replaced by the word "or" and the following number 8 is appended:
" 8.
contrary to § 59b para. 5 sentence 1 after the end of the reporting period, the actual violence about an undeclared firearm or about undeclared ammunition
b)
In accordance with § 59a, the following § 59b is inserted: " § 59bÜberconduction scheme from the occasion of the production of the unity of Germany (1) One before Permission to accede shall be granted by the authorities of the German Democratic Republic for the purposes of transport (manufacture, processing, repair, distribution, transport, storage, storage, exhibition, acquisition, possession, use, Exports, imports and transit) with firearms, ammunition, firearms and cartridges shall be authorized until the expiry of six months after the date of entry into force of the entry into circulation of the said objects in the previously approved scope. If, before the expiry of the period referred to in the first sentence, an application for the granting of a licence has been submitted under the Weapons Act and has not yet been decided by the competent authority, that period shall be extended to the point of incontebility of the Decision on this request.(2) If, on the date of entry into the territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the entry into force of the entry into force of the entry into force of the entry into force in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the actual use of firearms and ammunition shall not be authorized, he shall have such firearms and ammunition. within six months of the date of entry into force of the accession of the competent authority in writing, including its particulars, the type and number of firearms, the calibre of the weapons and ammunition, the signs of their manufacturers or trademarks, and, if the firearms have a production number, to indicate them. However, in order to register in accordance with the first sentence, it shall not be required who shall leave the firearms or the ammunition to a person entitled before the end of the period referred to in the first sentence. In order to prove the notification, the authority shall issue a gun ownership card, provided that the applicant has the reliability required. Otherwise, the competent authority may order the weapons to be rendered unusable within a reasonable period of time, or to be left to a person entitled to do so, and this shall be demonstrated to the competent authority. Section 37 (5) shall apply accordingly.(3) The weapon possession card referred to in the third sentence of paragraph 2 shall not entice the purchase of ammunition. Ammunition in the possession of the notifier shall be left to an authorized person.(4) Where a person has registered a firearm or ammunition in good time in accordance with paragraph 2, he shall not be entitled to a reduction in the amount of the actual use of force or import and the reduction in the amount of duty to which he or she is not permitted to acquire, unauthorised use of force or import duties shall be punished; shortened import duties on unauthorised firearms or ammunition shall not be complied with.(5) After the expiry of the registration period, the actual violence may no longer be exercised via firearms or ammunition which are subject to notification but which have not been registered. Section 37 (5) shall apply accordingly.(6) If, on the date of the date of accession, a person has exercised the actual force via a subject prohibited under Article 37 (1), first sentence, or in accordance with Article 8 of the First Regulation on the Weapons Act, that prohibition shall not be effective if he/she is The subject matter shall be made unusable within six months of the date of entry into effect, shall leave a person entitled to do so, or submit an application for an exemption from the Federal Criminal Police Office. Section 37 (5) is to be applied accordingly.
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape II C III Annex I, Chapter II,
Public Security
Section III

(no longer apply Section III No. 1 to 5) Non-official table of contents

Appendix I Kap II D I Asset I Chapter II
Sachgebiet D-War sequence law
Section I

Except for the entry into force of the federal law pursuant to Article 8 of the Treaty:
1.
Refugee Assistance Act, as amended by the 15. May 1971 (BGBl. 681), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1142), with the legislative decree adopted pursuant to section 23.
2.
The law on the protection of evidence and the act of law in the version of the notice of 1. October 1969 (BGBl. I p. 1897), as last amended by Article 3 of the Law of 17. April 1985 (BGBl. 629), with the legal regulations issued for this purpose pursuant to § 15 (6), § 28 (1) and § 46 (2).
3.
Currency compensation law as amended by the notice of 1. December 1965 (BGBl. 2059), as last amended by Article 16 of the Act of 18. March 1975 (BGBl. 705), with the legal regulations issued in accordance with § 1a (2), § 3 (3), § 8 (2), § 9 (3), § 11 (4) and § 14a.
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap II D II Appendix I Chapter II
Sachgebiet D-war sequence right
Section II

Federal law is amended and repealed as follows:
1.
Bundesvertriebenengesetz in the version of the announcement of the 3. September 1971 (BGBl. I p. 1565, 1807), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1247),
a)
§ 90b is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1, first sentence, numbers 1 and 2 are replaced by the words " as a sales person within the meaning of § 1 from the territories referred to in Article 1 (2) (3). '.
bb)
The following paragraph 7a is inserted:' In the granting of benefits, the provisions applicable in the country shall be applied: , which, according to § 2 of the Distribution Regulations, is or will be established as a host country in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 240-3, for the Aussiedler. "
cc)
In paragraph 8, the words "paragraphs 1 to 7" are replaced by the words "paragraphs 1 to 7a".
b)
§ 90c is repealed.
2.
Prison Assistance Act in the version of the 4. February 1987 (BGBl. 512), as last amended by Article 8 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1211)
a)
In § 9a (2) sentence 2, the word "and" shall be replaced by a comma and after the words " for Heirs shall be deemed to be "the following subsentence added" and the integration aids shall be limited to the respective maximum amounts when they meet their own claims with entitlements as a heir. "
b)
In § 17 sentence 2, after the word "promotion", the words "according to § 18" are inserted.
c)
§ 18 will be as follows: changed:
aa)
In paragraph 1, the sales label "(1)" is deleted.
bb)
paragraph 2 is removed.
d)
Section 25a is added to the following paragraph 3: " (3) For a Custody in the areas mentioned in § 3 of the Bundesvertriebenengesetz (Bundesvertriebenengesetz) is sufficient if, by way of derogation from § 1 (1) and § 9a (1) sentence 1, the habitual residence has been retained or taken from custody there after being dismissed from custody. Benefits in accordance with § § 9a to 9c for a custody in these territories are only granted if they are valid until 31 December 2013.
18 (1) 'shall be replaced by' § 18 '
3.
style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"> Regulation on the equality of persons according to § 3 of the Prison Assistance Act in the revised version of the Federal Law Gazette III, No. 242-1-1, published in the Federal Law Gazette Version
a)
In § 1 paragraph 1, the words "or this have been attempted" shall be taken after the words "fled" inserted and the words "have taken or take" replaced by the word "have".
b)
In § 1 paragraph 2, the words "have taken or take" through the word "have"
4.
Load balancing act in the version of the Notice of 1. October 1969 (BGBl. 1909), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. 1247) § 234 para. 4 and § 334a are repealed.
5.
War Prisoners Compensation Act in the version of the Notice of 4. February 1987 (BGBl. 506), as last amended by Article 5 of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2398) In § 3 (1) sentence 3, the item is replaced by a line-point and the following half-sentence is added "this shall also apply when meeting your own claims with claims in accordance with § 5."
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap II D III Appendix I chapter II
subject area D-war sequence right
Section III

federal law occurs in the article 3 of the contract is in force:
1.
and 2. (no longer apply)
3.
prisoner assistance law in the version of 4. February 1987 (BGBl. 512), as last amended by Article 8 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1211), with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
(no longer apply)
c)
The provisions of § § 4 to 6 on the applicable application of the The Federal Supply Act and the provisions adopted for its implementation shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty with the measures listed in Annex I, Chapter VIII, Section III, Section III.
d)
Spare benefits for beneficiaries under § 1 paragraph 1 in the area where the prisoner assistance law has already been gilded before accession.
4.
Load balancing act in the version of the Notice of 1. October 1969 (BGBl. 1909), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. 1247), with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
§ 6 para. 4, § § 305, 306, 308 to 311 as well as § 313 para. 1 sentence 3, § 314 para. 1 sentence 2 and § 316 para. 1 sentence 1 are not included in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty
c)
The President of the Federal Compensation Office shall designate, for applicants with permanent residence in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, the
5.
(no longer to be used)

Footnote

Shine. III No. 4 (b) italic printing: no longer to be applied in relation to § 6 Section 4, § 309, 313, 314 and 316 of the burden-balancing act according to. Art. 5 (1) (d) DBuchst. dd G v. 2.12.2006 I 2674 mWv 7.12.2006 Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap III Annex I, Chapter III
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of Justice

(Found in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 921-963) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Unification of Annex I Cape III)-All documents relating to Chapter III of Appendix I-
b)
are subject to a specific area (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap III F)-All documents relating to subject area F of Chapter III of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. United Vtr Annex I Cape III F III)-issued the document relating to section III of Section III of Chapter III of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap III A I Appendix I Chapter III
Subject Area A-Legal care
Section I

From the entry into force of the federal law pursuant to Article 8 of the Treaty, subject to the special arrangement for the country Berlin in Section IV, except for:
1.
Comparison order in the section III of the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, Division number 311-1, published in the adjusted version, as last amended by Article 10 (2) of the Law of 19. December 1985 (BGBl. 2355)
2.
Act concerning the introduction of the bankruptcy order in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt part III, outline number 311-2, Amended by Article 1 (10) of the Law of 11. March 1974 (BGBl. I p. 671)
3.
Introduction Law on the Laws of Amendments to the Bankruptcy Order, published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), section 311-3, the adjusted version, with the exception of its Article IV, which shall be put into effect on the basis of the details
4.
Conkursordnung in der im Bundesgesetzblatt Teil III, Outline number 311-4, published in the adjusted version, as last amended by § 36 of the Law of 25. July 1986 (BGBl. 1130 in conjunction with the notice of 30 June 2009. July 1987-BGBl. 2083)
5.
Act on the social plan in the bankruptcist and settlement procedure of 20. February 1985 (BGBl. 369), as last amended by the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2405)
6.
The law to create a right of transfer to the production of coal and steel from 1. March 1989 (BGBl. 326)
7.
Bundesrechtsanwaltsordnung (Bundesrechtsanwaltsordnung) in the adjusted version published in the Federal Law Gazan Part III, outline number 303-8, as last amended by Articles 3 of the Law of 6. July 1990 (BGBl. 1349).
8.
Bundesnotarordnung (Bundesnotarordnung) in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 303-1, as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of the 7th August 1981 (BGBl. I p. 803).

Footnote

An. I n ° 7 italic pressure: G occurs in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia. Article 21 (1), third sentence, in accordance with d. Sentence 4 and Art. 21 para. 2 to 13 G v. 2.9.1994 I 2278 (RPNeuOG) mWv 9.9.1994 in force.
Sect. I n ° 8 italic pressure: G occurs in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia. Article 13 (1) in accordance with d. Par. 2 to 11 G v. 31.8.1998 I 2585 (BNotOuaÄndG 3) mWv 8.9.1998 in force unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape III A II Annex I, Chapter III,
Area A- Right Maintenance
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
According to § 744 of the Code of Civil Procedure in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), section 310-4, which was last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 17. May 1990 (BGBl. 926), the following § 744a is inserted:
" § 744a
Enforcement of property in objects of Community property and property to be applied in accordance with § § 740 to 744, 774 and 860. "
2.
The position and powers of the Attorney-at-law who is admitted to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Einigungscontracges or within the scope of the Federal Law of the Law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall stand in the other territory of an attorney approved there.
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap III A III Appendix I, Chapter III
Sachgebiet A-Justice Maintenance
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, subject to the special arrangements applicable to the Land of Berlin in Section IV, in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, subject to the special arrangements applicable to the Land of Berlin, in the following fields: Force:
1.
to 4. (no longer apply)
5.
Civil procedure in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 310-4, as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 17. May 1990 (BGBl. 926), with the following dimensions:
a)
through i) (no longer applicable)
j)
Decisions of the social courts cannot be declared enforceable.
k)
and l) (no longer apply
6.
and 7. (no longer apply)
8.
German Judges Act in the version of the notice of 19. April 1972 (BGBl. 713), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1206), with the following dimensions:
a)
to x) (no longer to be applied)
y)
For the area referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Treaty, the following transfer rules apply:
aa)
to ii) (no longer apply)
jj)
A Potsdam-Eiche University of Law or one of the (c)
For public prosecutors, the following shall not be entitled to the admission of a legal professional
z)
The following:
aa)
and bb) (no longer applicable)
cc)
In other respects, the measures apply ...(no longer apply) ... and y) jj) sensual.
8a.
to 13. (no longer apply)
14.
Criminal Procedure Code in the version of the Notice of 7. April 1987 (BGBl. 1074, 1319), as last amended by Article 12 (1) of the Law of 9. July 1990 (BGBl. 1354), with the following measures:
a)
up to c) (no longer applicable)
d)
The enforcement of a legal order from a decision of a criminal court of the German Democratic Republic is admissible unless it is determined by a court that: the conviction is not compatible with the rule of law, or that the nature or amount of the legal order is not appropriate in accordance with the principles of the rule of law or is contrary to the purpose of a federal law. It may also be established that the legal sequence is to be completed in a milder type of consequence. The request for a determination may be made by the convicted person or by the public prosecutor. The application is inadmissible if a cassation procedure or a rehabilitation procedure has been carried out or a rehabilitation procedure can still be carried out. The Court of First Instance decides on the application, under the Criminal Law Rehabilitation Act of 29 June 2009. October 1992 (BGBl. I p. 1814) would be responsible for the rehabilitation. Section 458 (3), first sentence, and section 462 (1), first sentence, and (2) apply accordingly. The decision shall not be countervailable. The deferrals or the interruption of enforcement may also be ordered by the public prosecutor's office.
e)
to k) (no more applying
15.
to 28. (no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape III A IV Appendix I, Chapter III
Sachgebiet A-Legal maintenance
section IV

By way of derogation from the provisions of Sections I and III, the court-building of the ordinary jurisdiction, including the establishment of the The Public Prosecutor's Office, the Administrative Court, the Financial Courtsability, the Labour Court and the Social Court extend to the part of the Land of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied.
1. To 4 (to no longer apply) unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape III B I Appendix I Chapter III
Sachgebiet B-Civil law
Section I

Except for the entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty, the following shall be excluded:
1.
Law on the Judicial Contract Aid in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 402-4.
2.
Rule Subversion-Decree of 27. June 1970 (BGBl. 1010), as last amended by the Regulation of 21 December 2008. July 1988 (BGBl. I p. 1082).
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape III B II Annex I, Chapter III
Sachgebiet B-Civil law
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
The Introductory Act on the Civil Statutory provisions in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 400-1, as last amended by Article 3 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1206), is amended as follows: Following the Fifth Part, the following part is adjoined: " Sixth part-entry into force and transitional law resulting from the introduction of the Civil Code and the introduction of this Act of Introduction in Article 3 of the (1) § 616 (2) and (3) and § § 622 and 1706 to 1710 of the Civil Code do not apply to the territory mentioned in Article 3 of the Agreement.(2) The Civil Code and this Act of Introduction shall, moreover, enter into force in this area on the date of accession in accordance with the following transitional provisions in force. Article 231First book. The general part of the Civil Code § 1Unmündigungirrevocably outspoken charges remain effective. Dismissal due to pathological disturbance of the spirit level shall be considered as charges of weakness, charges of abuse of alcohol shall be deemed to have been made as charges of drunkying, charges of other smoking-related funds or drugs are considered as charges of drug addiction in the sense of the Civil Code. § 2Vereine (1) Legal associations that are governed by the Law on Associations-Unification Act-of 21. February 1990 (GBl. No 10 p. 75), as last amended by ... , before the date of entry into force of accession, there is a continuing existence.(2) § § 21 to 79 of the Civil Code shall apply to them from the date of the date of entry into effect of the accession. Article 55 (1) shall apply with the proviso that the register of associations shall be held by the bodies responsible for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty before the date of entry into force of the accession.(3) The associations referred to in paragraph 1 shall, as from the date of entry into force of the accession, lead to the name "registered association". (4) On non-legal associations within the meaning of the Law on Associations-Unification Act-of 21. § 3foundations (1) The legal foundations existing in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Einigungsvertrag shall continue to exist.(2) § § 80 to 88 of the Civil Code are to be applied to foundations of private law from the date of the date of entry into effect. § 4Liability of legal persons for their organeThe Civil Code is limited to § § § 31 and 89 of the Civil Code. shall apply such acts which are committed on the date of the date of accession or thereafter. § 5Things (1) The components of a land shall not include buildings, premises, installations, plantings or facilities which shall be used in accordance with the The date before the date of entry into force of the accession shall be independent property of the property of the property. The same shall apply where such objects are established or affixed on the date of the date of entry into or after the date of entry into force of the accession, in so far as this is due to a right of use on the property or the right of use before the date of entry into effect of the accession. in accordance with Sections 312 to 315 of the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic.(2) The right of use in the property and the above-mentioned plants, plantings or facilities shall be considered as essential components of the building. § 6 Statute of limitations (1) The provisions of the Civil Code on the statute of limitations shall be found on the date of the day of the date of application of the accession and of claims which have not yet been subject to limitation. However, the beginning, the inhibition and the interruption of the period of limitation shall be determined for the period prior to the date of accession, in accordance with the legislation currently in force for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement.(2) Where the period of limitation according to the Civil Code is shorter than that laid down in the legislation hitherto applied to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the shorter period shall be from the date of the date of entry into force of the accession. calculated. However, if the period of time specified in the legislation previously applied to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement is longer than the shorter time limit laid down in the Civil Code, the limitation period shall be the expiry of the period of limitation. the longer period is completed.(3) The provisions of paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply in accordance with the time limits applicable to the assertion, acquisition or loss of a right (Article 232Second book). Law of obligations § 1 General provisions for debt ratios For a debt relationship which arose prior to the date of entry into force of the accession, the current law applicable to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of Unity shall remain applicable § 2Rent (1) Rental relationships arising from contracts concluded before the date of entry into effect of the Act of Accession shall be governed by the provisions of the Civil Code from that date, unless otherwise specified in the following: paragraphs is otherwise intended.(2) The landlord is not entitled to rely on legitimate interests within the meaning of Section 564b (2) (3) of the Civil Code.(3) On legitimate interests within the meaning of § 564b (2) (2) sentence 1 of the Civil Code (own requirements), the landlord can only take part after the 31. December 1992. This does not apply if the exclusion of the right of termination of the right of termination for the landlord, in view of his accommodation needs and his other legitimate interests, would mean a hardship which would not be justified even with appreciation of the tenants ' interests Would be.(4) Before 1. In January 1993, the landlord can only terminate a tenancy in accordance with Section 564b (4) sentence 1 of the Civil Code if he is not responsible for the continuation of the tenancy due to his or her residential or repair needs or other interests. can be.(5) The lessee may be one to 31. December 1992, dismissal of a tenancy agreement on business premises or commercially used unbuilt land, and require the landlord to continue the tenancy if the termination for him is a significant one. to endanger its economic livelihood. This does not apply,
1.
if there is a reason from which the landlord to cancel without complying with a Notice period is justified, or
2.
if the landlord could achieve a higher rent than the previous rent and the tenant refuses to enter into an appropriate increase in rent from the date on which the termination was in effect, or
3.
if the tenant refuses to change the operating costs, or
4.
if the landlord cannot be allowed to continue the tenancy for other reasons.
A rent increase is appropriate within the meaning of the second sentence of sentence 2, where the required rent does not exceed the usual rent, which is the same as for commercial premises or land of the same type and location following the omission of the price commitments. If the tenant agrees to an adequate rent increase, the landlord may not rely on the fact that he could achieve a higher than the usual rent in the case of other renting.(6) In the event of termination in accordance with paragraph 5, only the reasons stated in the notice of termination shall be taken into account, unless the reasons have subsequently been established. In addition, § 556a (2), (3), (5) to (7) and Section 564a (2) of the Civil Code, as well as § 93b (1) to (3), § 308a (1) sentence 1 and § 708 (7) of the Code of Civil Procedure, § 16 (3) and (4) of the Law on Legal Law shall apply accordingly.(7) The period of notice pursuant to Section 565 (1) (3) of the Civil Code shall be extended for dismissals prior to the 1. § 3Pacht (1) Pachtratios due to contracts concluded before the date of entry into force of the Act of Accession shall be governed by Sections 581 to 597 of the Civil Code from that date.(2) § § 51 and 52 of the Agricultural Adaptation Act of 29. June 1990 (GBl. 642) shall remain unaffected. § 4Use of ground surfaces for recovery (1) Terms of use in accordance with § § 312 to 315 of the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic on the basis of contracts which prior to the effective date of accession in accordance with the provisions of the Civil Code referred to above. Deviating regulations are reserved for a special law.(2) The Federal Government is empowered to adopt, by means of a regulation with the consent of the Federal Council, provisions relating to an appropriate design of the usage fees. Charges shall be appropriate up to the level of the local interest rate for land plots, which shall also be used in a comparable manner with regard to the nature and scope of the building. The legal regulation may include provisions on the determination of the local interest rate, on the increase in charges and on the termination of the notice in the case of an increase.(3) The application of the Bundeskleingartengesetz (Federal Small Garden Act) of 28 remains for use in small garden plants. February 1983 (BGBl. 210) without prejudice to the additions contained in Annex I, Chapter XIV, Section II, point 4, to the Agreement of the Agreement. § 5 Labour relations applicable on the date of entry into force of accession shall apply without prejudice to the provisions of Article 230 of § 6Treaties on recurrent service contracts For the date of entry into force of accession, maintenance and maintenance contracts and contracts for recurrent personal services are provided for shall apply from that period to the provisions of the Civil Code. § 7Account contracts and savings account agreements The credit institution may, by means of a declaration to the account holder, determine that an existing one on the date of the date of entry into force of the accession date shall be Account contract or savings account contract the provisions of the Civil Code, including the general terms and conditions of general terms used in the current scope of this Act for such contracts in general terms are to be applied. The account holder may terminate the contract within one month from the receipt of the declaration. § 8Credit agreements on credit agreements, which are based on the 30. § 609a of the Civil Code is to be applied in June 1990. § 9BruchteilsmeanpropertiesThe provisions of the Civil Code shall be based on a Community which is established on the date of the date of accession of the accession to the Member State of accession. § 10Unpermitted HandlungenThe provisions of § § 823 to 853 of the Civil Code are to be applied only to acts committed on the day of the date of accession or thereafter. Article 233Third Book. Right of reason § 1 Acquis to the provisions of the Civil Code from that period shall apply from that period to the provisions of the Civil Code. (1) On the date of the date of entry into force of the accession Existing ownership of goods shall be applied from that time to the provisions of the Civil Code unless otherwise specified in the following provisions.(2) Wem up to the former people's property or who obtains the power of disposal over previous folk property is governed by the special provisions relating to the settlement of the national property. § 3Content and rank of limited rights (1) Rights with which a case or a right at the end of the day is charged before the date of entry into effect of the accession shall remain with the content and rank resulting from the previous law, provided that it is not from the following provisions: Other results.(2) A subsequent cleansing of such legal relationships or their adaptation to the Civil Code and its ancesial laws or to changed circumstances remains reserved.(3) The repeal of a law with which a property or a right to a property is burdened depends on the previous regulations, if the right of entry into the land register was not required and is not registered. 4Special provisions relating to rights of use and building ownership (1) For the building ownership pursuant to § 288 (4) or § 292 (3) of the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic shall apply from the effective date of accession to the following The provisions of the Civil Code, with the exception of sections 927 and 928, relate to the provisions of the Civil Code.(2) A right of use in accordance with § § 287 to 294 of the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic, which is not registered in the land register of the loaded land, shall be subject to the provisions of the Civil code on the public faith of the basic book shall not be affected if a home or other building permissible under the right of use is wholly or partly in the relevant point in time for the public faith is established. In such a case, the acquirer of the property or any other right of the land under load may require the cancellation or alteration of the right of use against compensation of the assets resulting from the use of the property, if the property is not the right to use is associated with disadvantages which are considerably greater than the damage caused to the user by the cancellation or alteration of his/her right; this shall not apply if he/she is involved in the acquisition of the property or any other person. On the right, in the relevant time for the public faith of the basic book, the existence of the right of use knew.(3) Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply mutatily to the extent that, under other legislation, property of buildings for which a building land sheet is to be created is in connection with a right of use on the property concerned. Rights of use within the meaning of Section 321 (1) to (3) and Section 322 of the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic shall be deemed to be rights in the subject of the loaded property, insofar as their grounds for the approval of the owner of this property have been required.(2) In so far as the rights referred to in paragraph 1 remain effective in respect of an acquirer of the land under load or of a right in the property, in accordance with the legislation in force on the day before the date of entry into effect of the accession, the rights of the person concerned shall remain effective even are not entered in the land register, they shall retain their effectiveness even in relation to the provisions of the Civil Code on the public faith of the Basic Book until otherwise provided for in law. However, the acquirer of the property or any other right in the land subject to the property may, in this case, require the cancellation or amendment of the right of co-use against compensation of the assets resulting from the right to compensate the person entitled to the property if: the right of co-use is associated with disadvantages which are considerably greater than the damage resulting from the repeal or amendment of that right to the person entitled to the right of use; this shall not apply if the person responsible for the repeal or amendment of the In the case of the acquisition of the property or other law on the loaded property in the relevant date for the public faith of the basic book, the right of co-use was required to know the existence of the right of co-use.(3) A right of co-use under paragraph 1 as a right to a property may be entered in the land register even if it was not eligible for registration in accordance with the provisions in force on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession. 6 Mortgages (1) For the transfer of mortgage claims under the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic, which exist on the date of the date of accession, the provisions of the Civil Code shall apply, which shall be applicable to the transfer of security mortgages to be applied accordingly. The same applies to the cancellation of such mortgages with the proviso that § 1183 of the Civil Code and § 27 of the Basic Book Order are not to be applied. The provisions of the Civil Code on the waiver of a mortgage shall not apply to such mortgages.(2) The transfer of mortgages, basic debt and pension liabilities from the period prior to the entry into force of the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic and the other dispositions of such rights shall be governed by the relevant provisions of the Provisions of the Civil Code. 7On the date of entry into force of the accession, changes in the law (1) The transfer of ownership of a property shall be governed by the provisions of the Civil Code according to the provisions of the Civil Code. before the date of entry into force of accession, if the application for entry in the land register has been submitted before the date of entry into effect of the accession. This applies accordingly to the property of the building.(2) A right to the provisions in force on the day before the date of entry into force of accession may be justified after that date in accordance with those provisions if the registration in the land register is required for that purpose and the land register is subject to the registration of the basic book before the It has been requested that accession be made more effective. § 3 (1) and (2) shall apply mutas to such a right accordingly. Where an application for registration of a right of the kind referred to in the first sentence 1 was requested before the date of accession to the Land Registry, the provisions applicable on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession shall be made available to: § 8Legal relations according to § 459 of the Civil Code Insofar as legal relationships and claims under the former § 459 of the Civil Code of the German Democratic Republic and the implementing provisions passed thereto at the end of the On the day before the date of entry into effect, they shall remain unaffected, subject to the provisions of § 2 and any future provisions relating to the cleansing or settlement of such legal relationships. As far as building ownership exists, § 4 para. 1 is to be correspondingly applied. Article 234Fourth book. The Fourth Book of the Civil Code applies to all family law relationships that exist on the date of the date of entry into force of the Act of Accession, unless otherwise specified in the following. § 3Effects of the marriage in general (1) Spouse which, before the date of entry into force of the accession, has concluded the marriage and in accordance with the period of time of the accession of the Before the expiry of one year after the date of entry into force of the accession, the law of the European Union cannot be held in accordance with the provisions of Section 1355 (2), first sentence, of the Civil Code, and declare that they shall be the man's birth name or the Woman as an ehenamen want to lead. This shall not apply if the marriage is dissolved or annulled. If, before the date of accession, a spouse has added his name to the name of the marriage at the time of the marriage,
1.
eliminates the added name if the spouses according to sentence 1 explain the birth name of this spouse as an ehenamen;
2.
The spouse can explain the name of the spouse until the end of two years after the date of entry into effect, instead of the added name, the name of the spouse is now .
§ 1355 (3) of the Civil Code does not apply to a spouse whose name has become the name of Ehename, which is currently the marriage of marriage.(2) A name change referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 shall apply to the birth name of a descendant, who shall be the 14. The year of life is completed only if it follows the change in the name of his/her parents by means of a declaration. A descendant limited in the business capacity may only make the declaration himself; he shall require the consent of his legal representative for this purpose. If the former birth name has become a descendant of a descendant, the name change referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 shall apply to the eshmac only if the spouses share the declaration referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 2. The declarations referred to in the first and third sentences of paragraph 2 shall be made within one year, and the time limit shall begin with the submission of the declaration referred to in paragraph 1.(3) The declarations referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be subject to public certification. They shall be sent to the standing officials responsible for their reception. The declarations may also be certified or certified by the registrar's officials.(4) In order to receive the declaration on the change in the name of the marriage, the registry officer shall be responsible for the family book of the spouses; if a family book is not kept, the registry officer shall be responsible for the marriage book. The registry officer shall, on the basis of the declaration, accept the registration in the personal records of his/her own register.(5) In order to receive the declaration on the change in the name of the birth name, the registry officer shall be responsible for the birth book; he shall, on the basis of the declaration, make the registration in the birth register.(6) If the spouses have closed the marriage outside the scope of this law and a family book is not carried out, the registry officer of the Standesamts I in Berlin is responsible. He or she shall, if he does not carry a civil status book, in which an entry would be made on the basis of the declaration, to the declaring and to the person concerned further by the declaration, a certificate of the receipt and effects of the declaration. The same applies if the birth of the descendant is not in the scope of this law.(7) The Federal Minister of the Interior shall be authorized, in consultation with the Federal Minister of Justice and with the consent of the Federal Council for the implementation of this Act, to take account of the detailed treatment of the declarations and the § 4Eheliches Güterrecht (1) If the spouses are in the legal state of the property of the property and wealth community of the German Family Code, on the date of the date of entry into force of the accession to the property In so far as the spouses have not agreed otherwise, they shall apply from that date to the provisions relating to the state of law of the grant community.(2) Each spouse may, unless a marriage contract has been concluded or the marriage has been divorced, until the end of two years after the date of entry into effect of the accession to the district court, that for the marriage of the previous legal The status of goods should be continued. Section 1411 of the Civil Code applies accordingly. If the declaration is made, the transfer shall be deemed not to take place. From the restoration of the original state of the goods, the spouses may, and in respect of a third party, objecting to a legal transaction which, following the transfer between the spouses or between one of them and the third party, may be has not been carried out.(3) In order to receive the declaration referred to in paragraph 2, each district court shall be responsible. The declaration must be notarized. If the spouses have not made the declaration jointly, the district court shall inform them of the other spouse in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure in force for the purposes of the provisions of the Office. For delivery, expenses are not levied pursuant to § 137 (2) of the Cost Code. If the declaration is accompanied by an application for registration in the register of goods law, the district court shall forward the request with the declaration to the register court. The legal status of goods, which shall be based on the declaration, shall be entered in the register of goods if one of the spouses so requests. If the application is filed only by one of the spouses, the register court shall hear the other spouse before the registration. The provisions of the law on the matters of voluntary jurisdiction shall apply to the judicial procedure.(4) In the cases referred to in paragraph 1, the dispute between the Community property and assets acquired until the date of entry into effect of the accession to the European Union shall apply mutagenic to the meaning of Article 39 of the Family Code of the German Democratic Republic.(5) In the case of spouses who have been divorced before the date of entry into effect, the current law shall remain relevant for the examination of the Community property and property and for the decision on the marriage.(6) For the assessment of the declaration in accordance with paragraph 2 and the application for the register of goods and for the registration in the register of goods, the business value is 5,000 Deutsche Mark. § 5 maintenance of the divorced spouse The right to maintenance of a spouse, whose marriage has been divorced before the date of entry into effect of the accession, shall remain relevant to the previous law. Maintenance agreements remain unaffected. § 6Supply compensation for spouses, which before the fundamental entry into force of the insurance and pension provisions of the Sixth Book of the Social Code-Legal Pension Insurance-in the the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall not be subject to the right of compensation for supply. If the marriage is divorced after that date, the compensation shall not take place to the extent that the right to be equated shall be the subject or the basis of an effective agreement concluded before the date of entry into effect of the accession; or § 7 descent (1) Decisions which have been taken before the date of entry into effect of the accession and establish that the husband of the mother is not the father of the child, who is the father of the child or that recognition of fatherhood is ineffective, shall remain unaffected. The same is true of a recognition of paternity, which is after the 31. It took effect in March 1966 and before the date of entry into force.(2) The time limits for action by which a child's validity or the recognition of paternity is challenged shall not begin before the date of entry into effect of accession if the person entitled to challenge does not apply in accordance with the law currently in force; has been entitled to action.(3) Before the effective date of accession the paternity has been challenged or brought to a determination of the ineffectiveness of recognition of paternity and has not been finally decided on the actions before the date of entry into effect of the accession, the period shall not be included in the time limits referred to in paragraph 2, until the date of entry into force of the Civil Code, until the date of entry into force of the Civil Code is no longer brought by the plaintiff or not more against the defendant can be directed.(4) Other than the decisions and declarations referred to in paragraph 1 which have the effect of a paternity arrest under the previous law, recognition of paternity within the meaning of the second sentence of paragraph 1 shall be the same. § 8Adaptation of Maintenance pension for minors (1) The percentage according to § 1612a (2) sentence 1 of the Civil Code may be used by the Land Government for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the Law of the State (Adaptation Regulation) shall be determined. Prior to a provision, the provincial government shall inform the other national governments in the area referred to in the first sentence and the federal government.(2) The Land Government may further transfer the authorization.(3) Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply if the Federal Government determines the percentage rate in accordance with Section 1612a (2) sentence 1 of the Civil Code in this area.(4) An adjustment in accordance with § 1612a (1) sentence 1 of the Civil Code cannot be required for an earlier date than the beginning of the second calendar month following the entry into force of the Adaptation Regulation. Non-helike child (1) The rule requirement in accordance with § 1615f (1) sentence 2 of the Civil Code may be determined by the respective Land Government in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Einigungscontracges by means of a decree law. Prior to a setting, the Land Government should inform the other national governments in the area referred to in the first sentence and the Federal Government. The rule requirement is to be classified according to age in the same way as the rule required by the Federal Government with the consent of the Federal Council. A gradation according to the local differences in the cost of living does not take place.(2) The Land Government may further transfer the authorization.(3) Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not apply if the Federal Government sets the rule requirement pursuant to § 1615f (2) of the Civil Code in this area. § 10Legal relationship between the parents and the child in the general name of a surname of a The effect of the accession of the born child is determined by the appearance of the eponymous legal consequences which have occurred until the date of accession. § 11Elterliche Sorge (1) The parental concern for a child is the responsibility of the child. which, on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession, shall be entitled to the right of education. If, on the day before the date of accession, the right of education was the father of a non-helike child or of a child other than the mother or father of the child, he or she merely has the legal status of a guardian.(2) The decisions, findings or measures taken by the court or administrative authority before the date of entry into force of the application in matters of parental concern shall remain unaffected. § 1674 (2) and § 1696 of the Civil Code apply accordingly for the purpose of amending such decisions, findings or measures.(3) If the Court of First Instance did not decide, before the effective date of accession, in the judgment of divorce on parental parenting law, that the spouse should not exercise parental right of education until the period of one year, § 1671 of the Civil Code.(4) Where a child is accommodated by his or her parents or with their consent in such a way as is associated with deprivation of liberty, the provisions of the Civil Code shall apply to the accommodation of the effective date of accession. Soon after the entry into force of the accession, the parents will have to seek the judicial authorisation of the accommodation. The accommodation shall be terminated at the latest after the expiry of 6 months after the date of entry into force of the accession, if the court has not previously approved them. § 12legitimation of the non-helicist child The period in accordance with § 1740e para. 1 sentence 1 of the Civil § 13Adoption as a child (1) For acceptance conditions which have been established before the date of entry into effect, § 1755 para. 1 sentence 2, § § 1756, 1760 para. 2 (e) and § § 1767 bis 1772 of the Civil Code. § 1766 of the Civil Code does not apply if the marriage has been concluded before the date of entry into force of the accession.(2) The decisions of the Court of First Instance, which have been taken before the date of accession, shall remain unaffected. The same shall apply to decisions taken by a State institution which has abolished an acceptance ratio and which has become effective before the date of accession.(3) Where an acceptance relationship has been established before the date of accession without the consent of the child or a parent, it may therefore be repealed only if the consent has been required under the previous law.(4) Where an acceptance relationship has been established before the date of entry into effect of the accession and the consent of a parent has not been required under the previous law, because
1.
this parent was unable to make a statement for an unforeseeable amount of time or
2.
The stay of this parent could not be determined
so the acceptance ratio may be revoked at the request of this parent. § 1761 of the Civil Code applies accordingly. The application may only be made within one year if no three years have elapsed since the date of adoption. The period shall begin in the case of the first sentence of 1 (1) with the date on which the parent regains the ability to make a declaration; in the case of the first sentence of 1 (2), the period shall begin at the time when the parent becomes aware that the parent's part is Adoption without his consent.(5) Where an acceptance relationship has been established before the date of entry into effect of the accession and if the consent of a parent was not required under the previous law, because the parent was deprived of the right of parenting, the parent may not be required to The acceptance ratio is, however, cancelled at the request of this parent. § 1761 of the Civil Code applies accordingly. The application may only be made by the end of one year after the date of entry into force of the accession.(6) Where an acceptance relationship has been established before the date of entry into effect of the accession and the consent of a parent has been replaced because its refusal is contrary to the benefit of the child, paragraph 5 shall apply accordingly.(7) Where the action of a physical parent has not yet been legally decided on the termination of an acceptance relationship on the date of the date of accession, the application shall be deemed to be a request for the removal of the acceptance ratio. Section 1762 (3) of the Civil Code does not apply. § 14guardianship (1) The provisions of the Civil Code shall apply to the existing guardianship and preliminary guardianship of the Act of Accession.(2) Previous orders of pre-mouths remain effective. If the spouses are jointly appointed to the subpoenders pursuant to Section 90 (1) of the Family Code of the German Democratic Republic, the provisions of § 1678 (1) and (1) shall apply in the case of the prevention of a co-vormunds. Half-sentence of the Civil Code accordingly.(3) If the Jugendamt or the State Secretariat itself carries out a guardianship, it shall be continued as an official guardianship (§ § 1791b, 1897, first sentence of the Civil Code). (4) The provisions of the Civil Code on the The application of coins will only be available from 1. 1 January 1992.(5) The previous law shall apply to claims of the guardian of remuneration for the period up to the date of entry into effect of the accession and to the replacement of expenses incurred during that period.(6) Paragraph 11 (4) shall apply. § 15Pflegschaft (1) On the date of the date of entry into force of the accession, the existing pleas shall become the corresponding parishes in accordance with the Civil Code. The circle of action corresponds to the previously defined effect circle.(2) Article 14 (2) to (6) shall apply mutatis. Article 235Fifth Book. Erbrecht § 1Erbrechtliche ratios (1) The current law remains decisive for the erbrechtliche ratios if the testator has died before the date of entry into effect of the accession.(2) Instead of § § 1934a to 1934e, 2338a of the Civil Code, even if the non-marital child is born before the effective date of accession, the provisions on the inheritance of the matrimonial child shall apply. § 2Proventions of death The establishment or termination of an order of death because of the effective date of accession will be assessed in accordance with the law so far, even if the deceased dies after the date of entry into effect. This also applies to the binding of the deceased in the case of a Community testament, provided that the will has been established before the date of entry into effect of the accession. Article 236Introduction Act: International Private Law § 1Completed Predecessor § 2Effects of the legal relationship of the family law The effects of the legal relationships of the family are subject to the effect of the law of the § 3Goods. The amicable effects of marriage which have been concluded before the date of entry into force of the accession shall be subject to the provisions of Article 15, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 15 of this Regulation. Place the date of marriage of the date of entry into force of accession. To the extent that, on the sole basis of a change in the applicable law as set out in the first sentence, claims would result from the termination of the former state of the goods, they shall be deemed to be valid until the expiry of two years after the date of entry into force of the "
2.
For the supply balance in connection with rights in force in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty The following special provisions apply: § 1 (1) If a spouse has a right of law within the meaning of § 1587, the following special provisions shall apply: Article 3 (1) of the Civil Code on the basis of the statutory pension insurance legislation in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the integration of pensions, or of the provisions of a comparable system of protection in force there and if it is not applicable to this right to apply the law, the pension shall be suspended. Section 628 (1) of the Code of Civil Procedure shall apply accordingly. This does not apply,
1.
to the extent that the supply balance does not include the right to include this right A partial decision may be taken;
2.
if the conditions set out in the first sentence of paragraph 2 are met; in this case, a preliminary supply compensation in the sense of
(
) A supply compensation suspended in accordance with paragraph 1 shall be resumed upon request, if the conditions of § 1587g (1) sentence 2 of the Civil Code or Section 3a (1) of the Law on Regulation of hardnesses in the supply balance are available. In this case, a preliminary supply compensation shall be carried out. The interim supply compensation shall be determined in accordance with the rules on the balancing of the pension scheme, which shall apply with the following conditions:
1.
The right referred to in paragraph 1 is to be evaluated and appropriately balanced in the light of the principles of § 1587a of the Civil Code.
2.
§ 1587l of the Civil Code does not apply.
3.
§ 3a (2) of the Act on the regulation of hardship in the Supply compensation does not apply. A survivor's pension for the benefit of the business person is to be charged on the compensation pension in accordance with Section 3a (1) of the Law on the settlement of hardship in the supply balance; the offsetting pension shall not be charged to the extent to which the person entitled to the compensation pension after the compensatory pension has been § 1587g of the Civil Code Subsistence.
(3) For the interim supply compensation, § 53b para. 2 of the Law on the matters of voluntary jurisdiction shall apply accordingly.(4) If the supply compensation has been suspended or a preliminary supply compensation has been carried out, the supply compensation shall be resumed if the insurance and pension provisions of the Sixth Book of Social Law in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, enter into force in principle. § 2Liegen the conditions for a suspension of the supply compensation or for the implementation of a provisional supply compensation pursuant to § 1 not before and if, for the insurance of the person concerned, a person is responsible for the statutory pension insurance which has its registered office in one of the areas referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the person entitled shall be deemed to have been entitled to compensation as a result of the pension scheme in the case of the pension insurance institution of the pledge, if the pension insurance institution has its registered office in the previous scope of the Basic Law, otherwise it is insured with the Federal Insurance Office for employees. The pension insurance institution, in which the person entitled to the pension is then considered as insured, shall take out insurance in accordance with the provisions of the statutory pension insurance scheme in force in the previous scope of the Basic Law, but without taking into account Peculiarities, due to.































































/>






















Non-official table of contents

Asset I Chapter III B III Annex I, Chapter III
III, Section III, Section III

Federal Law,
enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
to 8. (no longer apply)
9.
Law on Enforced disappearing in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 401-6, last modified by Article 3 of the Law of 25. July 1986 (BGBl. 1142), and the law amending the provisions of the right of vanity in the version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 401-7, with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
The effect of a declaration of death before the date of accession is determined in accordance with the current situation in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty Right.
10.
to 14. (no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap III C I, Appendix I, Chapter III,
Anti-Procedural Law
Section I

Except for the entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty:
1.
Fifth Law on Criminal Law Reform of 18. June 1974 (BGBl. 1297), as last amended by Articles 3 and 4 of the Act of 18. May 1976 (BGBl. 1213).
2.
Decree on the implementation of the Law on Intra-German Legal and Mutual Assistance in Criminal Matters of 23 June 2008. December 1953 in the adjusted version published in the Federal Law Gazans III, outline number 312-3-1.
Non-official table of contents

Asset I Kap III C II Annex I, Chapter III,
Area C-Criminal law and law on criminal law
Section II

Federal law is repealed, amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
The Introductory Act to the Penal Code of 2. March 1974 (BGBl. 469), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 13. April 1986 (BGBl. 393), shall be amended as follows:
a)
In accordance with Article 1, the following Articles 1a and 1b shall be inserted: 1aapplicability of the provisions on security custody The provisions of the Penal Code on safekeeping shall apply when the perpetrator
1.
the action that caused the conviction was committed in a place where the penal code was already gilded before the entry into effect of the accession, or
2.
its livelihood at the place designated in number 1.
Article 1bApplicability of the rules of international criminal law To the extent that German criminal law applies to the If it is applied abroad and different criminal law applies within the scope of this Act, those rules apply which apply to the place where the perpetrator has his or her livelihood. "
b)
Article 315 is replaced by the following: " Article 315Application of criminal law for deeds committed in the German Democratic Republic (1) Before the date of entry into force of the accession, the 2 of the Criminal Code, with the proviso that the Court of First Instance departs from punishment if, in accordance with the law of the German Democratic Republic at the time of the act, neither a A sentence of imprisonment for probation would have been punishable by a fine. In addition to the custodial sentence, the accommodation in the security custody as well as the management supervision in accordance with § 68 (1) of the Penal Code are not ordered. As a result of an act which was committed before the date of entry into the country of accession, the supervisory authority does not enter into force in accordance with Section 68f of the Criminal Code.(2) The provisions of the Penal Code on the fine (§ § 40 to 43) shall also apply to the acts committed before the effective date of accession in the German Democratic Republic, unless otherwise specified below. The financial penalty shall not exceed the maximum amount of the fine previously threatened, according to the number and the amount of the daily rates. A maximum of three hundred and sixty daily rates may be imposed.(3) The provisions of the Criminal Code concerning the suspension of a criminal act and the revocation of suspended sentences shall be found on convictions on probation (Section 33 of the Criminal Code of the German Democratic Republic) as well as on custodial sentences Application which has been applied for acts committed before the effective date of accession in the German Democratic Republic, unless otherwise provided by the principles set out in Section 2 (3) of the Penal Code.(4) Paragraphs 1 to 3 shall not apply to the extent that the criminal law of the Federal Republic of Germany has already been subject to the application of the Act of Accession before the date of accession.
c)
According to Article 315, the following Articles 315a to 315c are inserted: " Article 315aPersecution and enforcement statementsfor in the German Democratic Republic In so far as the period of limitation of the persecution or enforcement under the law of the German Democratic Republic had not occurred until the date of accession, it shall remain. The period of limitation shall be deemed to be interrupted on the date of the date of entry into force; Section 78c (3) of the Criminal Code shall remain untouch.Article 315bCriminal request for TatenThe provisions of the German Democratic Republic The Criminal Code on the application of criminal law shall also apply to the acts committed before the effective date of accession in the German Democratic Republic. If an application was required under the law of the German Democratic Republic for prosecution, it will remain in the process. A request made before the date of accession takes effect shall remain effective. If, on the date of the date of accession, the right to make a criminal complaint had already been granted, the German Democratic Republic has already been granted the right to loathe, it shall remain in the process. If, according to the regulations of the Federal Republic of Germany, the act is only traceable on request, the application deadline shall end at the earliest on 31 December 2013. December 1990.Article 315cAdaptation of penal drugs Insofar as offences of the German Democratic Republic continue, the criminal threats of imprisonment provided for in the Penal Code shall be replaced by the criminal threats provided for in the penal code. the fine. The remaining penalty threats are eliminated. § 10 sentence 2 of the 6. However, the law on criminal law of the German Democratic Republic remains unaffected. The fine may not exceed the maximum amount of the previously threatened fine, according to the type and amount of the daily rates. A maximum of three hundred and sixty daily rates may be imposed
2.
The Federal Central Register Act, as amended by the announcement of the 21. September 1984 (BGBl. 1229; 1985 I p. 195), as last amended by Article 3 of the Act of 30 June 1990. August 1990 (BGBl. 1853), is changed as follows:
a)
After the third part, the following fourth part will be added inserted: Fourth partial takeover of the criminal record by the Attorney General of the German Democratic Republic § 64aCriminal register of the German Democratic Republic (1) The Federal Prosecutor General will be responsible for saving, changing, transferring, locking and deletion of the entries and the underlying documents of the criminal record previously held at the Attorney General of the German Democratic Republic; he shall bear the data protection law as the storage authority in this regard. Responsibility.(2) The records of the criminal records previously held with the Attorney General of the German Democratic Republic shall be included in the Federal Central Register. The acceptance of the entries in the Federal Central Register shall be carried out at the latest on the occasion of the processing of an information from the Federal Central Register after examination by the register authority, having regard to paragraph 3. The decision to take over all entries has to take place within three years.(3) No entries are taken
1.
about convictions or findings in which the underlying is no longer punishable by law at the time of the adoption of this law or is subject to disciplinary measures,
2.
on convictions or Findings which show that they are not compatible with the rule of law,
3.
of investigative bodies and of public prosecutors in the sense of the Criminal Records Act of the German Democratic Republic.
(4) Until the decision to take over the transaction, the entries in accordance with paragraph 1 shall be stored outside the Federal Central Register and shall be blocked for information under this Act. This shall also apply to entries which have been rejected. The entries to be transferred to the Federal Central Register shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of this Act from the date of the takeover decision.(5) The repayment period shall continue to be calculated in accordance with the provisions of the previous provisions (§ § 26 to 34 of the Criminal Records Act of the German Democratic Republic). If a new entry is made after the takeover of the Federal Central Register Act, the provisions of this Act shall apply to the determination and calculation of the repayment period. § 64bEintraung and EintragungsunterlagenDie according to § 64a para. 1 Registrations and registration documents from the former criminal record of the German Democratic Republic shall be destroyed after three years. Until then, these may be used, in addition to register guidance, in particular for the examination of the acquisition and the consistency. This information may also be transmitted to the rehabilitation bodies for rehabilitation purposes. Use for other purposes is only allowed with the consent of the person concerned.
b)
The previous fourth part will be fifth part.
3.
The penalty law of 16. March 1976 (BGBl. 581, 2088; 1977 I p. 436), as last amended by Article 56 of the Act of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. 2261), it is amended as follows:
a)
§ 199 (2) No. 3 is replaced by the following: " § 50- Liability fee-receives the following following: " (1) Detention costs are not levied on prisoners who receive pay under this law.(2) In the case of prisoners who are in a free employment relationship (Section 39 (1)), a contribution of liability shall be levied in the amount of the amount which, according to Article 17 (1) (3) of the Fourth Book of the Social Code, on average for the evaluation of the Fixed-rate trains. The Federal Minister of Justice sets the average amount for each calendar year after the one on the 1. Assessments of the substantive references in force in October of the previous year, in each case separately for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement and for the territory in which the Criminal Law Act has already been subject to accession before the date of entry into effect of the accession, and makes him aware of it in the Federal Gazette. The liability fee may also be paid by the disgracable part of the remuneration, but not at the expense of the house money or the maintenance fee.(3) Self-employment (Section 39 (2)) may be made conditional on the prisoner paying a fee for a monthly charge up to the rate of the rate referred to in paragraph 2.(4) In the Land of Berlin, the average amount applicable to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall apply. ""
b)
According to § 201, the following § 202 shall be applied. inserted: " § 202imprisonment and juvenile detention of the German Democratic Republic (1) For the execution of the custodial sentence recognized under the Criminal Code of the German Democratic Republic against young people and adolescents, the custodial sentence of the German Democratic Republic (1) Rules for the enforcement of the juvenile sentence, for the execution of juvenile detention the rules on the execution of the youth.(2) In other respects, the law of imprisonment of the German Democratic Republic and the sentence of imprisonment shall apply to the enforcement of the law of imprisonment of the German Democratic Republic and the penal sentence of the Penal Code of the German Democratic Republic (Penal Code). " Imprisonment.
4.
The law on compensation for law enforcement measures of 8. March 1971 (BGBl. 157), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 24. May 1988 (BGBl. 638), is amended as follows: According to § 16, the following § 16a is inserted: " § 16aCompensation for the consequences of a final conviction, a deprivation of freedom or other provisional law enforcement measures in the German Democratic republics § § 1 and 2 shall not apply to the consequences of a criminal conviction, a measure or an episode, or a deprivation or other provisional prosecutive measure before the Accession in the German Democratic Republic has been or has been made more effective. The condition, nature and amount of the compensation for these consequences shall be governed by the provisions on compensation for pre-trial detention and penalties with deprivation of liberty in force up to this date in the German Democratic Republic (§ § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § 369 ff. the Code of Criminal Procedure of the German Democratic Republic). In the case of cassation, the performance does not exceed the scope provided for the case of criminal rehabilitation. "
5.
(no longer applicable)











Non-official table of contents

Appendix I Cape III C III Appendix I Chapter III
Sachgebiet C criminal law and the law of the offence of law
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
Introduction Law to the Penal Code of 2. March 1974 (BGBl. 469), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 13. April 1986 (BGBl. 393), with the following proviso: Articles 14 to 292, 298 to 306, 312 to 314, 317 to 319 and 322 to 326 are not to be applied.
3.
Juvenile Justice Act, as amended by the Notice of 11. December 1974 (BGBl. 3427), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 30 June 2003. August 1990 (BGBl. 1853), with the following dimensions:
a)
to e) (no longer applicable)
f)
For the application of the juvenile justice law, the following provisions are also applicable:
§ 1Time scope (1) The juvenile justice law is also applied to unlawful acts committed before the entry into force of the accession.(2) (no longer apply)
§ 2 bis § 5 (no longer apply)
4.
to 6. (no longer apply)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape III D II Annex I, Chapter III,
Area D-Trade-and Company law, Insurance Contract Law
Section II

Federal law is amended and supplemented as follows:
1.
The Law on the settlement of claims arising from life and pension insurance in the version of the Notice of 3. July 1964 (BGBl. 433, 806), with the following proviso: insurance undertakings may, in accordance with this Act, be liable for their liabilities arising out of their life and pension schemes, which are in accordance with the provisions of the Reichsmark after the date of entry into force of the Monetary Law until a special or general final legislation on the regulation of the consequences of war and conversion claims would not be taken into account.
unofficial table of contents

asset I Cape III D III Appendix I, chapter III
subject area D-Commercial and corporate law, insurance contract law
section III

federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
to 5. (no longer apply)
6.
Introduction Law on the Stock Corporation Act of 6. September 1965 (BGBl. 1185), as last amended by Article 10 (11) of the Law of 19. December 1985 (BGBl. 2355), with the following proviso: § 22 (1) is for public limited liability companies, which are before the 1. The date of entry into the Commercial Register was entered in July 1990, subject to the proviso that the date " 31. December 1965 "by date" 30. June 1990 ". For stock companies that are before the 1. In the case of the registration in the Commercial Register, but not yet registered, it remains with the previous legislation on the establishment and registration of the company.
7.
and 8. (no longer apply)

Footnote

An. III N ° 6 sentence 2 italic pressure: no longer apply gem. § 1 (1) No. 4 (e) (e) G v. 19.4.2006 I 866, 891 (BMJmetric) mWv 25.4.2006 unofficial table of contents

Annex I Kap III E II Annex I, Chapter III,
Industrial property right, right against unfair
competition, copyright
Section II

Federal law is supplemented as follows:
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
For the introduction of the Copyright Act, the following special Provisions:
§ 1
(1) The rules of the Copyright law shall be applied to the works created before the date of entry into effect of the accession. This shall also apply if, at this point in time, the time limits laid down in the Law on the Copyright of the German Democratic Republic have already expired.(2) The same applies to related property rights.
§ 2
It will continue in the framework provided for in July 1990, except where it is not customary. An appropriate remuneration shall be paid for use as from the effective date of accession.(2) Rights which are normally not contractually transferred shall remain the rights holder.(3) Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply mutatily to related rights.
§ 3
(1) If rights of use have been transferred, in whole or in part, to another, before the date of accession, the transfer shall, in doubt, also extend to the period of time, which is the result of the application of the copyright law.(2) In the cases referred to in paragraph 1, the person entitled to use has to pay the author an appropriate remuneration. The right to the remuneration shall be waided if immediately after its assertion of the rights of use the author provides the right of use for the time after the expiry of the previously determined protection period.(3) Rights which are normally not contractually transferred shall remain the rights holder.(4) Paragraphs 1 and 2 shall apply to related rights.
§ 4
the copyright on the remission is further prepared for the exercise and the legal successor of the author does not intend to exercise the copyrights on the estate itself.



Unofficial Table of Contents

Annex I Kap III E III Annex I Chapter III
Property Area E-Intellectual Property Rights, Right against the Unfair Competition, copyright
Section III

(no longer apply section III No. 1) unofficial table of contents

Annex I Kap III F III Annex I Chapter III
Sachgebiet F-Constitutional jurisdiction
Section III

(Section III, Booklet, a and b no longer applicable) Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap IV Annex I, Chapter IV
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of Finance

(Fundstelle in Appendix I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 964-995) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape IV)-All documents relating to Chapter IV of Appendix I-
b)
are subject to specific area (e. g. B)-All documents relating to subject area B of Chapter IV of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. United Vtr Annex I Cape IV B III)-issued the document relating to section III of Section B of Chapter IV of Annex I-
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap IV A I Appendix I Chapter IV
Sachgebiet A-War sequence rules
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law pursuant to Article 8 of the Treaty shall not apply to:
1.
The law on the settlement of the war societies in the Federal Law Gazette, Part III, Classification Number 4120-5, published in the adjusted version
2.
Securities Reunification Act, in the Federal Law Gazan Part III, outline number 4139-1, published revised version, as last amended by Article 95 (2) of the Law of 14. December 1976 (BGBl. 3341)
3.
The law amending and supplementing the securities settlement act, as published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 4139-1-1, Revised version
4.
Second Act amending and supplementing the securities settlement act in the section III, section 4139-1-2 of the Federal Law Gazette III, published revised version, as amended by Section 38 (1) of the Law of 28. January 1964 (BGBl. I p. 45)
5.
Third Law amending and supplementing the securities settlement act, as published in the Bundesgesetzblatt III, outline number 4139-1-3, Revised version, amended by § § 7 and 38 No. 2 of the Law of 28. January 1964 (BGBl. I p. 45)
6.
The law on securities settlement of 28. January 1964 (BGBl. 45)
7.
The law to clean up the securities of the German foreign debt conversion fund denominated in the Reichsmark in the German Federal Law Gazans Part III, Outline number 4139-1-5, published in the adjusted version
8.
Regulation on the tasks of the securities settlement office of 8 June 2009. May 1964 (BGBl. I p. 317)
9.
German Foreign Bond Cleanup Act in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 4139-2, amended by Article 95 (3) of the Law of 14. December 1976 (BGBl. 3341), including all of them on the basis of § 1 para. 2, § 5 (3), § 8 paragraph 6, § 9 paragraph 5, § 19 paragraph 2, § 21 paragraph 2, § 23 para. 5, § 24 para. 4, § 35 para. 2, § § 58, 64, 65 and 76 issued legal regulations
10.
Foreign bonds-compensation law in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 4139-3,
11.
"Altsparergesetz" in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 621-4, as last amended by Article 287, No. 36 of the Law of 2. March 1974 (BGBl. 469), and the Law on § 4 (4) of the Altsparergesetz (Altsparergesetz) in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), section 621-4-1, amended by the Act of 18. May 1965 (BGBl. § § 10a, 13, 14 para. 4, § 15 para. 7, § § 17, 18 para. 1, 7 and 8, § 19 para. 4 and 5, § 23 para. 6, § § 26, 27 para. 1 and 2, § 31 para. 1 of the Altsparergesetz Legal regulations of the Federal Government for the implementation of the Altsparergesetz (Altsparergesetz) and all of them on the basis of § 18 (7) and § 31 (2) of the Altsparergesetz (Altsparergesetz) as well as section 8 (2) of the Second Regulation implementing the Altsparergesetz (Altsparergesetz Regulations issued by the President of the Federal Compensation Office for the Implementation of the Altsparergesetz
Altsparergesetz)
12.
General War Consequences Act in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, outline number 653-1, published in a revised version, as last amended by Article 74 of the Act of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. 2261) with the exception of § § 1 and 2
13.
Act to regulate the liabilities of national-socialist institutions and the legal relationships of their assets from the 17. March 1965 (BGBl. 79), as last amended by Article 67 of the Law of 25. June 1969 (BGBl. I p. 645)
14.
The Law on Resolution of 6. September 1965 (BGBl. 1065), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 19. December 1985 (BGBl. 2460), including all legal orders issued on the basis of Section 1 (2) and Section 11 (3) of the Act on Settlement of Law
15.
Rereparation of the Reparation Damage Act of the 12. February 1969 (BGBl. 105), as last amended by Article 37 of the Law of 14. December 1976 (BGBl. 3741)
16.
First Regulation implementing the Reparation Damage Act of 9. July 1970 (BGBl. I p. 1053)
17.
Act concerning the liquidation of the Deutsche Reichsbank and the Deutsche Golddiskontbank in the section III, section 7620-6 of the Bundesgesetzblatt (German Federal Law Gazebank), published revised version, as last amended by § 12 No. 8 of the Law of 17. December 1975 (BGBl. 3123)
18.
The Act for the settlement of assets under special administration of credit institutions, insurance companies and building societies of 21. March 1972 (BGBl. 465), as amended by Article 1 of the Law of 31 December 1991. January 1974 (BGBl. 133)
19.
Law closing the currency conversion of 17 years. December 1975 (BGBl. I p. 3123)
20.
The law on the retribution of crews in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, No. 5624-1, latest amended by Article 20 of the Law of 16. December 1986 (BGBl. I p. 2441)
21.
Value comparison law of 12. October 1971 (BGBl. 1625), as amended by Article 9 (11) of the Law of 3. December 1976 (BGBl. I p. 3281)

Footnote

An. I N ° 21 italic print: G shall enter into the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. § 31 para. 2 valuesAusglG idF d. Art. 7 (3) (b) (b) G v. 27.9.1994 I 2624 mWv 1.12.1994 in force Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap IV A II Annex I, Chapter IV
Sachgebiet A-War-sequence regulations
Section II

Federal law is removed, modified, or supplemented as follows:
1.
"Altsparergesetz" in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 621-4, as last amended by Article 287, No. 36 of the Law of 2. March 1974 (BGBl. 469)
a)
In § 14, paragraphs 2 to 4 shall be replaced by the following paragraph 2: " (2) Compensation shall be: only on request. The application is up to 31. In the case of the third sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 1, the person entitled to compensation (§ 4) shall, in the case of the third sentence of paragraph 1, be responsible for the administration of the Bundesschuldenverwaltung on official form in December 1991. If, at the time of the introduction of the Deutsche Mark, the old savings plant was used by a majority of natural persons, the application can be made by any co-authorised person with effect for all persons entitled to participate. "
b)
§ 15 para. 4 is worded as follows: " (4) Paragraphs 2 and 3 apply even if an application pursuant to § 14 has not been filed in the version in force before the date of accession. "
c)
In Section 18 (2), the words" § 14 (3) last sentence "are replaced by" § 14 para. 2 sentence 3 ".
d)
In § 27 paragraph 1 sentence 2, "§ 14 para. 3" is replaced by "§ 14 para. 2".
2.
General War Consequences Act in the revised version published in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, outline number 653-1, as last amended by Article 74 of the Act of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. 2261) § 33 is amended as follows:
a)
In paragraph 2, no. 2, after the date " 31. December 1952 "the words" and before the 1.
paragraph shall be inserted after2: ' (2a) A right of detachment shall also exist where a natural person becomes after the date of action: of accession and of the 1.
3.
Rereparation of the Reparation Damage Act of 12 January 1992. "
3.
February 1969 (BGBl. 105), as last amended by Article 37 of the Law of 14. December 1976 (BGBl. 3741) § 38 (2) shall be amended as follows:
a)
In the first sentence, no. 2, after the date " 31. December 1952 "the words" and before the 1.
b
In accordance with paragraph 2, the following paragraph shall be inserted: ' (2a) A right to compensation may, under the conditions set out in paragraph 2, also be: , if a claimer is entitled after the date of entry into force of the accession and before the 1.
Non-official stay in the territory of the United States. Table of contents

Annex I Kap IV B I Annex I, Chapter IV
Sachgebiet B-Household and finance
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law in accordance with Article 8 of the Treaty shall not apply:
1.
Second Transfer Act in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, Outline Number 603-4, published revised version in addition to the regulation implementing Section 10 of the Second Transfer Act in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 603-4-1.
2.
Third Transfer Act in the revised version published in the Federal Law Gazette, Part III, outline number 603-5, as last amended by Article 6 of the Law of 30 June 2009. August 1971 (BGBl. 1426), with the exception of § 16
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap IV B II Annex I, Chapter IV,
Sachgebiet B-Household and Financial
Section II

Federal law is repealed, amended, or supplemented as follows:
1.
Law on the establishment of a "German Unity Fund" of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 518, 533)
a)
The following sentences are added to § 2 (1): " The annual benefits of the Fund are from 1. January 1991
1.
to 85 of the hundred as special support to the federal states of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, as well as the Land of Berlin, were granted to cover their general financial needs and to these countries in proportion to their population on the 30. June of the previous year, without taking into account the number of inhabitants of the part of the Land Berlin, in which the Basic Law was previously applied, distributed as well as
2.
15 of the hundreds used to fulfil central public tasks in the territory of the above-mentioned countries.
The countries derive 40 from the hundred of the fund benefits flowing to them according to the state legislation to their communities. (Municipal Associations). "
b)
The following sentence 2 is added to § 5 (2):" The borrowing for the Fund is not subject to the restriction provided for in Article 115 (1). Sentence 2 of the Basic Law "
c)
§ 6 is changed as follows:
aa)
The following sentence is added to paragraph 5: "Set 1 does not apply to the federal states of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia."
bb)
paragraph 6 is deleted.
d)
§ 7 sentence 1 is read as follows: " All revenue and expenditure of the Funds will be made from 1. 1 January 1991 for each financial year in an economic plan.
2.
Law on financial compensation between the Federal Government and the Länder in the version of the Notice of 28 March January 1988 (BGBl. 94), as last amended by Article 32 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518)
a)
§ 1 is amended as follows:
aa)
paragraph 2 sentence 2 is as follows: " The contribution of the countries to the individual countries to 50 of the A hundred according to the population of 30. June of the respective year and 50 of the hundred according to § 2; the share of the Land Berlin in the contribution of the Länder will be pre-populated according to the number of inhabitants, without taking into account the number of inhabitants of the part of the Land Berlin, in which the Basic Law so far '
bb)
The following sentence is added to paragraph 2: " The sentences 1 to 3 shall not apply to the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Vorpommern, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia. "
cc)
Paragraph 3 is deleted.
b)
§ 2 para. 1 will be as follows: " (1) The share of the country in the sales tax will be up to 31. The Regulation shall be divided into a West and an Eastern part, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 of this Article. The western share is to be distributed among the countries of Baden-Württemberg, Bavaria, Bremen, Hamburg, Hesse, Lower Saxony, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland and Schleswig-Holstein, the Eastern part among the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Vorpommern, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia. The division into the West and the Eastern parts is to be carried out in such a way that the average turnover tax share per inhabitated in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia in the Years

199155 from the hundred
1992 60 of the hundred
199365 of the hundred
1994 70 of the
of the average sales tax share per inhabitant in the countries of Baden-Württemberg, Bavaria, Bremen, Hamburg, Hesse, Lower Saxony, North Rhine Westphalia, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland and Schleswig-Holstein. The share of the West and the Eastern part of the country share of the turnover tax shall be distributed separately at 75 per cent in proportion to the number of inhabitants of the Länder and to 25 of the hundred in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 2 to 4. '
c)
§ 11 para. 1 will be read as follows: " (1) The financial compensation will be up to the 31. December 1994 separately in each of the countries of Baden-Württemberg, Bavaria, Bremen, Hamburg, Hesse, Lower Saxony, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland and Schleswig-Holstein on the one hand and in the Länder of Brandenburg, Germany, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, on the other hand. The Land of Berlin does not take part in the financial compensation among the countries until further notice. "
d)
§ 11a is amended as follows:
aa)
In the first sentence of paragraph 1 and the second sentence of paragraph 5, the words "in the sales tax revenue" shall be the words " in the former territory of the Federal Republic of Germany "inserted.
bb)
The following paragraph is added:" (7) Paragraphs 1 to 6 shall apply until 31 December 2013. " Not for the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, and until further notice for the Land of Berlin.
3.
Common definition reform law in the version of the 28. January 1985 (BGBl. 201), as last amended by Article 33 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518)
a)
§ 2 is amended as follows:
aa)
The previous wording will be paragraph 1.
bb)
The following paragraph 2 is added: " (2) In the federal states of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, the municipal share of the income tax will be up to the 31. December 1996, broken down by a key to the municipalities, determined by the Länder on the basis of the latest demographic statistics of the Federal Statistical Office, and determined by the national government's legal regulation
b)
§ 3 is changed as follows:
aa)
According to paragraph 1, the following paragraph is inserted: " (2) In the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, the number of key figures is different from (1) from the share of the municipality in the number of inhabitants of the country in question by population statistics of the Federal Statistical Office. "
bb)
The previous paragraph 2 shall be paragraph 3. The following sentence is added to him: " For the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, it is necessary to determine in the legal regulation which population statistics are relevant in each case.
c)
The following sentence is added to Section 6 (2): " By way of derogation from the first sentence, the following sentence shall be taken up to the 31. December 1994, the trade tax situation in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia 15 of the hundred of the trade tax revenue. "
4.
Decomposition law in the version of the notice of 25. February 1971 (BGBl. 145), as last amended by the Law of 22. January 1987 (BGBl. 470) § 8 is amended as follows:
a)
The following sentence shall be added to paragraph 1: " Countries Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia participate in the allocation of the income tax authority and the dismantling of corporate income tax for the first time for the 1991 assessment period; the same applies in the country Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not been applied so far. "
b)
The following sentences are added to paragraph 2:" The Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia take part in the dismantling of the payroll tax for the first time in the calendar year 1991; the same is true in the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied. For the calendar years 1991 to 1994, the wage tax between the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, and the Land of Berlin, for the part in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied, will be on the one hand and the other federal states, with the exception of the Land of Berlin, for the part in which the Basic Law has been applied so far, and, on the other hand, decomposes in accordance with § 5 (5) according to the hundreds of records which result from the conditions in the 1992 period of the 1992 period. As a result of these percentages, the supreme financial authorities of the receiving countries have to determine the disintegration shares of the country of residence in the payroll tax collected by them in the calendar years 1991 to 1994, and up to the 30. It was to be transferred to the supreme financial authorities of the country of residence in June 1995. The supreme financial authorities of the Länder are to agree on advance payments for the prospective cutting-off parts for 1991 to 1994; the further will be determined by means of a legal regulation with the consent of the Bundesrat. Rates 3 to 5 shall apply mutatis-nly for the dismantling of the wage tax between the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, and the Land of Berlin in the calendar years 1991 to 1994. Claims under sentences 4 to 6 shall be deleted if they are not up to 31.
5.
Financial Management Act, as amended by the Notice of 30 June 1998. August 1971 (BGBl. 1427), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 19. December 1985 (BGBl. I p. 2436) The following sentence is added to Article 20 (1): " During a transitional period up to 31. In December 1994, the supreme financial authorities of the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement shall decide on the use of the automatic facilities for the setting and collection of the taxes they manage, in agreement with The Federal Minister of Finance, where interim solutions can be provided until the full introduction of an integrated automated taxation procedure. "
6.
leap order from the 16. March 1976 (BGBl. 613, 1977 I p. 269), as last amended by Article 9 of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2408),
a)
In § 52, paragraph 2, no. 3, the words "of the Basic Law and Berlin (West)" shall be replaced by the words " "this law".
b)
In § 263, a comma and a quote "744a" are inserted after the citation "743".
7.
Introductory Act to the Tax Code of 14. December 1976 (BGBl. 3341, 1977 I p. 667), as last amended by Article 10 of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. 2408) In accordance with Article 97, the following Article is inserted: " Article 97aThe rules of transfer resulting from the establishment of the unity of Germany § 1Jurisdiction For the period preceding the first paragraph of Article 97. Property and traffic taxes, allowances and bonuses arising under the law of the Federal Republic of Germany or the German Democratic Republic, applicable to tax law, and related tax ancesuits, shall remain in force. which, according to the rules currently in force, will continue to be responsible for the local financial authorities, including the provisions of the individual tax laws. This also applies to the right of appeal. § 2Overline provisions for the application of the tax regime in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement for the application of the tax code in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall be considered as follows:
1.
Procedure pending at the date of entry into force of the accession shall be: in accordance with the rules of the tax code, unless otherwise specified in the following provisions.
2.
Time limits, the occurrence of which shall be The effectiveness of accession has begun, according to the rules of the German Democratic Republic (AO 1990) of the German Democratic Republic (DPRD) of 22 April 1990. June 1990 (Special Pressure No 1428 of the Code) and the Introductory Act of the German Democratic Republic of 22 June 1990 (Special Pressure on the German Democratic Republic) June 1990 (Special Pressure No. 1428 of the Official Journal), unless otherwise specified in the following provisions.
3.
§ 152 is for the first time on to apply the tax returns which are to be submitted after the date of entry into force of the accession; an extension of the time limit for the declaration shall not be taken into account in this connection.
4.
The rules on the repeal and amendment of administrative acts are to be applied for the first time when an administrative act is repealed or amended after the date of entry into force. This shall also apply where the administrative act to be repeal or to be amended has been adopted before the date of entry into force of the accession. On provisional tax assessments pursuant to Section 100 (1) of the German Democratic Republic's Tax Code (AO), as amended by the 18th edition of the German Democratic Republic (DPRD). September 1970 (Special Pressure No. 681 of the Code) is Section 165 (2), on tax modesty pursuant to Article 100 (2) of the German Democratic Republic's Tax Code (AO), as amended by the 18th edition of the German Democratic Republic (DPRD). Article 164 (2) and (3) apply.
5.
The provisions on the limitation of the period of limitation shall apply to the fixing of the provisions of the Code of Anniversary. , as well as for the abolition and amendment of the fixing of taxes, tax allowances and, where tax benefits are subject to a limitation period, of additional tax benefits following the effective date of accession are created. The requirements of the German Democratic Republic (AO 1990) of the German Democratic Republic (DPRD) of 22 years are applicable to previously established claims. June 1990 (Special Pressure No 1428 of the Code) and the Introductory Act of the German Democratic Republic of 22 June 1990 (Special Pressure on the German Democratic Republic) (Special pressure No 1428 of the Official Journal) on the limitation period and on the time limits for exclusion, insofar as they are applicable to the fixing of a tax, a tax refund or a tax benefit, for the repeal or amendment of a such determination or the assertion of claims for reimbursement are of importance; the second sentence of the second sentence of the second sentence shall be without prejudice to the provisions of point 9. Sentences 1 and 2 shall apply mutatily to the separate determination of tax bases as well as to the setting, dismantling and allocation of tax-measurement orders. In the case of the unit valuation, the date on which the tax asset is incurred shall be replaced by the date on which the main determination, the continuation, the readout or the cancellation of a unit value are to be made.
6.
§ § 69 to 76 and 191 (3) to (5) shall apply if the liability of the liability has been fulfilled after the date of entry into force of the accession
7.
In the application of Section 141 (1) no. 3, the economic value of the substitute economic value (§ 125 of the valuation law) is replaced by the value of the economic value.
8.
The regulations on binding commitments based on an external audit (§ § 204 to 207) are to be applied when the final meeting takes place after the date of entry into force of the accession or, if such is not necessary, if the taxable person has received the audit report after the date of entry into force of the accession. Has the final meeting after the 30. It was not necessary to take any such action before the date of accession or was not required and the audit report to the taxable person after 30 June 1990 was not required. The provisions of the German Democratic Republic (AO 1990) of 22 June 1990 and prior to the date of entry into force of the accession date have been received by the Commission. June 1990 (Special Pressure No 1428 of the Code) and the Introductory Act of the German Democratic Republic of 22 June 1990 (Special Pressure on the German Democratic Republic) 6.
9.
The rules on the limitation of the payment of payments (Special Pressure No 1428 of the Official Journal) on binding commitments to be applied further.
9.
shall apply to all claims within the meaning of § 228 sentence 1, the limitation of which begins in accordance with § 229 after the effective date of accession. If the conditions set out in the first sentence are not met, the requirements of the German Democratic Republic's tax code (AO 1990) shall continue to be laid down in the 22. June 1990 (Special Pressure No 1428 of the Code) and the Introductory Act of the German Democratic Republic of 22 June 1990 (Special Pressure on the German Democratic Republic) June 1990 (Special Pressure No 1428 of the Laws) on limitation and exclusion periods. However, the limitation period shall only be suspended and interrupted in accordance with § § 230 and 231 after the date of entry into force of the accession. Articles 228 to 232 are to be applied to the new limitation period beginning in accordance with Section 231 (3).
10.
Interest shall be incurred for the period after the date of accession after the date of entry into force of the accession. the rules of the tax code. The provisions of Section 233a on the interest in tax repayments and tax refunds are to be applied for the first time in the case of taxes following the 31 December period. It was created in December 1990. If, in addition to the date of entry into force of the accession, a tax has been uncashed without interest, this shall be deemed to be a waiver of interest within the meaning of section 234 (2). The provisions of Section 239 (1) of the Treaty shall apply in all cases where the time limit for the fixing of the period begins after the date of entry into force of the date of accession.
11.
§ 240 will apply for the first time to sowing surcharges, which will be used after the entry into force of the accession.
12.
Where an administrative act is challenged, which has become effective before the date of accession, the admissibility of the out-of-court appeal shall be determined in accordance with the previous rules. Rules; if the appeal is to be decided upon after the date of entry into force, the nature of the out-of-court appeal and the subsequent procedure shall be governed by the new rules.
13.
A measure of foreclosure that has been initiated before the date of accession is to be completed under the previous law. Where other independent measures are taken to continue the enforcement of the enforcement of the law after the date of entry into force of the accession, the provisions of the tax code shall apply. As an independent measure, the use of a paved object shall also apply.
8.
Law on taxation in the area of tax advisory law in the The territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall be 1. The legislation of the German Democratic Republic shall continue to apply until that date.
9.
Tax Consultation Act in the version the notice of 4. November 1975 (BGBl. 2735), as last amended by Article 18 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 518), as well as the legal regulations adopted pursuant to this Act, are subject to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the simultaneous amendment of the Law on Tax Consultation on the 1. As follows:
a)
§ 3 (2) is adopted as follows: " Tax adviser and tax agent who before 1. In the case of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, and as well as tax advice companies which have been appointed before 1 January 1991, The tax advisers, tax advisers and recognised tax consulting companies appointed under this Act shall be treated in the same way in accordance with the provisions of § 40a. "
b)
§ 12 is changed as follows:
aa)
The paragraph 1.
bb)
The following paragraph shall be added to the new paragraph 1: " (2) Hourly accountant within the meaning of § 3 of the order of 7. February 1990 on the admission to the exercise of self-employed activity as a helper in tax matters and the registration of hourly bookholders (GBl. 92), in the district of their financial office, they retain the power to provide commercial assistance in tax matters, insofar as they provide assistance in tax matters for the management of books and records which are relevant to taxation (limited Assistance).
c)
According to § 40, the following § 40a is inserted: " § 40aPreliminary Order As provisionally appointed, tax advisers and tax agents are appointed, that after the 6. February 1990 and before 1 February 1990. The following were ordered in January 1991. With the provisional order, Tax Agents have the right to unlimited assistance in tax matters for the territory of the district in which they have been appointed. The competent supreme authority shall decide on the final order in consultation with the competent tax advisory chamber after the 31. December 1994. The final order must not be denied if the professional has successfully participated in a transition seminar. § 157 and the implementing provisions which have been passed to this effect shall apply accordingly. "
d)
The fifth sub-section shall be given the following heading:" For the professional jurisdiction (e
e)
§ 153 shall be amended as follows:
aa)
The previous wording will be paragraph 1.
bb)
The following paragraph is added to the new paragraph 1: " (2) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the rules relating to the professional jurisdiction shall apply to the The District Court shall be replaced by the District Court and the District Court in the place of the District Court. The Chamber of Tax Advisers and Tax Plenipotentiaries of the District Court decides outside the main hearing by the Chairman.
f)
The Section 157 the following paragraph 9 shall be added: " (9) The order referred to in paragraph 1 shall be for tax agents up to 31 years of age. In the case of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the date of expiry of the 31 December 1990 shall be 31 December 1990. December 1997 possible.
10.
Customs law in the version of the notice of 18. May 1970 (BGBl. 529), as last amended by the Law of 25. July 1989 (BGBl. 1541) § 2 (1) sentence 1 is read as follows: "Customs territory is the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany with the customs terminals, but without the customs exclusions and without the customs clearance areas."
11.
Law on the Branntweinmonopol in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 612-7, as last amended by Article 2 of the Regulation of 9. December 1988 (BGBl. 2231)
a)
§ 2 is taken as follows: " § 2Monopolgebiet is the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany with the exception of customs clearance areas and customs exclusions. The Federal Minister of Finance is authorized to include customs exclusions and other customs clearance areas as the free ports in the monopoly area by means of a legal regulation. "
b)
§ 3 is changed as follows:
aa)
In Paragraph 1, in the first and second sentences, is replaced by the word "monopoly administration" by "federal monopoly administration". Sentence 3 is deleted.
bb)
Paragraph 2 is adopted as follows: " (2) Branntwein from the free circulation of a Member State of the European Communities is not subject to the import monopoly.
c)
§ 25 shall be amended as follows:
aa)
The following sentence is added to paragraph 2 (3): " The obligation to use Schlempe and fertilizer devaluation is not required if only raw materials are used in the distillery during the operating year "
bb)
The following sentences are added to paragraph 3 (3):" The obligation to use Schlempe and fertilizer in other than Potato Community distilleries shall be omitted if, during the operating year, only raw materials of the burner ' s products, which are self-produced, are processed in the distillery. In this case, each owner of a burner unit must supply at least half the quantity of self-produced raw materials to the distillery in the year of operation, which shall be the percentage of the agricultural area of all the burner's crops at the beginning of the year of operation. Record 4 applies accordingly. "
d)
In § 99b, the number" 100,000 "is replaced by" 200,000 ".
e)
§ 154 para. 3 is as follows: " (3) The Federal Minister of Finance may regulate by means of a regulation by way of derogation from paragraph 1
1.
the procedure where it is used to secure the monopoly occurrence or to determine the The tax base for the monopoly compensation is required,
2.
the taxation on imports, insofar as this is intended for adaptation to the treatment in the monopoly area (
)
to § 174, the following shall be considered: § § 175 and 176: " Special and transfer regulations for the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, § 175 (1) distilleries, which pursuant to § 15 (1) of the Law on the Spirits Monopoly of the 22. June 1990 (GBl. SDr. No 1441), and which are capable of operating, shall, upon request, receive, at the beginning of the 1991/92 year of operation, an agricultural or commercial regular firepower law, unless otherwise specified in paragraphs 2 and 4, sentence 4. The basis for the determination of the level of the fuel law in accordance with paragraph 2 shall be the average production from the years 1987 to 1989 (reference quantity). They were on 1. In January 1990, several distilleries of an owner are present on a plot of land, and the reference quantity shall be determined as a unit.(2) The regular firepower is at distilleries with a reference







1. up to 22.000 hl A
a)for agricultural Distilleries75 from the Hundred and
b)for commercial distilleries 60 from the Hundred,
2.from more than 22,000 up to 45,000 hl A40 of the One hundred,
3.of more than 45,000 to 300,000 hl A20 of the hundred.
the respective reference quantity of the distillery or the distillery unit (paragraph 1, set 3). In the case of point 2, the regular firepower shall be at least 13.200 hl A, in the case of point 3 at least 18,000 hl A, but not more than 45,000 hl A. If the reference quantity is higher than 300,000 hl A, no regular firepower shall be forgiven, However, for the 1991/92 operating year, the distillery shall receive a unique production quota of 75.000 hl A for the production of spirits from sugar beet molasses. Distilleries with confirmation of firing in accordance with Article 15 (1) of the law referred to in paragraph 1 shall receive a regular firepower of 4,500 hl A. (3) BrennRights shall be granted for the manufacture of spirits from
1.
Korn (rye, wheat, buckwheat, oats, or barley),
2.
Potatoes and other grain other than grain,
3.
Sugar beet molasses
.(4) On request of the distilleries, the burning rights shall be forgiven by the Federal monopoly administration for Branntwein by means of contingent notice. On the basis of the nature of the existing production quotas (Article 15 (2) of the Law referred to in paragraph 1) and the need for grain branded wine (§ 101), it shall determine the validity of the firepower rights referred to in paragraph 3. The total amount of combustion rights for the production of grain spirits shall not exceed 100,000 hl A. Where a number of distillers of an owner were present on a property (paragraph 1, sentence 3), the Federal monopoly administration shall determine the diversion of the fireworks to those distilleries in accordance with the application; it may depart from it if the requested It is not justifiable from an economic or agrarian point of view.(5) The Federal Minister of Finance is authorized to regulate the procedure for the assessment and award of the firepower rights in more detail by means of a regulation of the law.(6) The merging of distilleries in accordance with paragraph 1 and the transfer of their fireworks rights (Section 42 (1) and (3)) shall be excluded until the end of the 1997/98 operating year.(7) § § 36 and 57 shall not apply.(8) All regular burning rights from the time before the 7. November 1955 are loaned.(9) Where other raw materials other than those referred to in paragraph 3 are processed, the resulting spirits shall be deemed to have been produced outside the annual burning law, without prejudice to § § 38, 39. § 176 (1) To 30. September 1991 will continue to be applied:
1.
By way of derogation from § 40 of § 15 (1) to (3) of Section 175 (1) ,
2.
notwithstanding § § 63, 64 to 72a, 73 and 74, § § 32, 34 to 36 of the law referred to in § 175 para. 1 for the Industry revenue prices.
(2) Up to 30. The respective production quota shall be replaced by the special annual fireworks law referred to in Article 82a (2) (1) and (2) of this Regulation in September 1991.(3) From 1. By way of derogation from § § 63, 64 to 72a, 73 and 74, § § 32, 34 to 36 of the Act for the Alcohol Acceptance Prices referred to in Article 175 (1) shall be applied until the end of the 1995/96 marketing year until the end of the 1995/96 operating year, with the proviso that distilleries shall be subject to the conditions laid down in Section 175 (1) of the Act. , with an annual burning right of more than 10,000 hl A, special takeover prices shall be fixed which shall not be higher than the lowest takeover price fixed in accordance with average cost prices, or, if not fixed, is the lowest individual purchase price.(4) Paragraphs 1 and 3 shall not apply to spirits from raw materials other than cereals, potatoes and sugar beet molasses and from small distilleries
12.
Law on the establishment of the Federal monopoly administration for spirits in the revised version § 4, published in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, outline number 602-1, is as follows: " § 4The existing competences of the monopoly administration for spirits established by the German Democratic Republic are no longer necessary. The administration of the assets of this monopoly administration, which serves the tasks of the Branntweinmonopol, goes on to the Federal monopoly administration for spirits. This is entitled to dispose of it within the framework of proper administration. At the same time, it undertakes the obligations of the monopoly management for spirits. Private-law contracts of this monopoly administration may be terminated by any part of the contract by way of derogation from longer contractual periods of termination with a period of at least one quarter. The right of dismissal shall be terminated at 31. December 1991. If a part of the contract makes use of the extraordinary right to terminate the contract, it shall properly compensate the other part at the request of the contract. Compensation for lost profits is excluded. "
13.
The Agricultural Gas Oil Use Act of 22. December 1967 (BGBl. 1339), as last amended by Article 23 of the Law of 16. December 1986 (BGBl. 2441), shall appear in the territory referred to in Article 3 on 1. The following § 17a is inserted in accordance with § 17: " § 17aApplication of the law in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement (1) By way of derogation from § 2 (1), the states of Brandenburg shall apply: Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, as well as in the part of the Land Berlin, where the Basic Law has not been applied until now, as farms of agriculture
1.
farms that are managed by soil management or by soil management Produce crop or animal products and
a)
from which natural persons earn income or
b)
the holder of which is an agricultural production cooperative or a similar community, a non-fierceable association of persons or a legal entity Person of private law and in which, in the case of the production of crop products, the permanent and sustainable acquisition of foreign products does not exceed 30% of the total turnover or
c)
its owner is a body, personal association or asset that, according to its statutes, foundation or other constitution, and according to its actual management exclusively and directly for ecclesiastic, non-profit or charitable purposes,
as well as hikers and pond economies;
2.
establishments, , in particular, contractors, cooperatives and machinery associations, water and soil associations and other communities, where they are working for the establishments referred to in point 1, for the production of plant or animal products
3)
3.
Schöpfwerke zur Be-und dehydrung von agricult.
Income within the meaning of point 1 (a) shall be sustainable gross income of at least 4,000 Deutsche Mark annually.(2) The Federal Minister of Finance shall be authorized, in agreement with the Federal Minister for Food, Agriculture and Forestry, with the consent of the Federal Council to facilitate economic adjustment by means of legal regulation
1.
to paragraph 1 (1) to determine that in the case of the production of animal products
a)
The granting of the endorsement depends on the fact that certain limits of the animal stock, related to the agricultural area, not exceeded,
b)
the approval of holdings of animal production without the management of their own land shall be granted in so far as such production is carried out in cooperation with plants of plant production (cooperation) and the limits of the animal population referred to in (a) above, in relation to the limits of the cooperation of the cooperating establishments of the cooperation Agricultural land not being exceeded
2.
to arrange for holdings in agriculture within the meaning of paragraph 1 and the above Number 1 to 31. December 1995, up to the level of the endorsement according to § 3 for the consumption of gas oil for the discharge of fertilisers and plant protection products, and for the transport of their own plant and animal products, and agricultural inputs other than those referred to in Article 1 (1) shall be granted, provided that such vehicles are already in force before 1.
14.
The entry into force and general rules of application of property and traffic control. -(1) The law of the Federal Republic of Germany in the following territories shall take place in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty on 1 January 2008. January 1991 in force:
1.
the right of property and traffic taxes including the Import turnover tax,
2.
the right of allowances and premiums to be applied to tax law,
3.
the racing competition and lottery law as well as the federal regulations of the levy of casinos.
For the duties, allowances and premiums referred to in the first sentence, which are before the 1. It will be up to 31 January 1991. It shall continue to apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty in December 1990.(2) In the application of the right referred to in paragraph 1 for the period preceding the first subparagraph of Article 1 (2). In January 1991, the terms "domestic", "survey area", "domestic", "indigenous", "scope of the Basic Law", "Land Berlin", "abroad", "foreign territory", "foreign", "alien" and "external territory" retain the meaning which they are subject to prior to the production of the unity of Germany in the state in which they were included.(3) In the application of the right referred to in paragraph 1 for the period after the manufacture of the unity of Germany, the term "German Democratic Republic" shall be referred to, with or without reference to the inclusion of Berlin (East), as referred to in Article 3 of the Under the name "Berlin (West)", the part of the Land Berlin, in which the Basic Law has been applied to date, is to be understood.(4) Paragraph 1 shall also apply to the areas of law referred to in that paragraph, including those based on international treaties or agreements.
15.
Prepayments on income, Corporation, commercial, property and property tax in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty (1) Until the amount of advance payments by the competent tax office is fixed, the last-to-be-paid payments shall be made in accordance with the Self-calculation regulation of 27. June 1990 (GBl. 616) and the Regulation on the payment of taxes on the former wholly-owned combined companies, establishments and facilities converted into capital companies in the 2. Half-year 1990 of 27 June 1990 (GBl. 618) as advance payments for the income, corporate, commercial and wealth tax from 1. It must be paid in January 1991 at the same level and on the same dates of payment to the competent tax office, without the need for a tax and special request. In this case, the total amount of the disbursed payment to date shall be broken down by tax card and the period for which the tax is paid and the tax number shall be indicated.(2) Bodies within the meaning of the Regulation on the payment of taxes of the former wholly-owned combined companies, establishments and institutions converted into capital companies in the second part of the Regulation. Half-year 1990 of 27 June 1990 (GBl. I n ° 41 p. 618) shall have effect from 1. 1 January 1991 up to the fixing of the property tax on the due dates referred to in § 28 of the Basic Tax Act, to be paid in advance to the property tax for land of use, with the exception of the rental properties and single-family homes, without that there is a need for tax assessments and a special request. The annual amount of the advance payments shall be 0.2 of the hundred of the value with which the operating base has been set in the DM opening balance. Depositions of the property tax, which are before the 1. 1 January 1991 for the basic items referred to in the first sentence of 1 January 1991 shall be lost for the period from 1 January 1991. January 1991.
16.
Income Tax Act 1987, as amended by the 27. February 1987 (BGBl. 657), as last amended by Article 11 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518)
a)
In § 1 (3) sentence 1, the words "outside of the country" shall be replaced by the words " in Replaced abroad ".
b)
§ 2a (5) and (6) is repealed.
c)
§ 3 is as follows: changed:
aa)
In number 29, the words " in the Federal Republic of Germany including Berlin (West) "replaced by the words" in the country ".
bb)
number 63 is lifted.
cc)
number 69 is repealed
d)
§ 7 (5) sentence 4, § 7h (4), § 7i (4) and § 11a (5) are repealed.
e)
§ 11b is changed as follows:
aa)
paragraph 2 is removed.
bb)
The wording of paragraph 1 becomes § 11b.
f)
In § 42 paragraph 4, the quote "10f," is inserted after the quote "§ § 10e," and the quote "52 para. 21 sentence 4 to 6" is replaced by the quote "52 para. 21 sentence 4 to 7".
g)
In § 42 a para. 2, the quote "10 f," is inserted after the quote "§ § 10 e," and the quote "52 para. 21 sentence 4 to 6" is replaced by the quote "52 para. 21 sentence 4 to 7".
h)
In § 46 para. 2 no. 8 letter a is inserted after the quote "§ § 10e," the quote "10f," and the quote "52 para. 21 sentence 4 to 6" by the quote "52 para. 21 sentence 4 to 7"
i)
§ 50 (3) sentence 3 is deleted.
j)
§ 52 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1, the year "1990" is represented by the year "1991" and the year "1989". replaced by the year "1990".
bb)
Paragraph 14b Sentence 2 is repealed.
cc)
After Paragraph 27 shall be inserted in the following paragraph 27a: "(27 a) § 42 para. 4 sentence 4, § 42a para. 2 sentence 4 and § 46 para. 2 no. 8 letter a shall also apply for calendar years before 1991."
k)
According to § 55, the following § § 56 to 59 are added: " § 56Special provisions for taxable persons in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on taxpayers who are taxable persons on the 31 December 2013. In the case of a residence or habitual residence in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement and in 1990 no residence or habitual residence within the scope of this Act to date, the provisions of this Act shall apply. The following:
1.
§ 7 (5) applies to buildings which are listed in Article 3 of the Agreement said area after the 31.
2.
2.
§ 52 (2) to (33) shall not apply to the extent that the application of individual provisions for
§ § § 7c, 7f, 7g, 7k and 10e of this Act, § § 76, 78, 82a and 82f of the German Unity Act (1). The Income Tax Implementing Regulation as well as § § 7 and 12 (3) of the Protection Building Act shall apply to facts which are in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement Treaty according to the 31. The European Parliament and the Council of the European Union(2) § § 7b and 7d of this Act as well as § § 81, 82d, 82g and 82i of the income tax implementing regulation are not applicable to facts which have been realized in the territory mentioned in Article 3 of the agreement.(3) In the application of Section 7g (2) No. 1, Section 13a (4) and (8) and Section 14a (1), the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty shall be the unit instead of the relevant unit value of the operation of the agriculture and forestry sector and the to the value of the substitute economic value according to § 125 of the valuation law.(4) § 10d (1) shall apply if the total amount of income has been determined in accordance with the provisions of this Act in the previous assessment periods. Section 10d (2) and (3) shall also apply to losses incurred in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement for the assessment period in 1990.(5) § 22 No. 4 shall apply to comparable remuneration, which is due to the law on legal relations of the members of the People's Chamber of the German Democratic Republic of 31 December 2009. May 1990 (GBl. No 30 p. 274). § 58Further application of legislation which has been granted before the manufacture of the unit of Germany in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty (1) The provisions relating to special depreciation pursuant to § § 3 (1) of the Tax Amendment Act of 6. March 1990 (GBl. 136) in conjunction with Section 7 of the Implementing Regulation to the Law amending the Law on Income, Corporate and Property Tax-Tax Change Act-of 16 December 2008, p. March 1990 (GBl. 195) are to be applied further to economic goods which have been adopted in accordance with the provisions of the 31. 1 December 1989 and before 1 December 1989. 1 January 1991 in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the integration of the territory of the Member States.(2) reserves in accordance with § 3 (2) of the Tax Amendment Act of 6. March 1990 (GBl. 136) in conjunction with Section 8 of the Implementing Regulation to the Law amending the Law on Income, Corporate and Property Tax-Tax Change Act-of 16 December 2008, p. March 1990 (GBl. I n ° 21 p. 195), as far as they are to the 31. It is also possible to continue after that date, even after that date. They shall be dissoled at the latest during the period of assessment in 1995-or otherwise in a future-increasing manner. Where economic goods have been purchased or produced before this liquidation, the amounts set in reserve shall be deducted from the cost of acquisition or production; the reserve shall be in the amount of the amount withdrawn in the To increase the investment period of acquisition or production in an increase or otherwise in the future.(3) The rule on the amount of tax deductible pursuant to Article 9 (1) of the Implementing Regulation to the Act amending the Law on Income, Corporate and Property Tax-Tax Change Act-of 16. March 1990 (GBl. 195) shall continue to apply to taxable persons who are before the 1. 1 January 1991, in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, established a permanent establishment if, on the day of the establishment of the establishment, it has been carrying out the activity which is the object of the establishment for two years. (1) The tax deductions for workers and employers in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement (1) for the tax deductions from the wage of the employees, which are listed on the 20th In the case of a residence or habitual residence in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement and having no residence or habitual residence within the scope of this Act to date, the following shall apply: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
By way of exception to § 39 (1) to 3 (3) for the exhibition of the payroll tax cards in 1991, the order is to be used for the Exhibition of wage control cards in 1991 for workers who are resident in the German Democratic Republic, 31. July 1990 (GBl. I n ° 52 p. 1063). For a worker who for the first time in the course of the calendar year 1991 refers to working wages, the payroll tax card must be issued by the reporting authority in 1991, which is the responsibility of the employee on the 1. The second sentence of Article 39 (2) is to be applied.
2.
By way of derogation from § 39a (2) sentence 2 sentence 2 sentence 2. In 1991, on the payroll card, 5 may have a free amount with effect from 1.
3.
3.
§ 39c paragraph 2 is not applicable for 1991.
(2) By way of derogation from § 41a (2), in the case of establishments (Section 41 (2)), the following is applicable in the Article 3 of the agreement on the income tax treatment period for the calendar year 1991 only the calendar month.(3) § 42d is also to be applied to the payroll tax, which is to be withheld and deducted after the manufacture of the unity of Germany on the basis of the further law of the German Democratic Republic to be applied. Article 20 (4) of the Regulation on the taxation of labour income (notice of 22 June 1990) December 1952-GBl. 182 p. 1413), as last amended by the Law of 22. June 1990 (Special Pressure No 1427 of the Official Journal), is not applicable to the payroll tax referred to in the first sentence. "




17.
The Law on Capital Management Companies as amended by the 14. January 1970 (BGBl. 127), as last amended by Article 8 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518) § 53c is to be carried out at the end of the 31. December 1990.
18.
Housing-Premium Law in the version of the announcement of 26. October 1988 (BGBl. 2098), as last amended by Article 12 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 518) The following paragraphs are added to § 10: " (6) In the calendar years 1991 to 1993, contributions to building savings banks shall apply in order to obtain construction loans for the promotion of housing in the area, in addition:
1.
The contract must be expressly for use in the housing sector in the the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. A contract which does not contain this provision can be supplemented accordingly.
2.
For contributions based on a contract according to point 1, § 3 (1) and (2) shall apply. the proviso that the premium rate increase by 5 per cent of the expenditure (supplementary premium) and the premium-receiving expenses by 1,200 Deutsche Mark, in the case of spouses by 2,400 Deutsche Mark (additional maximum amount).
3.
One of these, § 2 para. 2, but not the specific contractual purpose, is harmful with regard to the supplementary premium and the additional maximum amount. It is also harmful to use for holiday and weekend dwellings which are situated in a designated special area or which, due to their construction, are not suitable for permanent living.
(7) The Regulation on the introduction of of the building in the 21. June 1990 (GBl. No 37 p. 478) is to be applied for the last time on the basis of the facts before the 1. The report was adopted in January 1991. Support measures under this Regulation shall be granted only for the year 1990. '
19.
Corporate Tax Law, as amended by the Notice of 10. February 1984 (BGBl. 217), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2408)
a)
§ 5 (1) is amended as follows:
aa)
The following number 1a is inserted after paragraph 1: " 1a. the Deutsche Reichsbahn (Deutsche Reichsbahn); "
bb)
In accordance with point 2, the following point 2a is inserted:" 2a. the State Bank of Berlin, the Treuhandanstalt; "
b)
The following paragraph 3 is added to § 30:" (3) For the first time, a capital company shall have its own equity capital , subject to § 38, the equity capital to be issued in the opening balance sheet shall, in so far as it exceeds the nominal capital, be assigned to the partial amount within the meaning of paragraph 2 (4). "
c)
§ 54 is changed as follows:
aa)
Paragraph 1 is as follows: " (1) This version of the law is, for the first time, for the first time in the following paragraphs, as well as in § 54a nothing else. "
bb)
In accordance with paragraph 11, the following new paragraph 12 is inserted:" (12) § 30 para. 3 is also applicable in the case of fixed-date before 1. (c)
cc
The previous paragraph 12 shall be subject to the application of the provisions of the previous paragraph. 13
d)
In accordance with § 54, the following § 54a is inserted: " § 54aSpecial provisions relating to corporate bodies, personal associations or property funds in the article 3 of the Entities referred to in the Directive, such as entities, persons ' associations or assets, which are referred to in Article 31 (1) of the Treaty. As of December 1990, in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, and in 1990, their management or their registered office did not have any management or head office in the scope of the present Act, the following shall apply: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
Profit distributions for a pre-1. By way of derogation from Section 28 (3), January 1991 shall be offset by the partial amount within the meaning of Section 30 (2) No. 4.
2.
On profit distributions for a before 1. January 1991 The German Democratic Republic's Corporate Tax Act (KöStG) of the German Democratic Republic is in the version of 18 January 1991. September 1970 (Special Pressure No 671 of the Official Journal), amended by the Act of 6. March 1990 amending the legislation on income, corporate and property tax-tax-change law-(GBl. 136) and the Law of 22. June 1990, amending and supplementing fiscal legislation with the introduction of monetary union with the Federal Republic of Germany (Special Pressure No 1427 of the Official Journal).
3.
To the extent that a loss from the 1990 investment period is presented on the income of an investment period after 1990, the allowance in accordance with § 33, para. 2, is the amount of the partial amount in the For the purposes of Section 30 (2) no. 4.
4.
Certificates within the meaning of § § 44 and 45 may not be issued if the payout is before the 1.
.
5.
If certificates are issued in accordance with § § 44 and 45, contrary to point 4, § 44 (6) applies accordingly.
6.
Certificates within the meaning of § 46 may only be issued if claims for profit are sold out of marketing years, after the 31. December 1990.
7.
The division of equity in accordance with § 29 (2) sentence 1, the breakdown of the usable capital stock pursuant to § 30 and the separate determination of tax bases within the meaning of § 47 are for the first time on the 1. 1 January 1991. In this connection, the usable equity capital is to be attributed in accordance with Section 30 (3).
8.
§ 54 (2) to (13) shall not apply insofar as the application of individual provisions
20.
Trade tax law in the version of the notice of 14 March 2014. May 1984 (BGBl. 657), as last amended by § 5 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1143)
a)
§ 2 is amended as follows:
aa)
paragraph 6 is canceled.
bb)
paragraphs 7 and 8 are paragraphs 6 and 7.
b)
§ 3 is changed as follows:
aa)
The following number 3 is inserted after paragraph 2: " 3. the Deutsche Reichsbahn, the Staatsbank Berlin, the Treuhandanstalt; ".
bb)
In accordance with point 14, the following point 14a is inserted:
" 14a.
Agricultural production cooperatives and their legal successor in the legal form of the cooperative in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement for the Survey periods 1991 to 1993. In the 1992 and 1993 survey periods, the tax exemption is conditional on their activity being restricted to the operation of agriculture and forestry; ".
§ 9a is repealed.
d)
§ 12 (4) is changed as follows:
aa)
In number 1, the number will be "1."
bb)
The number 2 will be removed.
e)
§ 28 para. 1 sentence 3 will be deleted.
f)
In § 34 (1) sentence 2, the words "or in one of the territories referred to in § 2 (6) sentence 1 outside the scope of the Basic Law"
g)
In § 35a (1), the words "-with the exception of the territories referred to in § 2 para. 6 sentence 1-" are deleted.
h)
§ 36 is changed as follows:
aa)
In Paragraph 1 shall be replaced by the year "1990" by the annual number "1991".
bb)
In accordance with paragraph 5, the following paragraph 5a is inserted: " (5a) In the case of establishments which are in the Article 3 of the agreement is to apply to § 10a for the first time on industrial losses in the 1990 survey period. The reduction in accordance with § 10a is excluded insofar as the industrial losses according to § 9a in the version of § 5 No. 1 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1143)
21.
Trade tax implementing regulation in the version of the notice of 24 March 2011. November 1986 (BGBl. 2074), as amended by Article 4 of the Law of 25. July 1988 (BGBl. I p. 1093)
a)
§ 7 is canceled.
b)
In § 36, the year "1990" is replaced by the year "1991"
22.
DDR-Investment Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1143) § 7 is amended as follows:
a)
The previous wording will be paragraph 1.
b)
The following paragraphs 2 and 3 are added: " (2) A reserve in accordance with § 1 can only be formed if the assets are before the 1. It will be adopted in January 1992.(3) A reserve in accordance with § 2 may only be formed if the acquisition of new shares within the meaning of § 2 (1) sentence 2 before the 1. It took place in January 1992. The formation of the reserve is excluded, as far as the loss of the subsidiary
1.
according to § § 14 up to 17 of the corporation tax act to be attributed to an organ carrier or to
2.
in the income determination of the subsidiary pursuant to § 10d (1) of the Income Tax Act has been deducted in connection with Section 8 (1) and (5) of the Corporate Tax Law.
23.
External Tax Law of 8. September 1972 (BGBl. 1713), as last amended by Article 6 of the Law of 14. December 1984 (BGBl. 1493) The following paragraph 6 is added to § 20: " (6) For the purposes of the application of § § 2 to 6 for the period after 31 December 2013, the following paragraph 6 is added: In accordance with Section 1 (1), first sentence, of the Income Tax Act, December 1990, the unlimited tax liability is the unlimited tax liability in accordance with Section 1 (1) of the Income Tax Act of the German Democratic Republic, as amended by the 18. September 1970 (Special Pressure No 670 of the Official Journal). The application of § § 2 to 5 shall not be affected by the fact that the unrestricted tax liability of natural persons is already before the 1. January 1991. "
24.
Sales Tax Act of 26. November 1979 (BGBl. I p. 1953), as last amended by Article 10 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518)
a)
In § 1 (1) and (3), § 3 (8), § 3a (2) (2) and (5), § 4 (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)) b, 5 (c) and (d), 6 (c), 8 (i), § 4a (1) (4) and (5), § 5 (2) (2), § 6 (1) to (3), § 7 (1) and (2), Article 8 (1) (4) and (2) No. 1, § 11 (2), § 13 (1) (c), § 15 (1) (2), § 16 (5) Sentence 2, Section 18 (5) No. 3, Section 7 (1), (8) and (9), Section 24 (1), Section 25 (2) (3), Article 25a (1) (1) and (5) (5), the word "territory" shall be the word "territory", the word "foreign territory" by the word "abroad", the word "territory", the word "territory", the word "foreign" "foreign" by the word "foreign", replaced by the word "foreign" and the word "foreign" by the word "foreign".
b)
§ 1 para. 2 is as follows: " (2) Inland within the meaning of this law is the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany with the exception of the customs exclusions and the customs clearance areas. Abroad within the meaning of this law is the territory which then is not domestic. Where a domestic turnover is carried out, taxation does not apply to whether the trader is a German national, is domicated or domicated, maintains a place of business domestily, gives the bill, or who has Payment is received. "
c)
§ 2 para. 2 no. 2 is taken as follows:
" 2.
if a legal person is integrated into the organization's company financially, economically and organizationally, according to the overall picture of the actual conditions (organ). The effects of the Organschaft are limited to internal services between the parts of the company located in the home country. These parts of the enterprise should be treated as a company. If the organ carrier has its management abroad, the most economically significant part of the company in Germany is considered to be the business owner.
d)
§ 4 shall be as follows: modified:
aa)
Point 3 (a) is taken as follows:
" a)
the international carriage of goods and goods in international Rail freight transport. The transport of the goods referred to in Article 1 (3) (4) (a) from a free port into the territory of the country is not exempt; ".
bb)
point 6 (a) (a) is taken as follows:
" a)
the deliveries and other services of the Deutsche Bundesbahn and the Deutsche Reichsbahn (German Reichsbahn) at Community railway stations, operating stations, border operations and transit routes to railway administrations based abroad; ".
e)
§ 10 para. 6 sentences 1 and 2 are read as follows: " In the case of carriage of persons in occasional services by bus or coach who are not admitted to the domestic market, the following shall be replaced by the agreed remuneration for an average rate of remuneration. The average rate of transport is to be calculated according to the number of persons transported and the number of kilometres of the inland transport route (passenger-kilometres). "
f)
§ 11 para. 3 is changed as follows:
aa)
Number 3 is taken as follows:
" 3.
the cost of delivery and promotion to the first destination at home; ".
bb)
Number 4 (a) is taken as follows:
" a)
Costs for delivery and promotion up to a further inland destination at the time of the creation of the import turnover tax and ".
g)
§ 15 is changed as follows:
aa)
Paragraph 2 No. 2 is taken as follows:
" 2.
Sales abroad that would be tax-free if they were running domesically, ".
bb)
Paragraph 3 Point 2 (b) is taken as follows:
" b)
pursuant to § 4 No. 8 (a) to (g) or (10) (a) -and the beneficiary is resident in an area outside the European Economic Community.
h)
§ 16 (5) sentence 1 as follows: ' In the case of carriage of persons in occasional transport by coach and coach not admitted to the territory of the country, the tax, notwithstanding paragraph 1, shall be taxed for each individual taxable turnover by the competent authority Customs office calculated (single taxation). "
i)
§ 25 (2) No. 1 is taken as follows:
" 1.
outside of the territory of the European Economic Community ".
j)
§ 26 (3) shall be read as follows:" (3) The Federal Minister of Finance can, without prejudice to the provisions of Sections 163 and 227 of the Tax Code ensure that the tax on international air transport operations is set at a lower level or in whole or in part, in so far as the trader has not issued invoices separately from the tax (section 14 (1)). In the case of carriage by foreign entrepreneurs, the arrangement may be made subject to the fact that, in the country in which the foreign contractor is situated, for international air transport operations carried out by entrepreneurs with registered offices, in the Federal Republic of Germany, a sales tax or similar tax is not levied. "
k)
§ 26a is repealed.
l)
The following paragraph 10 is added to § 27: " (10) § 26 (4) and the general administrative provision adopted pursuant to this provision shall apply after the date of entry into force of the accession. In order to reduce the turnover tax, only entrepreneurs who are in the survey area within the meaning of Section 1 (2) of this Act may be entitled to a reduction in turnover tax in the up to the 31. "
m)
The amendments listed in points (a) to (k) shall appear on the 1st of December 1990. 1 January 1991
25.
Sales Tax-Implementing Regulation of 21. December 1979 (BGBl. 2359), as last amended by the Regulation of 30 June 2008. June 1990 (BGBl. 1313)
a)
§ 1 shall be taken as follows: " § 1Special cases of the place of other benefit An entreponer who runs his business from a place outside the territory of the European Economic Community,
1.
another performance, referred to in Section 3a (4) of the Act, to a domestic legal person under public law, insofar as it is not an entreprenee, or
2.
any other benefit not referred to in Section 3a (2) or (4) of the Act to an entreponee resident in the territory of Germany, a national resident Where an operator or a domestic legal person under public law is employed,
by way of derogation from Section 3a (1) of the Act, the performance shall be treated as being in the territory of the country where it is used or will be evaluated. If the service is carried out by an operator's establishment, the first sentence shall apply if the establishment is outside the territory of the European Economic Community. '
b)
In the heading to § 2, § 2, the title to § 3, § § 3, 4, the title to § 5, § 5, 6, 7 para. 1 to 4, § 8 paragraph 1, § § 9, 10 para. 1, § 13 para. 3 and 6, § 14 paragraph 2 no. 1, § 15 2 No. 3, § 17 (1) No. 1 and para. 2 no. 1, § 24, the title to § 41, § 41, 43 No. 3, § § 49, 51 para. 1, § § 52, 53 (1) to 4, § 54 para. 3, § 56 para. 2 No. 1, the title to § 57, § 57 (1) and subsection 2 no. 2, § § 58, 59, 68 (1) No. 1 and Section 69 (2), the word "territory", the word "foreign territory" by the word "foreign", the word "foreign", the word "foreign", the word "foreign", and the word "foreign", shall be the word "foreign", and the word "foreign", and the word "foreign" is replaced by the word "foreign".
c)
§ 7 (5) shall be read as follows: " (5) In the case of cross-border transport in the ferry traffic, The Rhine, the Danube, the Oder and the Neisse are to be considered as foreign transport routes in Germany. "
d)
In § 9 No. 4, the sentences 3 and 4 are deleted.
e)
In Section 10 (1) (2) (f), the words "or in the territory of the German Democratic Republic including Berlin (East)" deleted.
f)
§ 17 para. 1 no. 2 is taken as follows:
" 2.
a confirmation from the border customs office that the information given in accordance with point 1 is the same as the entries in the passport or other border-crossing document of the person who has submitted the document,
g)
§ 19 (1) shall be deemed as follows: " (1) As promotions within the meaning of Section 4 (3) (a) of the Act, not:
1.
the international transport of goods at which the place of departure and destination in the territory of the country and which is only affected by transit abroad,
2.
the international carriage of goods or the international carriage of goods in international Rail freight transport from abroad to the national territory on the basis of a subsequent disposition to a destination other than the one originally specified in the consignment note, in so far as the cost of such transport is not based on the basis of assessment for the Import (Section 11 of the Act) are included. "
h)
§ 34 (2) is as follows:" (2) Driving identity for a cross-border carriage in passenger transport and international rail passenger transport shall be deemed to be an invoice within the meaning of Article 14 (1) of the Law only if a certificate issued by the transport operator or his representative is available on the proportion of the transport price is no longer available on the domestic route. The certificate shall indicate the tax rate applicable to the part of the transport performance which is applicable to the national territory. "
i)
§ 36 shall be as follows: modified:
aa)
Paragraph 1, first sentence, is taken as follows: " Take a business trip from a business trip (§ 38) a lump sum in the national territory for his additional expenses for catering, or he reimburse his employee from the occasion of a business trip (§ 38) in Germany the expenses for overnight accommodation or the additional expenses for food after In the case of a lump sum, it may deduct 11.4 from the hundred of these amounts as a pre-tax. '
bb)
Paragraph 2, first sentence, shall be as follows:' shall provide an entreprenter to his Employees on the occasion of a domestic service travel expenses for the use of their own motor vehicle, he may, for each kilometre driven, without special proof 7,6 of the hundred of the reimbursed expenses as a pre-tax '
cc)
Paragraph 3, first sentence, is taken as follows:' Uses an entrepre for a business trip domestiy a motor vehicle which is not part of a company and if he receives a lump sum for the expenses incurred as a result, he may deduct 5.3 from the hundred of this amount as a pre-tax for each kilometre driven without any special proof. "
dd)
paragraph 4 is as follows: " (4) Paragraphs 1 to 3 shall apply to the expenses incurred by the country for a business trip or business trip to or from abroad accordingly. The deductible pretax amounts shall be determined by the flat-rate amounts to be applied for the purpose of income tax or income tax for domestic travel.
j)
§ 37 is changed as follows:
aa)
paragraph 1 is fixed as follows: " (1) In place of a separate deduction at the individual travel expenses, the entreprentee may pay a lump sum of 9,2 of the hundred of the costs a total travel expenses incurred in the country's domestic business or business travel as a pre-tax. The same shall apply to the domestic costs of a business trip or business trip to or from abroad. "
bb)
The first sentence of paragraph 2 shall be:" the deductible pre-tax amount shall be determined by the amounts to be applied for the purpose of income tax or wage tax for domestic travel.
k)
§ 51 para. 3 sentence 1 is read as follows: " A foreign resident is an entreprentee who is neither domestiated nor in a customs territory, his domicior, his or her seat, his or her own Executive or branch office. "
l)
§ 73a is repealed.
m)
In § 76
n)
The changes listed in points (a) to (m) above will occur on the first day of the week. January 1991, in force.
26.
Assessment Law in the version of the Notice of 30. May 1985 (BGBl. 845), as last amended by Article 5 of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2408)
a)
In § 110 (1) (6) (b), the words " of 26. August 1986 (BGBl. 1421, 1550), as amended by Article 9 of the Law of 14. December 1987 (BGBl. I p. 2602), " deleted.
b)
§ 111 is changed as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 3, set 1, the words " of 26. August 1986 (BGBl. 1421, 1550), as amended by Article 9 of the Law of 14. December 1987 (BGBl. 2602), "deleted.
bb)
In point 9, the words" of 26. August 1986 (BGBl. 1421, 1550), as amended by Article 9 of the Law of 14. December 1987 (BGBl. 2602), "deleted.
c)
The following sentence is added to § 122 (2):" The empowerment contained in the first sentence shall be valid until 31 December. December 1992. "
d)
§ 124 sentence 1 is read as follows:" This version of the law is for the first time being 1. "
e)
The following fourth part is added:" Fourth sub-rules for the valuation of assets in the article 3 of the agreement § 125Land and forestry assets (1) Standard values for agricultural and forestry holdings according to the value ratios of 1. It was established in January 1935. It was no longer applied in January 1991.(2) By way of derogation from Article 19 (1) (1) (1), substitute economic values for the assets referred to in paragraph 3 shall be determined instead of the unit values for agricultural and forestry holdings and shall be replaced by 1. It was adopted in January 1991. By way of derogation from § 2 and § 34 (1), 3 to 6 and 7, the formation of the substitute economic value shall be based on a unit of use in which all the economic goods of the agricultural and forestry sector, which are regularly used by the same person (user), are Assets within the meaning of Section 33 (2) shall be included, even if the user is not the owner. § 26 shall apply mutatily.(3) By way of derogation from § 33 (2), the country and forestry assets do not belong to the residential buildings, including the ground and the soil. Residential properties shall be attributed to the basic assets and shall be evaluated in accordance with the applicable rules.(4) The substitute economic value shall be determined in a simplified procedure with the appropriate application of § § 35, 36, 38, 40, 42 to 45, 50 to 54, 56, 59, 60 para. 2 and § 62. In contrast to Section 38 (2) No. 1, the comparison of the conditions of yield shall be based solely on the circumstances in the area which are to be considered on a regular basis. Section 51a (1) (1) (c) shall not apply.(5) The value ratios for the determination of the substitute economic value are those of the 1. in the main determination of the unit values of agricultural and forestry assets in the Federal Republic of Germany. The report was adopted on 31 January 1964.(6) From the comparative figures of the uses and parts of use, with the exception of the forestry use and other agricultural and forestry use, the substitute comparison values shall be used as components using the yield values of § 40. of the substitute economic value. The following comparison numbers apply to the usage and usage parts:


1. Agricultural use
a)Agricultural use without Hops and asparagus The agricultural comparative figure in 100 per hectare is calculated on the basis of the results of the soil estimation, taking into account further natural and economic conditions of yield.
b)Hopfen
hop comparison count Ar40
c)asparagus
Spargelbau-Compare number je Ar70
2. Wine-growing usage
Wine-growing-comparison numbers per Ar:
a)Grape Creation (Niche-growing)22
b) Faßweinausbau25
c)bottle winch construction 30
3.Gärtnerische Usage
Gardening comparison numbers per Ar:
a)Vegetable, flower and vegetable part Ornamental plant:
aa)Vegetable construction 50
bb)Flower And Ornamental Plants 100
b)fruit-growing utility50
c) Utility tree nurseries60
d)For use areas under glass and Plastic sheets, other than Niederglas, increase the above comparison numbers on
aa) Vegetable construction
non-heatableup to 6 times
heatableup to 8-fold,
bb) Flowers and ornamental plants, tree nurseries
not heatableby 4-fold
heatableup to 8-fold.
(7) For the following usages, substitute comparison values are set immediately:

1.Forestry Use
The replacement comparison value is 125 Deutsche Mark per hectare.
2.Other agricultural and forestry use
The replacement comparison value is on
a)inland fishing 2 Deutsche Mark per kg of sustainable annual catch
b)Teichwirtschaft
aa)Forellenteichwirtschaft 20,000 Deutsche Mark per hectare
bb)rest of pond economy 1,000 Deutsche Mark per hectare
c)Fish farming for inland fishing and pond economy
aa)for Forellenteichwirtschaft 30.000 Deutsche Mark per hectare
bb)for the rest of the inland fishing and pond economy 1,500 Deutsche Mark per hectare
d)beekeeping10 German Mark per Bienenkasten
e)Hiking20 Deutsche Mark per motherhood
f)seed breeding15 of the hundreds of sustainable annual revenue
g)Christmas tree culture3,000 Deutsche Mark per hectare
h) Pilzanbau25 Deutsche Mark per square meter
i) Occupying stations20 of sustainable annual revenue


§ 126Valiant of the Substitute economic value (1) The substitute economic value resulting from § 125 shall apply to the property tax; it shall be determined in the tax measurement procedure. For a reassessment of the basic tax amount due to a change in the value of the substitute economic value, Section 22 (1) no. 1 shall apply mutaly.(2) For other taxes, the replacement economic value or a corresponding share of the value of the assets of the agricultural and forestry assets must be attributed to the value of the substitute economic value. The ownership structure and the share of the substitute economic value are to be determined in the determination procedure of the respective tax. § 127Declaration on the substitute economic value (1) The user of the agricultural and forestry assets (§ 125 (2) sentence 2) shall make a declaration on the substitute economic value of the tax office in whose district the assets used or the most valuable part of it are situated. The user has to sign the tax return on his own hand.(2) The declaration shall be for the first time for the calendar year 1991 in accordance with the conditions of 1. 1 January 1991. § 28 (2) applies in accordance with § 128 Information, surveys, notices, rounding up § 29 and § 30 No. 1 shall apply in the determination of the substitute economic value according to § 129Basic assets (1) The unit values shall apply to land plots according to the Value ratios on 1. (2) Subject to § § 130 and 131, for the determination of the unit values in 1935 instead of § § 27, 68 to 94
1.
§ § 10, 11 para. 1 and 2 and para. 3 sentence 2, § § 50 to 53 of the German Evaluation Act Democratic Republic in the version of 18. September 1970 (Special Pressure No. 674 of the Code),
2.
§ 3a (1), § § 32 to 46 of the Implementing Regulation to the Reichsvaluation Act of 2. February 1935 (RGBl. 81), as last amended by the Regulation amending the Implementing Regulation relating to the Wealth Tax Act, the Implementing Regulation to the Reichsvaluation Act and the Regulation on the application of the provisions of the 8. December 1944 (RGBl. 338), and
3.
the legal regulations of the presidents of the Land Finance Offices on the evaluation of built-up land of 17. December 1934 (Reichsministerialblatt, p. 785 et seq.), insofar as parts of the area referred to in Article 3 of the Einigungscontracges are within its scope,
continue to apply. § 130Post-war buildings (1) Post-war buildings are plots of land with buildings, that after the 20. June 1948 have been fined.(2) As far as post-war buildings are to be assessed with a multiple of the annual gross rent, for living space the rent valid as of the point of reference is as an annual rent of the 1. January 1935. Are post-war buildings after the 30. In June 1990, the rent is to be set up, which would have been legally permissible with the continued existence of the rental price legislation as of the reference skill. If the rent for rent includes components which are not part of the annual gross rent within the meaning of § 34 of the implementing regulation to be applied to the Reichsvaluation Act, they are to be eliminated.(3) In the case of post-war buildings of the rental housing land, the mixed-use land and the commercial properties to be valued at a multiple of the annual gross rent, the reproduction of nine. § 131Housing property and partial property shall be valid, Residential building law and partial building law (1) Each apartment owner and the partial property form an economic entity. For the purpose of determining the main unit of the property, the use of the part of the building that decaying to the owner of the apartment and the part of the property is decisive. The provisions for the determination of the unit values of 1935 in the case of built-up land are to be applied, unless otherwise indicated in paragraphs 2 and 3.(2) The residential property used for more than eighty of the hundred residential purposes shall be valued at the multiple of the annual gross rent according to the rules governing the rental of residential properties. Home ownership, which is not more than eighty of the hundred but not less than 20 of the hundreds of residential purposes, is to be assessed with the multiple of the annual gross rent in accordance with the rules governing mixed-use land.(3) In the event that the share of co-ownership in the land register in the land register does not correspond to the ratio of the annual gross rent to each other, this may be taken into account in the determination of the value. Where individual premises located in the Community property are leased, their value shall be distributed according to the shares registered in the land register and shall be recorded in the case of the individual economic units.(4) In the case of residential building rights or partial building rights, § 46 of the implementing regulation applicable to the Reichsvaluation Act shall apply in accordance with the provisions of the Reich Evaluation Act. The total value is to be determined in the same way as if it was a residential property or a partial property. It is to be distributed in accordance with the property rights of the owner and the owner of the land. § 132XX_ENCODE_CASE_One continuation and re-determination of the unit values 1935 (1) Continuations and post-determination of the unit values in 1935 will be for the first time on the 1. 1 January 1991, unless there is no derogation from paragraphs 2 to 4.(2) A determination of the unit value to the 1 is not required for rental housing estates and single-family houses within the meaning of § 32 of the implementing regulation to be applied to the Reich Assessment Act. 1 January 1991, if there is no effective determination of the unit value for economic unity from that date and if the unit value would be required only for the setting of the basic tax. The unit value for rental housing and single-family homes is subsequently determined at a later date when the unit value is required for the first time for the establishment of taxes other than the property tax.(3) Where a unit value is established for land within the meaning of paragraph 2, it shall apply to the property tax from the calendar year following the announcement of the notice of arrest.(4) Changes in the actual situation, which only affect the value of the land, will not be changed until the first one. It was taken into consideration in January 1994, unless a determination of the unit value at an earlier date was necessary for the establishment of taxes other than the basic tax. Unit values 1935 of the land and operating land within the meaning of Article 99 (1) (1) are for the determination of the unit values of the operating assets, for the property tax, the inheritance tax, the trade tax and the basic value tax, such as follows:
1.
Housing land with 100 percent of the unit value of 1935,
2.
Business plots with 400 percent of the unit value 1935,
3.
mixed-use plots, Single-family homes and other built-up plots with 250 of the hundred of the unit value 1935,
4.
Unbuilt land of 600 of the hundred of the unit value 1935.
In the case of land in the state of construction, the main group of land for the special unit value within the meaning of Article 33a (3) of the implementing regulation to be applied to the Reichsvaluation Act is determined according to the actual value of the Reich. Condition that exists after completion of the building.(2) Paragraph 1 shall apply in accordance with the values applicable in accordance with Section 12 (3) and (4) of the inheritance tax and gift tax law and for the key date values for the basic advertising tax.(3) Article 10 (3) of the Wealth Tax Reform Act of 17. April 1974 (BGBl. 949) and Article 10 (3) of the Law on the Reform of the Inheritance Tax and Donation Tax Law of 17. April 1974 (BGBl. 933) shall not apply. § 134Operating assets and mineral extraction rights (1) For the economic units of the operating assets, shall be referred to the 1. 1 January 1991 Uncommon values were generally established (main determination). The main determination period shall be four years.(2) Mineral extraction rights shall be set at the main determination of the unit values of the operating assets to the 1. It was set at 31 January 1991, with the corresponding figures from the tax balance of 31 January 1991. 1 December 1990. To the 1. For the first time, one unit value for these mineral extraction rights will be established in January 1992 (after-determination). In this case, the value ratios of the main detection time point are 1. January 1989, in the Federal Republic of Germany.








27.
Property Tax Law in the version of the notice of 14. March 1985 (BGBl. 558), as last amended by Article 14 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518)
a)
§ 3 (1) is amended as follows:
aa)
The following number 1a is inserted after paragraph 1: " 1a. the Deutsche Reichsbahn (Deutsche Reichsbahn); ".
bb)
In accordance with point 2, the following point 2a is inserted:" 2a. the Staatsbank Berlin, the Treuhandanstalt; ".
cc)
In accordance with point 7, the following point 7a is inserted:
" 7a.
Agricultural production cooperatives and their legal successor in the legal form of the Cooperative, if they are exempt from the business tax; ".
b)
§ 6 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 3, No. 1, the words " of 26. August 1986 (BGBl. 1421, 1550), as amended by Article 9 of the Law of 14. December 1987 (BGBl. 2602), "deleted.
bb)
In paragraph 4, no. 1, the words" of the 26. August 1986 (BGBl. 1421, 1550), as amended by Article 9 of the Law of 14. December 1987 (BGBl. 2602), "deleted.
c)
According to § 24, the following § 24a is inserted:%" § 24aSpecial rule from the occasion of the production of the unit DeutschlandsFor natural Persons, entities, persons ' associations and assets, whose taxation is the responsibility of a tax office in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement (§ § 19 and 20 of the Tax Code), shall be subject to the property tax of 1 January 2008. 1 January 1991 for four years in general (main assessment).
28.
inheritance tax and gift tax law of 17 January 1991. April 1974 (BGBl. 933), as last amended by Article 13 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 518) According to § 37, the following § 37a is inserted: " § 37a special provisions arising from the establishment of the unity of Germany (1) This law shall be applied for the first time to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty for which the the tax after the 31. It was created or was created in December 1990.(2) For the date on which the tax liability is incurred, Article 9 (1) (1) shall also apply if the deceased person is in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement before the first. The German Democratic Republic has died in January 1991, unless the tax under the inheritance tax law of the German Democratic Republic has been passed before 1 January 1991. It was created in January 1991. Section 9 (2) shall apply mutatily if, in accordance with Section 34 of the German Inheritance Tax Act (ErbStG) of the German Democratic Republic, the tax is taxed in the version of the 18. It was suspended in September 1970 (Special Pressure No 678 of the Code).(3) Land ownership in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall be applied in the valuation according to § 12 with the value provided in accordance with the fourth part of the valuation law (rules for the valuation of assets in the provisions of Article 3 of the (a) shall be determined or determined at the time when the tax has been established or coincides with the date on which the tax was established.(4) The former acquisitions within the meaning of § 14 shall also apply to those who are prior to the 1. In January 1991, the German Democratic Republic was subject to the inheritance tax law.(5) As an earlier acquisition of the same property within the meaning of § 27, those for which a tax was levied under the inheritance tax law of the German Democratic Republic shall apply if the acquisition by persons within the meaning of section 15 (1) of the tax class I or II.(6) § 28 shall also apply if a tax is levied in accordance with the inheritance tax law of the German Democratic Republic.(7) Where, in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, a tax is determined in accordance with Section 33 of the inheritance tax law of the German Democratic Republic in such a way that the tax is paid annually in advance from the annual value of pensions, After the purchaser has chosen the payment, the annual tax can be redeemed at the next due date with its capital value. Section 23 (2) shall apply accordingly.(8) Was in hereditary cases, which were before the 1. This provision shall continue to be applied in respect of gifts which have been carried out prior to that date and which are subject to taxation under Section 34 of the inheritance tax law of the German Democratic Republic. if, as a result of the suspension of taxation, the tax does not take place until after 31. December 1990. "
29.
inheritance tax-implementing regulation in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt part III, outline number 611-8-1, amended by Article 8 of the Law of 17. April 1974 (BGBl. 933)
a)
In Section 9 (1) No. 2 as well as in Pattern 3 (to § 9 paragraph 1) and Pattern 4 (to § 9 para. 2) In each case the words ", in the Soviet occupation zone of Germany or in the Soviet sector of Berlin" are deleted.
b)
Before § 18, the section V of the following § 15 added: " § 15Application of the Regulation The above version of the Regulation shall apply to acquisitions for which the tax is applied in accordance with the provisions of the 31.
30.
Basic Tax Law of 7 December 1990. August 1973 (BGBl. 965), as amended by Article 15 of the Law of 14. December 1976 (BGBl. 3341)
a)
In § 3, paragraph 1, no. 2, the words "Deutsche Bundesbahn" shall be the words " or the German Reichsbahn "inserted.
b)
According to the words" Deutsche Bundesbahn ", the words" or the Deutsche Reichsbahn " are inserted in § 13 paragraph 2.
c)
§ 38 is taken as follows: "§ 38Application of the law This version of the law applies for the first time to the basic tax of the calendar year 1991."
d)
The following Section VI is added: " Section VIProperty Tax for Tax Items in the Territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of the Year 1991 § 40Land-and Instead of the holdings of agriculture and forestry within the meaning of § 2, the assets combined to form a unit of use shall enter into force within the meaning of Section 125 (3) of the valuation law. The debtor of the property tax is notwithstanding § 10 of the users of the agricultural and forestry assets (Section 125 (2) of the Evaluation Act). A number of users of the assets are the total debtors. § 41Measurement of the property tax for land according to the unit value If a unit value of 1935 is determined or determined at the time of assessment of the property tax (§ 132 of the German law). Valuation law), in the case of the determination of the amount of the tax measure by way of derogation from § 15, the tax measures of the further applicable § § 29 to 33 of the basic tax enforcement regulation of 1. July 1937 (RGBl. 733). The reduced tax rates for single-family houses do not apply to the property of the apartment and to the housing rights, including the property that is subject to it. § 42Measurement of the property tax for residential properties and single-family homes according to the Replacement base (1) In the case of rented accommodation and single-family houses, for which a unit value of 1935, which is decisive at the time of the assessment of the property tax, is not established or established (Section 132 of the valuation law), the Annual amount of the property tax on the basis of the living area and in the case of other use according to the useful area (replacement basis). (2) With a lifting rate of 300 of the hundred for land, the annual amount of the property tax for the plot is
a)
for apartments equipped with bathroom, indoor WC and accumulator heating, 2 Deutsche Mark per sqm Living space,
b)
for other housing 1,50 Deutsche Mark per sqm living space,
c)
Parking space for passenger cars in a Garage10 Deutsche Mark.
For rooms which are used for other purposes, the annual amount per square metre of floor space is to be used, which is the determining factor for the apartments located on the property.(3) Where the Hebesatz is fixed, by way of derogation from paragraph 2, the annual amounts of paragraph 2 shall be increased or shall be reduced in proportion to the fixed lifting rate for land to the Hebesatz of 300 of the hundred. The resulting annual amount per square metre of living space or floor space will be rounded down to the bottom of the full German pfennigs.(4) The tax debtor shall be the person to whom the building would be attributed in the event of a determination of the unit value in accordance with § 10. This is true even if the land belongs to another. § 43Tax freedom for newly created apartments (1) For land with newly created apartments, which are according to the 31. December 1980 and before 1. As of January 1992, when ready to move or ready to move, the following applies:
1.
Land with Apartments that are located in front of the 1st As of January 1990, the period of validity of the first part of a ten-year exemption period shall be tax-free and shall be subject to the first-year period of validity of the first-year period. January of the calendar year, which follows the year of reference of the building;
2.
Land of flats, which have become ready for reference in the calendar year 1990 are up to the 31. December 2000 tax-free;
3.
Land with apartments, which are ready for reference in the calendar year 1991, are up to the 31. December 2001 tax-free.
This also applies if before the 1. No tax exemption was granted in January 1991.(2) In the case of a plot of land only partially tax-free housing within the meaning of paragraph 1, the following shall apply:
1.
If the property tax is calculated according to the unit value (§ 41), the amount of the tax for the exemption period resulting from paragraph 1 is measured only after the part of the the relevant unit value, which does not apply to the taxable flats and rooms, including their ground and land. The taxable part of the unit value is determined in the tax measurement procedure.
2.
If the replacement base is the basis for residential or commercial use (§ 42), the amount of the unit value remains unchanged. for the duration of the exemption period referred to in paragraph 1, the living area of the liberated dwellings in the application of § 42.
(3) An apartment shall be equal to, or converted or converted, the extension or improvement of the housing. of apartments. § 44tax declaration (1) If the property tax is to be calculated on the basis of the living or working area, the tax debtor has a tax return on the basis of the official tax declaration. (2) The tax debtor has to use the calculation of the property tax on the basis of the raising rate, which the municipality had to pay until the beginning of the calendar year. for which the property tax is levied. Otherwise, it shall calculate the basic tax in accordance with the rate of the previous year; for the calendar year 1991, a lifting rate of 300 of the hundred shall apply to that effect.(3) The tax declaration shall be lodged for each calendar year in accordance with the conditions at its beginning up to the due date, for which the basic tax for the calendar year in accordance with § 28 is due for the first time. § 28 is applicable to the payment of the property tax in accordance with § 45. The Council of the City or the Municipality of the City before the 1. In January 1991, for smaller amounts, a payment method which differs from Article 28 (2) and (3), remains the rule until it is repealed. § 46 Competence of the community The determination and collection of the property tax is up to a









31.
GrunderwerbTax Law of 17. December 1982 (BGBl. 1777), as last amended by Article 16 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518)
a)
The following paragraph 6 is added to § 10: " (6) For establishments in the country, and Forestry in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty shall replace the unit value of the substitute economic value (Section 125 of the valuation law). "
b)
§ 18 paragraph 6 will be used with expiration of the 31. December 1990.
32.
Capital Traffic Tax Act, as amended by the Notice of 17. November 1972 (BGBl. 2129), as last amended by Article 15 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518) According to § 7, the following § 7a is inserted: " § 7aSondervorschriftIf domestic capital companies or domestic branches of foreign capital companies their management or their registered office in the article 3 of the agreement referred to in the agreement shall be withholding tax from 1. "
33.
Insurance Tax Act in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt part III, outline number 611-15, last updated amended by Article 4 of the Law of 28 June 1990 (BGBl. 1249)
a)
The following paragraph 3 is added to § 7a: " (3) For the provisions of Article 3 of the Agreement said area remains the financial office for entities in the part of the Land of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, until 31 December 2008. "
b)
§ 12 is repealed.
c)
The one in the letters a) and (b) changes shall be made to 1. January 1991 in force
34.
Fire Control Act of 21. December 1979 (BGBl. 2353), as last amended by Article 5 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. 1249)
a)
The following paragraph 5 shall be added to § 10: " (5) For the provisions of Article 3 of the Agreement said area remains the financial office for entities in the part of the Land of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, until 31 December 2008. "
b)
The following paragraph 4 is added to § 11:" (4) The fire protection tax to be paid to the tax office referred to in Article 10 (5) shall be pending before the end of the period of 31. The European Parliament and the Council of the European Union, as set out in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty, and the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not been applied to date, is to be added. Coming out of the order:

Berlin (East)6.6 from the hundred
Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania8,7 from the hundred
Brandenburg19,7 vom One hundred
Saxony31.2 of the hundred
Sachsen-Anhalt 18, 8 from the Hundred
Thüringen15.0 of the
The disassembly is carried out by the tax office for corporate bodies in the part of the country Berlin, where the Basic Law has not been applied until now. "
c)
§ 12a is removed.
d)
The changes listed in letters a) to c) occur on the 1. 1 January 1991 in force.
35.
Motor Vehicle Tax Law as amended by the Notice of 1. February 1979 (BGBl. 132), as last amended by Article 17 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II S 518)
a)
§ 3 Nr. 12a becomes with the expiry of the 31.
paragraph 6 shall
to § 3f: " (6) For passenger cars registered in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall apply only in paragraphs 1 and 2. For the purpose of calculating the duration of the tax exemption, it must be assumed that the date of application of the provisions of this law is before 1. "
c)
The following paragraph 8 is added to § 3g:" (8) For passenger cars which are listed in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement , the above rules on aid amounts shall apply to the extent that the technical improvement is in the period of 1. 1 January 1991 to 31 January 1991 It was adopted in July 1992. The tax office may decide for itself whether the technical conditions for a grant under paragraphs 1 and 2 have been met, as long as the competent authorisation authority has not established a determination. "
d)
The following paragraphs 6 and 7 are added to § 9: " (6) For passenger cars and motorcycles, which are on the 31. The Commission shall, in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of the Agreement, have authorised the period of December 1990 to be until 31 December 1990. December 1992, by way of derogation from paragraph 1,
1.
for two-wheeled vehicles 12 Deutsche Mark per 100 cc cylinder capacity,
2.
for passenger cars other than three-wheeled vehicles 18 Deutsche Mark per 100 cc cylinder capacity.
(7) For passenger cars, which are not "low-pollutant" or "low-pollutant level C" and are not "low-pollutant" and after 31. Article 3 of the Agreement, paragraph 1 shall be applied in accordance with the conditions laid down in Article 3 of the Agreement, with the proviso that the date shall be replaced by the date of 1. January 1986, date 1. January 1991 and the date of 31 January 1991. The date of December 1985 was 31 December 1985. December 1990. "
e)
§ 10 (5) will be carried out at the end of the 31 December 1990. December 1990.
f)
The following sentence is added to Section 12 (4): " After the relocation, the tax is to be paid by tax stamps or in the settlement procedure. "
g)
According to § 12, the following § § 12a and 12b are inserted:" § 12aEnded tax by Tax stamps (1) By way of derogation from § 12, the vehicle tax for vehicles registered in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall be 31. It was due to be paid by tax stamps in December 1992. The vehicle holder has for a vehicle that is already on the 1. It was approved for him by 30 January 1991. To purchase tax stamps for the calendar year in the value of the annual tax and to enter the official tax card for the vehicle in each calendar year. In the case of vehicles from 1. The tax mark shall be valid for a period of one year commencing with the tax liability. In case of doubt, the tax office shall determine the amount of the tax to be paid by tax stamps. If the tax obligation ends before the end of the final period of time, a twelfth of the annual tax paid shall be refunded for each full month in which there was no tax liability.(2) If the holding of the vehicle is exempt from the tax or if the tax is reduced, the tax office shall bear this on the tax card. In so far as the findings of other authorities are binding for a tax exemption or tax reduction, but these findings have not yet been made, the tax office may be entitled to tax exemption or tax relief under the reservation of the (3) The official tax card must be carried on public roads in the use of the vehicle and must be presented to the authorities responsible for this in the case of traffic checks at the request of the vehicle. The registration authority shall verify the performance of the tax liability in all administrative acts relating to a vehicle subject to approval and requiring the presentation of the vehicle documents; section 13 (1) sentence 1 shall remain unaffected.(4) After the end of the tax liability, the tax card of the registration authority shall be handed over for forwarding to the tax office. The tax office may also request the submission of the tax card, in particular in the event of a transition to the tax-fixing procedure. If the tax has not been paid or not correctly paid in the trade mark procedure, it shall be fixed in accordance with § 12. § 12bsettlement procedure (1) By way of derogation from § 12 and § 12a, the vehicle tax for vehicles covered by the provisions of Article 3 of the The provisions of the Agreement shall be authorised until 31 December 2008. The Commission shall, on request, be paid in accordance with the settlement procedure if more than 50 vehicles are registered for a vehicle owner and if there are no objections to the appropriate payment of the tax. The tax office may also allow the settlement procedure in other cases to the extent that it serves the purpose of simplification. The approval of the settlement procedure can be revoked at any time.(2) In the settlement procedure, the vehicle holder must submit a tax declaration to the tax office within one month from the beginning of the calendar year or at an appropriate date specified by the tax office, in accordance with an official model, in which information on the included vehicles, the tax bases and the self-calculated tax are included. The calculated tax is up to 15. § 11 (2) is to be applied in accordance with the sum of the tax declared.(3) In the course of a calendar year, a change in the vehicle stock or in the amount of the tax shall be taken into account in a tax declaration which shall be one month after the end of each calendar year or on the basis of a special request by the The financial office shall be made available.(4) The tax office shall issue an official tax card for each vehicle included in the settlement procedure in which the approval certificate for the settlement procedure is to be indicated on the field provided for the tax mark. Section 12a (2) to (4) shall apply accordingly.(5) In order to determine the tax bases for the motor vehicle tax declared in the settlement procedure, an external audit shall be permitted. The examiners are entitled to inspect all vehicles of the vehicle holder and, for this purpose, also to enter land or premises of third parties.
36.
Motor Vehicle Tax Implementing Regulation in the version of the Notice of 3. July 1979 (BGBl I p. 2185), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 22 July 1979. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2436)
a)
In § 3 (1) (3), the point is replaced by a comma and the following numbers 4 and 5 are replaced by a comma. attached:
" 4.
if the tax for vehicles in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement is the tax by tax stamps (§ 12a of the law),
5.
if the vehicles are taxed in accordance with § 12b of the law .
b)
The following point 4 is added to § 5 (2):
" 4.
In the transition from the control card procedure to the automated fixing and collection procedures, the regulatory authorities shall communicate all the necessary data to the competent tax office, in particular, the amount of the tax previously paid by tax stamps.
c)
The following paragraph 4 is added to § 7: " (4) The tax office shall decide in accordance with § 3g Paragraph 8 of the Act or in accordance with Section 12a (2) of the Act instead of the Admissions Authority, it shall make the decision in appropriate manner in the vehicle documents and inform the approval authority. "
37.
Tax officer training law in the version of 14. September 1976 (BGBl. 2793), as last amended by § 3 of the Law of 13. March 1985 (BGBl. 554) The following paragraph 5 shall be added to Article 5: " (5) As long as there is not sufficient number of candidates in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement which satisfy the recruitment requirements referred to in paragraph 1, the following shall apply: In Annex I, Chapter XIX to the Treaty, transitional arrangements concerning the Federal Civil Service Act shall be adopted accordingly. The Federal Minister of Finance shall, by means of a regulation with the consent of the Bundesrat, regulate the introduction of officers of the higher service in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. "
38.
Training and Examination Regulations for the tax officials in the version of the 6. September 1982 (BGBl. I p. 1257) The following paragraph 4 shall be added to § 4: " (4) The Federal Minister of Finance shall, by means of a regulation with the consent of the Federal Council, regulate the conditions for the appointment of the full-time lecturer in the case referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty. "
39.
The Law of the Budget of 19. August 1969 (BGBl. 1273), as last amended by the Law of 18. July 1990 (BGBl. 1446) In § 1 the following sentence 3 is added: " The Länder of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Brandenburg, Saxony-Anhalt, Saxony and Thuringia, as well as the Land of Berlin for the part for which the law was not previously applied, have the legislative order in accordance with sentence 2 to 31. March 1991. "
40.
Contract of 18 December 1991. May 1990 on the creation of a Monetary, Economic and Social Union (BGBl. 518) The contract shall be supplemented by the following paragraph in Annex I Article 5: " (8) If no conversion request has been made for a credit of a natural or legal person or body, the account may be taken on request. of the beneficiary and, with the approval of the audit authority, the changeover from the Minister of Finance to the changeover of the 30. In the case of the German Democratic Republic, the German mark will be held in Deutsche Mark in June 1990 if the non-conversion represents a special hardship. A particular hardship within the meaning of this provision shall be in particular where, as a matter of urgency, the resources of the public sector or for the continuation of holdings are not converted or, in the case of natural persons, the non-conversion of funds is not necessary. unreasonable disadvantage. The application shall be submitted within four weeks of the entry into force of this provision. The audit authority shall inform the Deutsche Bundesbank of all applications. "
41.
The Regulation on the refund of sales tax to the Permanent Representation of the Federal Republic of Germany The German Democratic Republic and its members in the version of the Notice of 3. October 1988 (BGBl. I p. 1782) is repealed.
42.
Third transfer law in the revised version published in the Federal Law Gazette, Part III, outline number 603-5, last updated amended by Article 6 of the Act of 30. August 1971 (BGBl. 1426), Appendix 2 is amended as follows:
a)
The numbers 1, 3, and 4 will be changed.
b)
The amendment referred to in point (a) shall take place on 1 January 2008. January 1991 in force
43.
The regulation of the Land Berlin of 8. February 1978 on the implementation of the Law amending the Motor Vehicle Tax Act of 3 February 1978. August 1950 (Law and ordinance sheet for Berlin p. 745) occurs at the end of the 31. December 1990.
44.
Insurance Supervision Act in the version of the Notice of 13. October 1983 (BGBl. 1261), as last amended by Article 9 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 518) Of The XI. Section (§ § 161 to 166) is repealed.

45.
The Law on the Establishment of the "State insurance of the in liquidate" § 1Foundation of the Anstalthereby the State Insurance of the German Democratic Republic is established in liquidate (Anstalt). § 2Transfer of rights and obligations of the "Staatlichen Versicherung der DDR" (State Insurance of the GDR) to the Anstalt hereby become the rights and obligations of the insurer from the private insurance relationships. to the 30. In the case of an insurance company acting under the name of "State Insurance of the GDR", the insurance company acting under the name of "State Insurance of the GDR" was established in June 1990, insofar as they have not been transferred to the Deutsche Lebensversicherungs-Aktiengesellschaft (German Life Insurance Company). is the settlement of the insurance relationships which have been transferred to them pursuant to § 2. The institution may serve other companies in this respect; the provisions already made in this respect shall be maintained as far as possible. § 4Board of Management of the Company shall consist of at least two members. They shall be appointed and dismissed by the Administrative Board. The role of the Board of Management is to conduct business. The Board of Directors represents the institution in court and out of court. § 5Administrative Board The Board of Directors consists of the Chairman and at least two other persons. They are appointed by the Federal Minister of Finance for a period of five years. Reorder is permitted. § 6Statutes of the AnstaltThe Statutes of the Anstalt shall be decided by the Board of Directors. § 7Supervisory Board is subject to the supervision of the Federal Minister of Finance. § 8Accounting of the Financial Reporting Office The institution is responsible for accounting according to the requirements of the insurance companies for insurance companies in the Federal Republic of Germany. § 9settlement and administrative costs The settlement costs of § 3 and the costs of the administration of the institution shall be borne by the trust law of 17. June 1990 (GBl. I p. 300) established Treuhandanstalt. § 10Resolution of the AnstaltThe Federal Minister of Finance dissolves the institution as soon as the insurance relationships transferred to it pursuant to § 2 are unsettled.
46.
Law on the transfer of the Staatsbank Berlin § 1The Federal Government enters into the liabilities arising from the warranty liability of the German Democratic Republic for the Staatsbank Berlin . This does not apply to liabilities, which are justified after a transfer of the participation to countries or after a transfer pursuant to § 2. The first sentence shall apply in accordance with new liabilities justified by the Staatsbank Berlin in liquidate. If the Federal Government is entitled to liability under the guarantee liability, the burden shall be included in the total debt of the republic budget and after the German unit has been manufactured in the non-legally capable special assets under Article 23 (1) of the Unification Treaty. § 2 (1) The Federal Minister of Finance may, for the purposes of the implementation of Article 23 (7) of the Agreement, and for the establishment of a healthy structure of the public credit institutions in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty by means of a regulation which does not require the consent of the Federal Council, the assets of the State Bank of Berlin as a whole without liquidation in the way of Succession to a public-law credit institution or other legal entity (legal entity) or parts of the assets of the Staatsbank Berlin, in each case as a whole, if necessary without settlement on one or more legal entities transfer. In the case of partial transfers, the items and liabilities to be transferred to each accepting entity shall be designated in the Regulation or in an annex forming part of its constituent. If, according to the Regulation, objects or liabilities are not covered by a transfer, that part of the assets shall be uncovered.(2) Before the regulation is adopted, the supervisory and supervisory bodies of the State Bank of Berlin and of the entities involved shall be heard.(3) The transfer shall take effect at the end of the day following the announcement of the regulation in the Federal Law Gazprom. The assets of the Staatsbank Berlin, including its liabilities, shall be covered by the legal entity or entities referred to in the Regulation, where appropriate in accordance with the allocation laid down in the Regulation or in its annex. § 613a of the Civil Code does not apply. In the event of a transfer of the entire assets, the Staatsbank Berlin shall be issued. No taxes are levied on the basis of the transfer.(4) In the case of the transfer of assets of the Staatsbank Berlin to the Deutsche Girozentrale, Deutsche Municipal Bank, it may, for the countries referred to in Article 1 of the Agreement Treaty, the task of a joint Landesbank
47.
The Law on the Establishment of a Fund "Credit settlement fund" § 1Establishment of the Fund A fund, called "Credit settlement fund", shall be considered as a § 2Purpose of the Fund (1) The Fund shall take over
1.
which shall become effective in the event of an increase in the amount of the funds. the accession of the German Democratic Republic to the scope of the basic law, the total debt of the republic's budget,
2.
the liabilities of the allocation of compensatory claims pursuant to Article 8 (4) (6) of Annex I to the Treaty establishing a monetary, economic and social union between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic of 18 October 2011 on the creation of a monetary, economic and social union May 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518)
3.
The Federal Government's obligations under the guarantee liability for the State Bank of Berlin pursuant to Article 23 (7) of the agreement of the agreement,
4.
the cost of handling receivables and liabilities arising from the performance of state tasks of the German Democratic Republic vis-à-vis foreign countries and the Federal Republic of Germany Germany pursuant to Article 24 (2) of the Basic Law.
(2) The Fund is a special fund within the meaning of Article 110 (1) and Article 115 (2) of the Basic Law; Article 115 (1) of the Basic Law does not apply to the Fund. § 3Position in legal transactions, administerationThe Fund is not legally valid. He can act, sue and be sued under his name in the legal trade. The general place of jurisdiction of the Fund is the seat of the Federal Government. The Federal Minister of Finance administers the Fund. § 4Assets separation, Federal liability (1) The Fund is to be kept separate from the remaining assets of the Federal Government, its rights and liabilities.(2) The Federal Government is liable for the liabilities of the Fund. § 5Credit ratings (1) The Federal Minister of Finance is authorized to procure funds for the Fund in the course of the loan
1.
to repay the fund's debt,
2.
to cover incoming interest and borrowing costs,
3.
for the purchase of debt securities of the Fund by way of market maintenance of up to ten per cent of the revolving debt securities.
(2) The borrowing shall be carried out by issuing debt securities, treasury bills and treasury bills in accordance with the provisions of section 20 (2) of the Procedures provided for in the Federal Banking Act or by the inclusion of loans against debt.(3) The school durals of the fund shall be equal to the school durals of the federal government. The school fees are issued by the Federal School Administration.(4) The debts of the Fund shall be administered by the Federal School Administration in accordance with the principles applicable to the administration of the general federal debt. § 6ErstattungThe Federal Government and the Treuhandanstalt each reimburse the Fund for half of the interest payments made by him. The refund shall be made up to the first day of the month following the month in which the Fund has provided the services referred to in the first sentence. The Federal Minister of Finance requests the payments by adding an overview, from which the sum of the interest payments and the shares to be borne by the parties will emerge. § 7Economic plan For the fund will be from 1. (1) The Federal Minister of Finance shall, at the end of each accounting year, draw up the annual accounts for the Fund and, in the case of the Fund, the annual accounts for the Fund, and the annual accounts for each financial year. as an annex to the federal budget accounts.(2) The annual accounts must show in a clear manner the stock of the special assets, including the assets and liabilities, as well as the revenue and expenditure. § 10Equality with federal authorities The obligations of the Fund to pay fees to the Federal Government, the Länder, the municipalities (municipal associations) and public bodies are generally accepted by the Federal Authorities. § 11Distribution of debt with effect from 1. In January 1994, the Treuhandanstalt, the Federal Government and the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, as well as the Land of Berlin, assume the responsibility for the Fund for the 31. Total debt accumulated in December 1993 under the conditions laid down in Article 27 (3) of the Treaty of 18 May 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518). The distribution of the debt in detail is determined by special law pursuant to Article 34 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. 1990 II p. 518) with the consent of the Bundesrat. The shares of the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, as well as of the Land of Berlin, in the amount to be transferred from the total of the acceding countries, shall be paid in proportion to their number of inhabitants during production. § 12Resolution of the Fund The Fund shall be dissolved with the end of 1993.

























































/>










Non-official table of contents

Appendix I Cape IV B III Annex I, Chapter IV
Sachgebiet B- Household and financial services
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
First override law in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, Division No 603-3, published in a revised version, as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 8. June 1977 (BGBl. 801) with the following measures:
a)
The federal government and the countries bear the costs of repatriation, the search services, the initial admission, the provisional accommodation and integration of settlers in accordance with current practice.
b)
§ 1 (1) No. 8, para. 2 and 3, § 4 (2) and § § § § 4 (2) and § § § 4. 21 shall enter into the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty on 1 January 2008. January 1991.
c)
Otherwise, the law will not apply.
3.
(no longer apply)
4.
The law on the reorganization of the German Railways Pensionskasse and Trams in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 7633-1, as last amended by Article 6 of the Act of 18. March 1975 (BGBl. 705) with the following proviso: § § 2 to 6a shall not be applied in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty.
Table of Contents

Annex I Kap V Annex I Chapter V
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs

(Fundstelle in Appendix I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 996-1009) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap V)-issued all documents relating to Chapter V of Appendix I-
b)
subject-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape VF)-All documents relating to the subject area F of Chapter V of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape V F II)-issued the document relating to Section II of Section F of Chapter V of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap V A I Annex I, Chapter V
Sachgebiet A-General Economic Law, Economic Policy, Competition and Price Law
Section I

From the entry into force of the federal law in accordance with Article 8 of the Contract are excluded:
Regulation PR No 63/50 of 21. September 1950 on a price compensation for the iron-consuming economy in West Berlin (BAnz. No 189 of the 30. 15 September 1950), as last amended by Regulation (EC) No 13/67 of 22 September 1950. December 1967 (BAnz. No. 244 of the 30. December 1967) Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap V A II Annex I, Chapter V
Sachgebiet A-General Economic Law, Economic Policy, Competition and Price Law
Section II

Federal law is changed as follows:
1.
Law on the joint task of "Improving the regional economic structure" of 6 October 1969 (BGBl. I p. 1861), as last amended by Article 3 of the Law of 23. December 1971 (BGBl. 2140) § 6 para. 2 is as follows: "The Planning Committee shall act with the votes of the Federal Government and the majority of the votes of the Länder."
2.
The Law on the Control of weapons of war in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 140-1, as last amended by the regulation of 10 June 2010. October 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1853)
1.
§ 26a is taken as follows: " § 26aView of the exercise of the actual violent perpetrators on the day the effective date of accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of Accession exercises the actual use of weapons of war which it has obtained before, the Federal Office of Economic Affairs shall be informed of the type of weapon, the number of pieces, to indicate a weapon number or other marking within two months of the date of entry into force of the accession, provided that it is not exempted from the authorisation requirement for the acquisition of the actual force or is dependent on the provisions of section 26b. After the expiry of this period, the actual force may no longer be exercised over war weapons which are subject to notification but which are not registered. "
2.
According to § 26a the following § 26b inserted: " § 26bTransitional arrangements for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty (1) One or more before the date of the date of entry into the territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty or shall be provisionally approved, and shall not be postponed, which shall be subject to authorisation under this Act. In such cases, the necessary authorisation shall be requested within one month of the grant of the provisional authorisation. If the authorisation is denied, appropriate compensation may be granted to the applicant in the appropriate application of § 9, if it were also an unreasonable hardship with regard to a legitimate trust in the current legal situation, to refuse compensation.(2) By way of derogation from § 27, for agreements under international law of the German Democratic Republic, insofar as they are subject to the supply or maintenance of weapons of war, the following shall apply:
1.
As far as before the date of accession, state contracts for the production or export in or for importation from the Member States of the Warsaw Treaty for the year 1990, the acts required for the implementation of these instructions shall be deemed to have been approved in accordance with § 2 or § 3.
2.
For instructions within the meaning of point 1 in respect of non-member states of the Warsaw Treaty, approved but inexorable acts may be required (
)
the event that the German Democratic Republic adopts a law for the entry into force of this Act, the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs is authorized to do so by: Legal regulation without the consent of the Bundesrat, to amend the measures of paragraphs 1 and 2 and section 26a in such a way that their objectives are achieved in the light of the new legal situation.
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape V A III Appendix I chapter V
Sachgebiet A-General Economic Law, Economic Policy, Competition and Price Law
Section III

Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap V B II Annex I, Chapter V
, subject area B-Professional law, Right of professional education
Section II

Federal law is changed as follows:
1.
Wirtschaftsprüferordnung in the version of the notice of 5. November 1975 (BGBl. 2803), as last amended by the Act of 20. July 1990 (BGBl. 1462) § 134a, the following paragraphs 4 and 5 are added: " (4) For applicants who are German nationals or nationals of a Member State of the European Communities and 31. In the case of a residence or permanent residence in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the application for admission to the examination until 31 December 1989 was submitted for examination by 31 December 1989. § § 8 and 131 shall apply, with the proviso that
1.
shall be subject to proof of the completed university studies in accordance with § 8 (2) (1) even if the applicant has been working for at least ten years as an employee of a person active in the field of economic examination, a The examination board or any other examination facility has proved its worth,
2.
according to § 131 (1) sentence 1 no. 1 is sufficient if the applicant is at the time of the application Tax adviser or lawyer and at least two years has been employed by a tax adviser, a tax representative or a lawyer.
(5) By way of derogation from the provisions of the First and Second Section of Part Two, Applicants shall be appointed as auditors in accordance with this law which, after a post-graduate course of study prior to the date of entry into the territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, have acquired the right to: If they have passed the aptitude test provided for in the third sentence or an examination in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the professional title of "Wirtschaftsprüfer" shall be carried out. § 7 (2), § § 10, 11, 12 (1) and § 131g (3) sentence 1 to 4 shall apply accordingly; § 14a shall apply with the proviso that the fee for the examination procedure amounts to 400 Deutsche Mark. The examination shall be made in writing and orally, and shall be an examination relating exclusively to the applicant's professional knowledge, with a view to assessing his ability to pursue the profession of auditor. The Federal Minister for Economic Affairs is authorized to adopt, by means of a regulation with the consent of the Bundesrat, provisions concerning the composition of the Audit Committee and the appointment of its members, as well as the details of the examination and of the examination procedure, in particular the matters referred to in § 14. The third part of the second part of the second part application is to be placed on the order of the persons who passed the test in accordance with the third sentence. "
Table of contents

Annex I Kap V B III Annex I, Chapter V
Area B-Professional law, right of vocational training
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures: Power:
1.
Craft order in the version of the notice of 28. December 1965 (BGBl. 1), as last amended by Article 43 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. 1221), as well as the legal regulations issued pursuant to § 7 (2), § 25, 27a (1), § 40 and § 46 (3) sentence 3 of the Craft Code, with the following measures:
a)
One of the days of the date of entry into the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty,
aa)
a craft as a standing business self-operating,
bb)
to set or to train apprentices in craft enterprises or
cc)
to guide the Master titles
remain.
b)
Purchasure and supply cooperatives and cooperatives of the production cooperatives of the craft remain a member the Chamber of Craftsman, as far as they are a member of the Chamber of Craftmanship.
c)
The trader who, on the date of entry into force of the date of accession, in the case referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall be entitled to operate a craft as a standing business independently, shall be registered, on request or on its own account, with the craft of Appendix A of the Craft Regulations, in the craft of craft trades, which shall be responsible for the craft of craft trades. can be assigned. If such traders legitimately hold the title of master of the craft, they are entitled to the master title of the craft of Appendix A of the Craft Regulations.
d)
On the date of the date of entry into the territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, traders who do not operate in the sector in which they are employed are employed in the territory of the industry. , but classified as craft in Appendix A of the Craft Regulations, the craft shall be registered at the request or on its own account in the craft of craft trades.
e)
(c) Sentence 1 applies to tradesmen who operate a craft-like industry equivalent to that.
f)
to h) (no longer apply)
i)
The date of the date of entry into effect of the accession Review procedures will be completed according to the previous rules.
k)
to m) (no longer applicable)
n)
The Federal Minister of Economics can determine, by means of legal regulation pursuant to § 7 para. 2 of the Craft Code, which examinations of masters of the fully-owned industry, which are up to the 31. The following documents have been filed in December 1991, with the proviso that they must be recognised as sufficient condition for registration in the craft sector.
o)
Certificates of examination The nomenclature of vocational training occupations and the nomenclature of skilled workers in craft trades from the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall be subject to professional examination certificates pursuant to section 31 (2) of the Craft Code same.
2.
(no longer apply)
3.
chimney swept law of 15. September 1969 (BGBl. 1634, 2432), as last amended by Article 76 of the Law of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. 2261), with the following dimensions:
a)
up to d) (no longer applicable)
e)
Among the tasks of the district chimney feger in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty according to § 13 paragraph 1 are also
aa)
Certificate of certification in the testing of fireplaces to connect to existing
bb)
Checking the operability of commercial and private ventilation systems.
4.
(no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap V C I Asset I Chapter V
Property Area C-Industrial Law, Law of Technology, Commercial and Film Promotion
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law in accordance with Article 8 of the Treaty excludes:
Act for the settlement and unbundling of the former wealthy film assets in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 703-3, as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 27. February 1974 (BGBl. 444), with the exception of § 15 sentence 2. Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap V C II Annex I, Chapter V
, Sachgebiet C-Industrial law, technology, commercial and film promotion
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
1.
Regulation on the Film Promotion Act of 22. July 1976 (BGBl. 2021) The "International Short Film Festival, Cracow" shall be inserted into Appendix 1 of the Regulation after the "International Short Film Festival for Cinema and Television, Leipzig".
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap V C III Appendix I, Chapter V
Sachgebiet C commercial law, law of technology, business and film promotion
Section III

Federal law occurs in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall enter into force with the following measures:
1.
and 2. (no longer apply)
3.
Eichgesetz in the version of the notice of 22. February 1985 (BGBl. 410), as last amended by Article 12 of the 26th Regulation. November 1986 (BGBl. 2089), with the following measures:
a)
Measuring instruments for which the Office for Standardization, Measurements and A type-approval certificate issued by the German Democratic Republic shall be valid for the period of validity of the authorisation in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, but no later than 31.
b)
to f) (no longer applicable
4.
Eichordnung vom 12. August 1988 (BGBl. 1657) with the following measures:
a)
The transmission system for measuring instruments according to the calibration law However, the same applies to measuring instruments which are subject to calibration in accordance with the calibration regulations.
b)
to e) (no longer applicable
5.
Finished packing ordinance of 18. December 1981 (BGBl. 1585), as last amended by the Regulation of 28 June 2008. May 1990 (BGBl. 991), with the following measures:
a)
Pre-packs may be used in the same way as described in Article 3 of the Treaty. Area with a filling quantity indicated by the provisions of Section 16 of the Verification Act and Sections 6 to 11, 18 and 20 of the Prefabricated Packing Ordinance and corresponding to the provisions in force on the date of the date of entry into force of the accession to the German Act of Accession.
b)
Pre-packed pre-packed with the pre-packed pre-packaged products in Annex 1 (1a) and (2a) to the pre-packed pre-packing regulation (4) in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, the products referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall be subject to a nominal filling quantity of 0.7 litres, It was first placed on the market in December 1992 and continued for an open-ended period. Pre-packs containing the products referred to in Annex 1 (2b), (5) and (6) to the pre-packaging Regulation may be completed in this area until 31 December 2008. 1 December 1992 with a nominal quantity not authorized in those numbers, placed on the market for the first time and continued for an indefinite period if the nominal quantity of the pre-packed packages corresponds to a value with which the product in question is present in front of the was allowed to be placed on the market in pre-packed packaging in the course of the date of accession in this area.
c)
(no longer applying)
6.
(no longer apply)
unofficial Table of contents

Annex I Kap V D I Annex I, Chapter V
Area D-Law of mining and supply management
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law pursuant to Article 8 of the Treaty shall not apply to:
1.
Second Verstromungsgesetz vom 5. September 1966 (BGBl. 545), as last amended by the Law of 25. August 1980 (BGBl. 1605)
2.
Third Verstromungsgesetz (Third Verstromungsgesetz) in the version of the notice of 19. April 1990 (BGBl. 917).
3.
The law on the tariff quota on solid fuels in the version of the Notice of 15. October 1980 (BGBl. I p. 1945)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap V D II Annex I, Chapter V
, subject area D-Law of the mining and the mining industry. Utility
Section II

Federal law is changed or canceled as follows:
1.
The Regulation on the Establishment of Compulsory Economic Communities in the lignite industry, published in the Federal Law Gazette III, outline number 703-11,
2.
The First Regulation implementing the Regulation on the Establishment of Compulsory Economic Communities in the Lignite economy in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt part III, outline number 703-11-1, as last amended by Article 95 (6) of the Law of 14. December 1976 (BGBl. I p. 3341), is repealed.
3.
Mineral Oil Data Act of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2353)
a)
§ 3 para. 1 No. 2 second half-sentence is deleted.
b)
In § 3 para. 1 no. 4, the words "Bundeswehr and allied armed forces" are replaced by the words " German and foreign armed forces.
4.
The Law on the Degradation of Salts in the Border Area at the Werra of 3. December 1984 (BGBl. I p. 1430)
1.
§ 3 is amended as follows: ' The exercise of the powers conferred on it by the subday Mining rights (mining property, permits) situated in the excavation areas A for the prospecting, extraction, acquisition and processing of the mineral resources referred to in § 2 (1) sentence 2 shall be found in the laws, regulations and other Provisions applicable to the activities to be carried out at the headquarters of the undertaking operating in the fields of extraction A, '
2.
§ 5 shall be applied as follows: " On the day-to-day exercise of the powers arising from the right of underground investigation and extraction of stone, potash, magnesia and boron salts in the fields of degradation B, the laws, regulations and other provisions of the law shall be amended. Provisions applicable to the activities to be carried out at the location of the undertaking operating under the subordinated areas B in the mining areas. "
3.
In accordance with § 5, the following § § 5a inserted: " The undertaking operating in the excavation areas A shall be obliged to comply with the conditions specified in Section 4 (2) and (3). The undertaking operating in the excavation areas B shall be obliged to comply with the conditions specified in § 4 (2) and (3) in the same way on its side of the market.
href="index.html#BJNR208890990BJNE014204377"> A unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape V D III Appendix I, Chapter V
Area D-Law of the mining and utilities
Section III

The following legislation with the following measures in force:
1.
Federal Mining Act of 13. August 1980 (BGBl. 1310), as last amended by the Law of 12. February 1990 (BGBl. 215), with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
State of investigation, profit and storage rights within the meaning of Section 5 (2) to (4) of the Mining Act of the German Democratic Republic, which have been transferred to third parties for exercise (old rights) shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of subparagraphs (c) to (g). Unless otherwise provided, the state of investigation, profit and storage law of the state within the meaning of § 5 of the Mining Act of the German Democratic Republic shall be deleted.
c)
Inquiry rights extinguisher twelve months after the date of entry into effect. Article 14 (1) is to be applied in order to grant a permit and, in so far as it is, to the extent that the holder of a permit issued by a warehouse-interest area shall be entitled to benefit from the holder, on the basis of the Storage facility of 15. March 1971 (GBl. II No. 34 p. 279).
d)
(1) to (3) (no longer to be applied) (4) A confirmed right of extraction shall apply to the mineral resources, the time and the area, for which is confirmed,
1.
in the cases referred to in paragraph 2 (1.1). and 1.2. first and third paint as an authorization within the meaning of § 8,
2.
in the case of paragraph 2, point 1.2. § § 151.
(5) § § 75 and 76 apply to confirmed old rights in accordance with the provisions of § 151.
(5).(6) Do not or do not extinguisher rights with the expiry date of the expiry date. Rights to which the confirmation is denied shall be extinguissed with the entry of the indispuability of the sawing.(7) Bergrechtliche obligations arising from a right to win exercised up to the date of the date of entry into effect shall remain unaffected by a confirmation that is not fully comprehensive of the previous right to gain access to the winning rights. If the succession is contentious in the case of legal proceedings, the authority responsible for the confirmation shall determine the responsibility. The legal successor is obliged to provide the necessary information.
e)
For the profit rights of other mineral raw materials, point (d) shall apply. appropriate with the following dimensions:
aa)
and bb) (no longer applicable)
cc)
The transfer of the authorization (§ 22) requires the consent of the owner. A presentation of mine own property is excluded. § 31 does not apply.
f)
(no longer to apply earlier sentence 1)

On investigation of the subsoil and on underground storage, § 126 with
g)
§ 153 sentences 2 and 3 and § § 159 and 160 are to be applied to confirmed old
h)
§ § 50 to 62 and 169 shall apply with the following conditions:
aa)
Technical Operations Plans, which take place on the day of accession to the Mining Act of the German The democratic republic and the provisions adopted pursuant to this Act shall apply, unless otherwise specified in the following, for the duration of their duration, but not more than 31. December 1991 as permitted in the sense of § § 50 to 56. Technical operational plans for a period up to and including 31. In the case of a continuation of the project, December 1990 can be carried out without any substantial change in accordance with the law applicable up to the date of the date of entry into force of the accession date to 31 December 1990. It will be extended in December 1991. Technical operational plans for the termination of a holding, which is on the date of the date of entry into force of the accession, and which shall be before the 1. The first sentence of Article 169 (1) (2) (2) shall be submitted within a period of four months from the date on which the date of entry into force of the accession of the competent authority has been approved. Section 169 (1) no. 1 and 2 shall apply mutatily for activities and facilities within the meaning of § § 2, 126 to 129 and 131, which are only subject to the effective date of accession of the operating planning obligation. Article 169 (2) sentence 2 shall not apply. In all cases, proof of entitlement within the meaning of Article 55 (1), first sentence, No. 1 shall be immediately after the decision on the confirmation, in the case of a permit, within twelve months of the date of the date of the date of entry into force of the accession.
bb)
§ 52 (2a) does not apply to projects in which the procedure for the approval of the holding, in particular for the approval of a technical operating plan, is carried out on the
cc)
(no longer applicable
i)
Fixed mining sites within the meaning of § 11 of the Mining Act of the German Democratic Republic, according to which, after the determination of the operating plans Within the next fifteen years, a mining uptake of land is to be expected, shall apply to the area of the field for which the right of extraction has been confirmed, as construction restricted areas in accordance with § § 107 bis 109 with the proviso that Section 107 (4) applies irrespective of the conditions for the setting of the mining protected areas, but for the first time from 1. It is to be applied in January 1995, unless the contractor favoured by the restriction has applied for an earlier waiver. In other respects, mining protected areas are deemed to have been repealed with the date of entry into force of the accession. The register of mining protected areas in accordance with the first sentence of the first sentence shall be deemed to be an archival backup in accordance with Section 107 (2).
k)
§ 112 shall be subject to the following conditions: Application that the omission or failure to carry out measures within the meaning of § § 110 or 111 shall also be considered as an infringement, provided that it was requested prior to the date of the date of the entry into force of the date of accession in the form of mining opinions. The construction of which was required by the Mining Act of the German Democratic Republic and the legislation adopted for this purpose. § § 114 to 124 apply with the proviso that the liability under these regulations only applies to the damage caused exclusively from the date of the date of the entry into force of the accession. In addition, the provisions of the German Democratic Republic which apply to such damage before the date of accession shall apply. The relevant procedural sections shall be replaced by the procedural sections of the procedure laid down in section 124 (2) in accordance with the continuing law of the German Democratic Republic, insofar as the law of the area in which the area is not subject to the law of the Federal Mining Act already before accession, has been transferred to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty.
l)
As far as the rest of the legislation is applicable which are not transferred to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, shall be replaced by the corresponding provisions of the continuing law of the German Democratic Republic.
m)
The Federal Minister of Economics is authorized to enact legislation on
aa)
a different allocation of the mineral raw materials covered in point (a), as far as the mineral raw materials are In relation to § 3 (3) and (4) applicable other or indeterminate criteria,
bb)
an extension of the time limits required by this law by a maximum of six Months, as required with respect to the necessary adjustment,
cc)
for details on the maintenance and validation of old rights in the sense of the (b) as well as for the mining protected areas referred to in point (i) and for the abolition of the mining sites
2.
to 9. (no longer apply)
10.
Regulation on heating cost accounting in the version of the notice of 20. January 1989 (BGBl. 115) with the following dimensions:
a)
and b) (no longer applicable)
c)
Insofar as and as long as the competent authorities of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty do not yet have the suitability of expert bodies according to § 5 (1) sentence 2 and 3 of the Regulation, it is possible to use equipment for the collection of excise duties for which a competent body from the territory in which the Regulation has already been granted prior to accession shall be subject to the confirmation within the meaning of Article 5 (1) sentence 2 issued.
d)
and e) (no longer applicable)
f)
§ 11 (1) (1) (b)) shall apply to the place of the date " 1. July 1981 "the date" 1. January 1991 " occurs.
g)
(no longer apply)
11.
to 16. (no longer apply)
17.
General Terms and Conditions for the supply of district heating from 20. June 1980 (BGBl. 742), as amended by Article 4 of the Regulation of 19 June 2008. January 1989 (BGBl. 109), with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
By way of derogation from § 10 (4), the property of a customer on the date of the acquisition of the accession shall remain at a house connection, which he/she shall set up or extend at his own expense , as long as it does not transfer ownership to the district heating utility.
c)
and d) (no longer applicable
18.
(no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap V E III Annex I Chapter V
Property Area E-Law of the commercial economy
Section III

(section III no longer applicable) Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap V F II Annex I, Chapter V
Sachgebiet F-External Economic Law
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
1.
External Economic Law of 28. April 1961 (BGBl. 481), as last amended by the Law of 20. July 1990 (BGBl. 1460)
1.
In Article 4 (1) (2), the words " except for the currency area of the Mark of the German Democratic Republic " deleted.
2.
§ 46 para. 2 sentence 2 is deleted.
2.
External Economic Regulation of 18. December 1986 (BGBl I p. 2671), as last amended by the Regulation of 7 December 1986. August 1990 (BAnz. S. 4013, 4025)
1.
§ 19 para. 1 no. 17a is repealed.
2.
§ 19 para. 1 No. 31a last half-sentence is repealed.
3.
§ 19 para. 1 No. 41c
4.
§ 21 is repealed.
5.
§ 32 para. 1 no. 36c becomes
6.
§ 72 is
unofficial Table of Contents

Annex I Kap VI Annex I Chapter VI
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of Food, Agriculture and Forestry

(site in Appendix I of the EinigVtr BGBl. II 1990, 1010-1018) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Unification i Cape VI)-All documents relating to Chapter VI of Appendix I-
b)
are subject to specific area (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap VI F)-All documents relating to subject area F of Chapter VI of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape VI F III)-issued the document relating to section III of the subject area F of Chapter VI of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap VI A II Annex I, Chapter VI
Sachgebiet A-Land Use and Animal Husbandry, Veterinary
Section II

Federal law is repealed as follows:
1.
GDR Animal Health Protection Order of 27. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1264)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape VI A III Appendix I, Chapter VI
Area A-Land use and animal husbandry, Veterinary
Section III

(no longer apply Section III No 1 to 17) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap VI B I Annex I Chapter VI
Sachgebiet B-Agricultural policy
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty shall be excluded from the entry into force of the federal law:
1.
Reichsnährstands-Settlement Act in the revised version published in the Federal Law Gazette, Part III, outline number 780-2, as amended by the Law of 28. August 1964 (BGBl. 709)
2.
The Law for the Promotion of Agricultural Agriculture of 12. July 1989 (BGBl. 1435)
3.
Regulation on the Promotion of Agriculture of 19. July 1989 (BGBl. 1472), as amended by the Regulation of 28 June 2008. May 1990 (BGBl. I p. 990)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VI B II Annex I, Chapter VI
Sachgebiet B agricultural policy
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
1.
The Law on the Community Task " Improvement of the Agricultural structure and coastal protection " as amended by the 21. July 1988 (BGBl. 1055): § 6 (3) will be amended as follows: "The Planning Committee shall act with the votes of the Federal Government and the majority of the votes of the Länder."
unofficial table of contents

asset I Cape VI C I Appendix I chapter VI
subject area C-Market order for agriculture and food industry
Section I

From entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty shall be excluded:
1.
§ 2a of the Milk distribution allowance act of 17. July 1984 (BGBl. 942), as last amended by the Law of 24. July 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1470)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VI C III Annex I, Chapter VI
, subject C-Market order for agriculture and Food industry
Section III

(No longer apply Section III No 1 to 5) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VI D I Annex I Chapter VI
Sachgebiet D-Agricultural social law
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law in accordance with Article 8 of the Treaty shall not apply to:
1.
Social Security Contribution Relief Act of 21. July 1986 (BGBl. 1070)
2.
Act establishing a supplementary pension fund for workers in the agriculture and forestry sector of 31 December 2010. July 1974 (BGBl. 1660), as last amended by Article 29 of the Law of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2261)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap VI E III Annex I, Chapter VI,
Sachgebiet E-Settlement
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty with the following measures:
1.
Reichssiedlungsgesetz in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 2331-1, as last amended by Article 2 (24) of the Law of 8. December 1986 (BGBl. 2191), with the following measures:
a)
According to § 1 para. 1 sentence 1, non-profit settlement companies
b)
The exercise of the right of pre-emption in accordance with § 4 requires that a permit pursuant to § 2 of the Regulation of the Basic Transport of 15. December 1977 (GBl. No 5 p.
)
unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape VI F II Annex I, Chapter VI,
Forestry, Hunting and Fisheries
Section II

Federal law is amended and supplemented as follows:
1.
Bundesjagdgesetz in the version of the notice of 29. September 1976 (BGBl. 2849), as last amended by Article 6 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1249)
a)
In Section 7 (1), the sentences 2 and 3 are read as follows: " Countries may differ from Rate 1 shall fix the minimum size in general or higher for certain areas. If, on the date of entry into force of the agreement in the countries, a variable other than the one specified in the first sentence is fixed, it shall retain the right to apply if it is not less than 70 hectares. "
b)
The following sentence is added to Section 11 (5): " The period of time referred to in the first sentence shall be the period during which a person shall be entitled before the date of entry into effect of the accession. Hunting permit in the German Democratic Republic has possessed. "
c)
§ 15 is amended as follows:
aa)
The following sentence is added to paragraph 5: " One before the date of entry into force of the date of accession in the German Democratic Republic filed hunting test for hunters who wish to hunt with the hunting weapon is the hunter's test in the sense of sentence 1 equal. "
bb)
In paragraph 6, the words "and in the granting of hunting shout to the members of the Permanent Representation of the German Democratic Republic" are deleted.
cc)
In paragraph 7, the following sentence is added: " A hunting test for falconers filed before the date of entry into the German Democratic Republic of accession to the German Democratic Republic is the subject of the following sentence: Falconry test in the sense of sentence 1 equal.
2.
Forestry Seed decree of 31. July 1972 (BGBl. 1561), as amended by Article 1 of the Regulation of 13 June 2008. August 1982 (BGBl. I p. 1329) :Appendix 1 is amended as follows: In the position " Abies grandis Lindl. Large coastal anne "is added to the following region of origin:

" Label of the Home Area Passcode delineation
Northeastern German lowlands and eastern German lowlands830 03referred to in Article 3 of the agreement Area "
3.
Seefischereiverordnung vom 18. July 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1485):
a)
§ 2 para. 2 No. 2 is taken as follows:
" 2.
in ICES division IIIc and in ICES Division IIId within twelve nautical miles measured from baseline off the coast of the state of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania not with vehicles with a machine power of more than 221 kilowatts (300 hp) ".
b)
In Appendix 3, the the column "Baltic Sea" is added: " Wismar, Rostock, Warnemünde, Stralsund, Ribnitz, Stahlbrode, Neuendorf (Hiddensee), Saßnitz, Lauterbach, Göhren, Lietzow, Breege, Dranske, Ummanz, Seedorf, Zudar, Gager, Karlshagen, Freest, Greifswald, Lassan, Wolgast, Ahlbeck, Zempin, Ückermünde ".
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VI F III Annex I, Chapter VI,
Sachgebiet F- Forestry, hunting and fishing
Section III

(section III no longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap VII Attachment I Chapter VII
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Inner-German Relations

(found in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1019) (No content) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap VIII Appendix I, Chapter VIII
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Labour and Social order

(Fundstelle in Appendix I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1020-1070) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Unification of Annex I Cape VIII)-All documents relating to Chapter VIII of Appendix I-
b)
are subject to a specific area (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape VIII K)-All documents relating to the subject K of Chapter VIII of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. To Vtr Annex I Cape VIII K III)-issued the document relating to section III of Section K of Chapter VIII of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap VIII A I Annex I, Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet A-Labour Law Order
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law in accordance with Article 8 of the Treaty shall not apply:
for the dismissal of employees in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt part III, outline number 800-1, as amended by the law of 26. April 1985 (BGBl. I p. 710) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII A II Annex I, Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet A-Working-law order
Section II

Federal law is repealed as follows:
Seemannsgesetz (Seemannsgesetz) in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 9513-1, as last amended by Article 53 of the Law of 20 June 2003. December 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2477),
§ 18. Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII A III Annex I, Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet A labor law order
Section III

Federal Law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
(no longer to apply)
2.
(no longer apply)
3.
(no longer apply)
4.
(no longer apply)
5.
a) and b) (no longer apply)
6.
(no longer apply)
7.
a) to e) (no longer apply)
8.
Home Labor Law in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, Division number 804-1, published in the adjusted version, as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 13. July 1988 (BGBl. 1034), with the following measures:
a)
The law is from 1.
(b) (no longer applicable)
9.
9.
First Legislative Decree on the Implementation of the Home Labour Act in the version of the Notice of 26 February 1991. January 1976 (BGBl. 221), with the following proviso: The Regulation shall be as from 1.
10.
(no longer apply)
11.
Montan-Codetermination Act in the Article III, section III, outline number 801-2, published in the adjusted version, as last amended by Article 10 (22) of the Act of 19. December 1985 (BGBl. 2355), with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
From 1. (1) The employees have a right of co-determination in the supervisory boards and in the bodies appointed to represent the legal representation in accordance with the provisions of this law in
a)
the company whose predominant purpose is to promote hard coal, lignite or Iron ore or in the preparation, coking, carbonization or briquetting of these raw materials lies and their operation is under the supervision of the mountain authorities,
b)
Companies whose predominant purpose is the production of iron and steel. The manufacture of rolling stock products, including rolled wire, tubes, rolls, rolling stock, free-form forging and foundry products of iron or steel, shall be regarded as the production of iron and steel
1.
in a company whose board of directors is 1. 4 or 9, or
2.
in another company after the merger with a company referred to in paragraph 1, or after the merger, The transfer to the other undertaking of undertakings or parts of a company designated in point 1 which produce the said products or produce pig iron or crude steel shall be transferred to the other undertaking in the case of the undertaking referred to in point 1. (§ 15 of the German Stock Corporation Act), and as long as the production of the said products or the production of pig iron or crude steel after the merger or the transfer of the predominant business purpose of the other company
, the second sentence of paragraph 2 applies to the further merger and to the further transfer of holdings or parts of businesses.
12.
(no longer apply)
13.
(no longer apply)
14.
Collective Bargaining Law in the version of the 25. August 1969 (BGBl. 1323), as amended by Article II (1) of the Law of 29. October 1974 (BGBl. 2879), with the following proviso: pending the conclusion of a new collective agreement, the existing framework collective agreement or collective agreement shall be applied further with all supplements and supplementary agreements to the extent that a registration corresponding to the provisions of the The Labour Code has been implemented. The framework collective agreement or collective agreement shall not enter into force, in whole or in part, if a new collective agreement enters into force for the same scope or part of it. The provisions of previous framework collective agreements or collective agreements which are not repealed or replaced by the new collective agreement shall apply to the rationalization protection agreements before the 1. It was concluded in July 1990 and had not been registered on 31 July 1990. December 1990, except in the case of workers up to 31 December 1990. Since December 1990, the requirements of the rationalization protection agreements have been fulfilled, their claims and rights remain unaffected, subject to new provisions on contractual agreements. The provisions of Article 20 of the Treaty and of the annexes thereto shall remain unaffected.
15.
(no longer applicable)
16.
The law to improve the occupational retirement provision of 19. December 1974 (BGBl. 3610), as last amended by Article 33 of the Law of 18. December 1986 (BGBl. I p. 2261; 1990 I p. 1337), with the following measures:
a)
This law occurs on the 1. January 1992 in force.
b)
§ § 1 to 18 shall apply to commitments on benefits of occupational retirement provision, which shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions of the 31. In accordance with Article 18 (6) of the period before 1 December 1991, the post-insurance scheme shall be issued in December 1991. January 1992 is excluded.
c)
§ § 26 to 30 are not applicable
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape VIII B II Annex I, Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet B-Technical Work Protection
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
acetylene regulation of 27. February 1980 (BGBl. 220), as amended by Article 6 (3) of the Law of 16. December 1986 (BGBl. 2441), § 29 the following paragraph is added: " (3) After the date of entry into force of the accession of the German Democratic Republic, the Committee shall, in accordance with Section 28, be immediately informed of the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned in accordance with Article 3. of the agreement referred to in the agreement. After the 31. In December 1991, the Committee, with the number of members referred to in Article 28 (1), shall also be reappointed from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, taking into account the proposals of the parties concerned. "
2.
Elevator regulation of 27. February 1980 (BGBl. 205), as last amended by Regulation of 17. August 1988 (BGBl. 1685), § 25 the following paragraph is added: " (4) After the date of entry into force of the accession of the German Democratic Republic, the Committee shall, in accordance with Section 24, be immediately informed of the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned in accordance with Article 3. of the agreement referred to in the agreement. After the 31. In December 1991, the Committee, with the number of members referred to in Article 24 (1), shall also be reappointed from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, taking into account proposals from the parties concerned. "
3.
Regulation on flammable liquids of 27. February 1980 (BGBl. 229), as amended by Regulation of 3. May 1982 (BGBl. 569), § 26 the following paragraph is added: " (5) After the date of entry into force of the accession of the German Democratic Republic, the Committee shall, in accordance with Section 25, be immediately informed of the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned in accordance with Article 3. of the agreement referred to in the agreement. After the 31. In December 1991, the Committee, with the number of members referred to in Article 25 (1), shall also be reappointed from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, taking into account the proposals of the parties concerned. "
4.
Steam boiler ordinance of 27. February 1980 (BGBl. 173), as amended by Article 6 (1) of the Law of 16. December 1986 (BGBl. 2441), § 31 the following paragraph is added: " (5) After the date of the accession of the German Democratic Republic, the Committee shall, in accordance with Section 30, be immediately informed of the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned in accordance with Article 3. of the agreement referred to in the agreement. After the 31. In December 1991, the Committee shall be reappointed by the number of members referred to in Article 30 (1), taking into account proposals from the parties concerned, also from the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. "
5.
Pressure vessel regulation in the version of the announcement of the 21. April 1989 (BGBl. 843) According to § 39a, the following § 39b is inserted: " § 39bTransitional provision for the German pressure vessel expo After the date of entry into effect of the accession, the Committee shall be immediately informed of the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned Groups from the area referred to in Article 3 of the 'Einigungscontracges'. After the 31. In December 1991, the Committee, with the number of members referred to in Article 36 (1), shall also be reappointed from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, taking into account the proposals of the parties concerned. "
6.
Regulation on gas high-pressure lines from 17. December 1974 (BGBl. I p. 3591) According to § 15, the following § 15a is inserted: " § 15aTransitional provision for the Committee for Gas HochdruckleitungenFollowing the effective date of accession, the Committee according to § 14 shall be immediately informed of the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned. Groups from the area referred to in Article 3 of the 'Einigungscontracges'. After the 31. In December 1991, the Committee, with the number of members referred to in Article 18 (1), will also be reappointed from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, taking into account proposals from the parties concerned. "
7.
Regulation on electrical installations in explosion-prone rooms of the 27th February 1980 (BGBl. 214) According to § 19, the following § 19a is inserted: " § 19aTransitional provision for the German Committee for explosion-protected electrical equipment After the date of entry into effect of the accession, the Committee shall be immediately informed of the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned from the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. After the 31. In December 1991, the Committee, with the number of members referred to in Article 18 (1), will also be reappointed from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, taking into account proposals from the parties concerned. "
8.
Device Security Law of 24. June 1968 (BGBl. 717), as last amended by Article 31 of the Law of 18. February 1986 (BGBl. 265), § 8 the following paragraph is added: " (5) After the date of accession, the Committee shall be supplemented without delay by the necessary number of representatives of the parties concerned from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. After the 31. The number of members referred to in paragraph 2 shall also be reconvened in December 1991, taking into account proposals from the parties concerned, from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. '
9.
style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"> Medizingeräteverordnung vom 14. January 1985 (BGBl. I p. 93)
a)
In accordance with § 21, the following section is inserted: " Sixth section transfer regulations from Application for the production of the unit of Germany § 22Differential entry into force, transconductionThe § § 13 and 14 occur in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty on 1 January 2014. January 1992 in force. In addition, this Regulation shall apply in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of Accession to the effect of accession in accordance with Articles 23 to 27. § 23Continuation of authorisations for the placing on the market of the effective date of accession Authorisations and derogations granted for the placing on the market of groups 1 and 2 of medical-technical equipment shall be considered as type approvals in accordance with § 5, to the extent to which such equipment shall be used in the area in which this Regulation already applies prior to accession , until the date of entry into force of the accession, type approvals according to § 5 have not been granted. The authorisations shall apply to the maximum of 31. 1 December 1994, the derogations to be granted at the latest to 31 December 1994. December 1991. § 5 (6) sentence 2 shall apply to the equipment concerned, insofar as it is carried out after the 30. § 24 Continuing operation, commissioning (1) Regardless of whether the requirements of § 6 (1) sentence 1 are fulfilled in individual cases, medical-technical equipment (s)
1.
will continue to operate if it is before the date of entry into force of the As a result of the unification of the territory,
2.
up to 31. It shall continue to operate and continue to operate after that date if it complies with the rules applicable on the day before the date of entry into the territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of Accession. (
)
6 (5) shall apply to the medical-technical equipment referred to in paragraph 1 with the proviso that the operating rules laid down in the other regulation pursuant to Section 24 of the Industrial Code shall not be valid at the latest from the first subparagraph of Article 1 (1). The Commission shall apply in January 1992. The requirements applicable to the procurement requirements to be met by the equipment part shall be governed by the provisions which have been applied before the date of entry into force of the accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the integration of the equipment.(3) In addition, the provisions of this Regulation remain unaffected. § 25Safety and Security Controls § 11 is for the medical-technical devices of Group 1 falling under § 24 paragraph 1 at the latest from the 1. 1 January 1992. Until the application of § 11, these devices shall be examined in accordance with the relevant provisions, which shall be subject to the provisions of Article 3 of the Agreement on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession. 26Stock Directory The inventory according to § 12 shall be no later than 31. 1 December 1991. Until such time as it is drawn up, the medical-technical equipment of Groups 1 and 3 shall be recorded in accordance with the relevant provisions which, in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, have been subject to accession on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession. 27Transitional provisions of § 28 (1) § 28 shall apply with the proviso that the words "on the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 1" shall be replaced by the words "on the date of entry into force of this Regulation" in the first sentence of paragraph 1. 'and replace the words' at the date of entry into force of this Regulation 'in the first and second sentences of paragraph 2 and the words' on the entry into force of this Regulation 'in paragraph 3,' on the date of the date of entry into force of accession '.(2) The proof of regular maintenance pursuant to § 28 (2) sentence 2 shall be provided for the period from the start of the commissioning of the medical-technical equipment of Group 1. To the extent that these devices have been put into service earlier than one year before the date of entry into effect of accession, proof shall be sufficient for the period from the day before the date of entry into force of the accession. The proof is to be provided for the individual devices by submitting appropriate documents. It shall also be deemed to have been provided to the extent that the operator proves that he has been employed for at least one year before the date of entry into force of the accession of experts to whom the planning, organisation and execution of the maintenance of such equipment is to be carried out. belongs.(3) The examination in accordance with § 28 (2) sentence 2 to 4 and paragraph 3 is up to the 31. December 1994. "
b)
The previous sixth section will be seventh section, the previous § § 22 to 24 will be § § 28 to 30.
c)
In § 11 para. 1 sentence 3, § 13 para. 3, § § 16, 19 para. 1 sentence 1 and § 20 para. 2 no. 5, the number "22" is replaced by the number "28"






Non-official table of contents

Appendix I Cape VIII B III Appendix I Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet B Technical Work Protection
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty with the following measures:
1.
to 11. (no longer apply)
12.
Law on occupational physicians, safety engineers, and other occupational safety professionals from 12 years of age. December 1973 (BGBl. 1885), as amended by Section 70 of the Law of 12. April 1976 (BGBl. 965), with the following measures:
a)
The obligation of the employers in accordance with § 2 shall be deemed to be fulfilled if the Occupational health care tasks are performed by an institution of occupational health care. The letters (b) and (d) are to be applied.
b)
The employer may consider the specialist as an occupational physician in accordance with § 4 as proven by medical specialists in occupational medicine or Occupational hygiene and medical specialists with state recognition as occupational physician.
c)
The employer can be the specialist for occupational safety in accordance with § 7 as Proof of evidence of professional staff who have a high school, technical or master qualification and who have been in practical training for at least two years, and who have been trained as a technical engineer or Specialist economist for occupational safety and health inspectors or safety engineer or technical engineer for fire protection or the acquisition of the recognised additional qualification in health and safety inspectors for safety inspectors or a corresponding Training in the field of work hygiene can be demonstrated. Occupational safety professionals also meet the requirements if they have worked in the field of occupational safety for at least two years prior to the entry into force of this law.
d)
and e) (no longer apply)
f)
If the employer is a member of an accident insurance carrier and has In accordance with Article 14 (1) of this Directive, the provisions in points (b) to (e) shall be replaced by the relevant provisions of the accident prevention regulations. The required specialist may continue to be regarded as proven if the requirements of subparagraphs (b) and (c) are met.
g)
For the public The service of the countries referred to in Article 1 of the Treaty and of the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied is until the adoption of the relevant provisions by the ministers responsible for the civil service of the Länder. Directive of the Federal Minister of the Interior for the occupational health and safety service in the administrations and companies of the Federal Republic of Germany of the 28th January 1978 (GMBl. 114 ff.)
13.
and 14. (no longer apply)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII C III Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet C-Social work protection
Section III

(No longer to apply Section III No. 1 to 13) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII D II Annex I, Chapter VIII
Area D-Overreaching rules of social law
Section II

Federal law is repealed or supplemented as follows:
1.
Social Courts Act as amended by the 23. September 1975 (BGBl. 2535), as last amended by Article 32 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 2477), is amended as follows:
a)
Section 78 (2) is deleted.
b)
According to § 84, the following § 84a is inserted: "§ 84aFor the preliminary procedure, § 25 (4) of the Tenth Book of the Social Code does not apply."For actions against administrative acts, which are before the 1. Article 78 (2) shall continue to apply in so far as the social courts established in its earlier scope of application have been drawn up by service providers in the scope of the Social Court Act to date (date of the date of the act).
unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII D III Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet D-Overreaching Social-law provisions
Section III

(No longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII E I Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Field of work E-Labour market policy, employment promotion, unemployment insurance
Section I

From the entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty, the following shall be excluded: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
Home Rep Act in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, outline number 84-1, published Revised version, as last amended by Article 39 of the Law of 20 December 1988 (BGBl. 2477)
2.
Decree on the implementation of the Law on Assistance Measures for Home Teachers in the Federal Law Gazans Part III, No. 84-1-1, published by the Federal Government. Revised version, as last amended by Article 1 of the Regulation of 13 December 2009. February 1975 (BGBl. I p. 498)
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Cape VIII E II Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Area E-Labour Market Policy, Labour Promotion, Unemployment insurance
Section II

Federal law is repealed, amended, or supplemented as follows:
1.
Work Promotion Act of 25. June 1969 (BGBl. 582), as last amended by Article 19 of the Law of 28. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1221),
a)
§ 62a is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 3, sentence 5, the reference "sentence 3" will be referred to by the reference "sentence 4" and the Reference "Paragraph 1, first sentence, point (a) or (c)" shall be replaced by the reference "paragraph 1, first sentence, no. 1 or 3".
bb)
In paragraph 7, second sentence, no. 2, the reference to paragraph 1 shall be replaced by " paragraph 1. Sentence 1 (c) "shall be replaced by the reference" paragraph 1, first sentence, no. 3
b)
In § 63 (4) sentence 1, the words "§ 17 Nr. 1 of the termination protection act" shall be stated. is replaced by "§ 17 Para. 1 of the Dismissal Protection Act".
c)
§ 112 is amended as follows:
aa)
paragraph 5 is changed as follows:
aaa)
In paragraph 4, sentence 2, half sentence 2, the reference "§ 112a para. 1 sentence 2" by the referral " § 112a 1 sentence 3 "replaced.
bbb)
In paragraph 8, the reference" (§ 107, point 5 (d)) "by the reference" (§ 107 sentence 1, point 5 (d)) "
bb)
In paragraph 6, sentence 3, the reference "paragraph 2 sentence 3" is replaced by the reference "paragraph 1 sentence 2".
cc)
In paragraph 7, the referral "according to paragraphs 2 to 6" is replaced by the reference "in accordance with paragraphs 1 to 6".
dd)
In paragraph 8, sentence 1, the referral "pursuant to paragraph 2" is replaced by the reference "to paragraph 3".
d)
§ 241b is repealed.
e)
According to § 249a, the following § § 249b bis e are inserted: " § 249b (1) The promotion according to the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. 403), the application of this law is the same as that of the promotion under this Act.(2) According to the Employment Promotion Act, 22. June 1990 (GBl. 403), a right to unemployment benefit, short-time allowance or unemployment benefit has been established, and the Employment Promotion Act of 22 is set up for periods prior to the date of accession. June 1990 (GBl. I n ° 36, p. 403). The application of this law is subject to the creation of a claim under the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. No 36 p. 403), the creation of a claim under this Act. Only the height of the performance is for the time after the 31. December 1990, on the basis of the pay, which is relevant for the assessment of the performance. By way of derogation from the first sentence of Article 113 (1), the wage control class registered on the payroll card at the beginning of 1991 is authoritative. A reduction in performance is excluded.(3) Paragraph 2, sentences 3 to 5 shall apply in respect of the maintenance allowance and the transitional allowance.(4) Paragraph 2, first sentence, applies to the bankruptcy allowance, including the contributions pursuant to § 141n. § 249c (1) In the application of Section 19 (1a) and (1b), periods of residence and first-time employment are also subject to the provisions of Article 3 of the To take account of the territory referred to in the contract.(2) By way of derogation from Section 59b, the transitional allowance shall be increased at the same intervals and by the same percentage as the pensions in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, where it is mainly on remuneration from the same. Territory is based.(3) In the application of § 62a (3) sentence 1, the reference value shall be the reference value applicable in the country which, in accordance with § 2 of the distribution regulation, is applicable in the adjusted version for the resettlement, published in the Federal Law Gaz.III, outline number 240-3, as host country, or is set as a host country.(4) In the case of the application of § 91 (2) sentence 3 and section 94 (2), measures to procure employment in the territory in which this law has already been subject before the date of entry into force of the accession shall be up to 30 years. It was agreed that, instead of the national average, only this area should be used instead of the national average.(5) In the case of the application of § 91 (4), measures to procure employment in the territory in which this law has already been subject before the date of entry into force of the accession shall be 31. It will be approved in December 1991 to use only this area instead of the national average.(6) For the purposes of applying Article 94 (3), second sentence, for measures to procure employment which, in the territory in which this law has already been applied before the date of entry into force of the accession, shall be up to 30 years. In the event of a grant of more than 90 to 100 of the hundred of the pay for a maximum of 15 of the hundreds of all workers allocated in that territory in the calendar year, the grant may be granted in June 1991.(7) In the application of § 105a, the invalidity or incapacity for invalidity in the sense of the statutory pension insurance is the same as the invalidity or invalidity of the occupational disability in the sense of the pension law, which is the same as in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty shall apply.(8) In addition to § 107, the periods of employment based on the obligation to provide contributions shall be equal to:
1.
Times of Employment, according to the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. No 36 p. 403) have justified the obligation to pay contributions,
2.
times which are in accordance with § § 107, 249b (5) of the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl.
(b) or (c)
the periods under section 107, first sentence, no. 5, points (b) or (c) of the first sentence of Article 107 (1) (5) (b) or (c) of the first sentence of Article 107 (1) (b) or (c). c of the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 36, p. 403).(9) In the case of the application of a legal regulation in accordance with Section 111 (2) sentence 1, the respective performance measurement limit shall prevail, which shall apply in the area in which the unemployed person was last subject to the obligation to pay the contribution before the claim arose. Employment has confessed.(10) In the case of the application of Section 111 (2),
1.
Regulations on the ordinary legal deductions from the Remuneration for remuneration in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall not be taken into account to the extent that they differ from those in the territory in which the Employment Promotion Law was before accession,
2.
Church tax lifting rates in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty for the first time in the performance regulation for the third calendar year after the introduction of the 3
Contributions of statutory health insurance in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the Law of the United States of the United States of the European Union
(11) In the case of the application of § 112, the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 8 shall be equal to the last gross average wage within the meaning of Section 112 (1) of the Labour Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. 36 p. 403), up to the amount of 2,700 Deutsche Mark per month. For the rest of the time, there is a need for employment, which is based on the obligation to pay contributions, which is before the 1. Article 112 of the Employment Promotion Act of 22 January 1991 in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on Employment and Employment (Arbeitsförderungsgesetz) of 22 January 1991. June 1990 (GBl. 403) and the provisions referred to in this provision.(12) In the case of the application of § 112, the remuneration for the period of payment of waiting or transitional allowance pursuant to the Annex to Article 20 of the agreement shall be based on the remuneration in accordance with which this benefit is calculated.(13) If the remuneration in accordance with § 112 is mainly based on periods of work charges arising from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the adjustment rate shall be calculated in accordance with Article 112a (1) sentence 1 from the change in the Gross hourly earnings on the basis of the respective pension adjustment in this area. The annual period shall be reduced in the light of the reduction in the annual balance of pension adjustments in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement.(14) The entitlement to unemployment benefit is also based on the first sentence of § 118 (1) sentence 1 for the period of time for which the unemployed person is entitled to
1.
Pregnancy and Weekly Money or Maternal Support,
2.
Waiting allowance or transitional allowance after the Annex to Article 20 of the agreement of the agreement
.(15) The early retirement allowance according to § 118b shall be subject to early retirement benefits in accordance with the Regulation on early retirement benefits of 8. February 1990 (GBl. I n ° 7, p. 42).(16) In addition to § 134 (1) sentence 1, point 4 (a), the reference to unemployment benefits under this law is related to the reference
1.
of unemployment benefits according to the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 36 p. 403);
2.
of government support under the regulation of 8. February 1990 (GBl. 47), in so far as they are in accordance with Section 249b (6) of the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl.
)
134 (2) and (3) is to be applied accordingly at a time when an unemployed person in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty is one of the persons referred to in Article 134 (2) of the Agreement. , or in accordance with the provisions in force there, a performance comparable to those referred to in Article 134 (3) was obtained.(18) In the case of the application of § 135, the right to unemployment benefits under this Act is entitled to unemployment benefits under the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 36, p. 403).(19) § 137 (1) shall apply with the proviso that up to the 31. In accordance with the provisions of the Federal Children's Money Act, the State allowance for children is equivalent to the national child benefit in accordance with the provisions in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the Rights of the Child.(20) In addition to the benefits referred to in § 138 (3), the income shall not be considered as income
1.
Maternal support, insofar as it does not exceed 600 Deutsche Mark per month,
2.
the state child benefit and the grant of family income in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of the territory referred to in the agreement shall be 31. December 1990,
3.
the supplement to the State child benefit according to § 1 of the Regulation on the granting of a supplement to the State child benefit of the 4. January 1990 (GBl. I n ° 2 p. 3) to 31. December 1990,
4.
the allowance for family expenses in accordance with the provisions in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement until 31 December 1990. December 1990.
(21) In the application of Sections 141a to 141n, 145 nos. 3 and 71 (4), the relevant provisions of the Code of bankruptcy shall apply in place of the provisions of the Code of bankruptcy, which shall be referred to or provided. General enforcement order if, in the event of the insolvency of the employer, the overall order of execution is to be applied or if it were to be applied in the case of Section 141b (3) (2).(22) Membership in a cooperative, which is based on § 69 (3) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 29. June 1990 (GBl. I n ° 42 p. 642) at the latest by 1. It does not preclude employment as an employee (Article 168 (1), first sentence) of this cooperative.(23) In the application of Section 169c No. 3, the invalidity or incapacity for invalidity in the sense of the statutory pension insurance is the same as the invalidity or invalidity of the occupational disability in the sense of the pension law, which is the case in the provisions of Article 3 of the Unification Treaty shall apply.(24) The appropriations provided for in Article 186b (1) shall also apply in 1992 to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement for the year 1990. The work of the employers according to § 186e of the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. 403) for the year 1990 is to be reckoned with; in so far as it exceeds the expenditure, it is to be offset by the appropriations to be applied in accordance with § 186b (1) for the year 1991.(25) In the course of the merger, the Federal Labour Office shall take over the assets of the employment administration of the German Democratic Republic and shall enter into the rights and obligations of the employment administration of the German Democratic Republic. Article 20 of the agreement shall remain unaffected.(26) The Board of Management and the Board of Directors shall be subject to the remaining term of the current term of office (1. April 1986 to 31. The following special regulations:
1.
By way of derogation from Section 192 (2), the Administrative Board shall consist of: Fifty-one, the board of twelve members; the extension is to be made immediately.
2.
The additional members to be appointed shall be resident, or common place of residence in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement.
3.
For the appointment of the additional members, § § 192, 195, 196 and 197 of this Act. Eligible for the additional representatives of the public bodies in the institutions are
a)
for the board
aa)
Federal Government and the Association of Local Self-Government Societies for one member each
bb)
the Federal Council for two Members
b)
for the Executive Board of the Federal Council.
4.
Comes during the The Board of Directors shall decide.
(27) The Advisory Board shall carry out its advisory functions within the meaning of section 190 of the Labour Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. 36 p. 403), until the formation of management committees continues to be true. Until the formation of administrative committees at the State Labour Offices in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement on employment, the Advisory Board of the Central Employment Service shall carry out its previous tasks further.(28) The term of office of the members of the Management Committees of the State Labour Offices and Employment Offices shall end on 31 December 2008. March 1992.(29) Section 241b of the version in force until the date of entry into effect of the accession shall continue to apply to claims arising before the effective date of accession. § 249dFor the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of Accession, this law, with the following measures:
1.
§ 34 (4) does not apply to vocational training measures that apply to Universities of applied sciences, universities or similar educational establishments shall take place in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement and until 31 December 2008. The report was launched in December 1992. The participant in a measure referred to in the first sentence shall not be encouraged if he does not reside or habitually reside within the last six months prior to accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the 2.
2.
§ 40 (1b) is only to be considered for approval periods, which are after the 30. June 1992. 1. In October 1992, he shall be deemed to be subject to the restriction laid down in the first sentence of sentence 1.
3.
The participation in a training measure which is subject to the conditions laid down in section 41 (2a) of the Labour Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. 36 p. 403), is further promoted until the end of the measure.
4.
An applicant whose participation in the education measure is necessary in order to be able to participate in the training programme. In view of the fact that unemployment is not becoming unemployed, an applicant who satisfies the conditions laid down in Article 44 (2), first sentence, No. 2, shall be equal in support of his participation in the education measure, if he/she is within the last twelve months of at least six months had his residence or habitual residence in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement and up to 31. 4.
5.
§ 44 (5) of the Employment Promotion Act (Arbeitsförderungsgesetz) is to be found on participants who are in accordance with the Employment Promotion Act of 22 December 1992. June 1990 (GBl. No 36 p. 403), no application.
6.
Who before the 1. The Commission has entered into a vocational training and retraining measure in July 1990 and benefits in accordance with Article 5 of the Regulation of 8 July 1990. February 1990 on the retraining of citizens to secure a professional activity (GBl. 83) and in accordance with Article 3 of the Implementing Regulation to the Regulation of 16. March 1990 (GBl. 192), for the duration of the measure, the assistance shall be paid as a maintenance allowance and the cost of the measure in the amount previously granted. The compensation payments are taken by the Federal Labour Office.
7.
The regulations of the product winter promotion (§ § 77 to 82, 186a and 238) are included in the article 3 of the German Federal Employment Agency. of the agreement referred to in the Agreement with effect from 1.
8.
Bad weather allowance shall be made in establishments in the construction industry, located in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, until 31 December 1991.
9.
9.
The dimensioning of the bad weather event for work failures caused by weather conditions, the months of November and December 1990 are carried out in accordance with Section 68 of the Employment Promotion Act of 22. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 36, p. 403).
10.
§ § 128, 134 (4) sentence 4 does not apply to employees who are up to 31 years of age. The Commission shall, in December 1992, be dismissed from an establishment situated in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement.
11.
Supplementary to Section 163 (2) the Bundesanstalt für Arbeit für die Schlechtbetterzeiten 1990/91 and 1991/92 employers, who are based in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, have, on application, a grant for contributions to the sickness insurance scheme of the recipients of the Bad weather money. The grant for the 1990/91 bad weather period is 75 per cent, for the bad weather period 1991/92 50 of the hundred of the amount to be paid for the remuneration within the meaning of section 163 (1), in accordance with the applicable contribution rate of the institution of the Health insurance. For the application, the exclusion period of § 88 (2) sentence 2 applies accordingly.
12.
By way of derogation from § 166 (3) sentence 2, the Bundesanstalt für Arbeit für die Bundesanstalt für Arbeit (Federal Office for Labour) shall grant the application for the application. Bad weather period 1990/91 Employers established in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, on application for a grant of 75 of the hundred of the pension insurance contributions paid by the recipients of the Bad weather allowance.
13.
For persons who are liable to pay contributions or as detainees (Section 168 (2) and (3a), § 168 (2) and (3a) of the German Civil Code). Labour Promotion Act of 22. June 1990-GBl. I n ° 36 p. 403-), will be before the 1. No contributions were made in January 1991.
14.
In § 171 (1) sentence 1, No. 1, half sentence 2, the amount of 610 Deutsche Mark shall be replaced by an amount equivalent to one seventh of the total amount of the total amount of the total amount of the total amount of the total amount of in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the monthly reference value in the same ratio as 610 Deutsche Mark is one-seventh of the reference period in the area under which the Employment Promotion Act was already applicable before accession, valid monthly reference size in accordance with § 18 of the Fourth Book of Social Code, rounded up to full ten Deutsche Mark.
15.
For the application of § 175 (1) sentence 1 1 and 3 as well as the second sentence, the contribution ceiling of the pension insurance scheme of the workers and employees shall be replaced by the ceiling for the assessment of the contribution of the pension rights in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement.
16.
In the application of § 175 (1) sentence 1 no. 2a, the average gross earnings of all insured persons in the pension insurance scheme shall be replaced by the Workers and non-apprentices in the previous calendar year, the reference value of social security in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement.
17.
The repayment amounts according to § 186a are from 1. April 1991, by employers in the construction sector, with its registered office in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, to the Landesarbeitsamt Berlin (Landesarbeitsamt Berlin) exclusively for as long as the amounts relating to the joint establishment are deducted (§ 186a Article 186a (2) sentence 3 does not apply in this respect.
18.
Up to the formation of the Landesarbeitsämtern (Landesarbeitsämtern) in which the article 3 of the The Office of the Central Employment Service is responsible for the tasks of the State Labour Offices.
19.
§ 233b para. 2 sentence 1 no. 3 is up to the entry into force of § § 28a up to 28r of the Fourth Book of Social Law in the following version:
" 3.
against provisions on the obligation to pay social security contributions, "
249e (1) The Federal Labour Office grants workers to up to 31 in the period from the date of the date of entry into force of the accession. December 1991, after completion of the 57. for the period of at least 90 calendar days in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement and residence in the last 90 calendar days of employment, from a period of at least 90 calendar days to be paid by the person concerned, or habitual residence in this area, an age-transitional allowance in accordance with the following paragraphs.(2) entitlement to age-transitional allowance shall be paid to who
1.
is unemployed, is reported to the employment office unemployed and age transitional allowance,
2.
the conditions set out in § § 101 to 103 are not fulfilled solely because it is not ready, any reasonable basis To take up employment which he/she can and may exercise, and to take part in reasonable vocational training measures (Section 103 (1) sentence 1 (2)),
3.
on the date on which: the conditions laid down in paragraphs 1 and 2 (1) and (2) are met for the first time,
a)
in the performance of the Conditions for entitlement to unemployment benefit could claim this benefit for 832 days (§ 106) or
b)
due to a claim to unemployment benefit with a period of 832 days of unemployment benefit no longer than 78 days.
(3) The old-age allowance is subject to the rules on unemployment benefit and for recipients of this benefit, subject to the following measures: to apply:
1.
The duration of the claim is 936 days. In the case referred to in paragraph 2 (3) (b), it shall reduce the number of days for which the entitlement to unemployment benefit has been fulfilled.
2.
The amount of the entitlement shall be 65 of the 100% of the statutory deductions which are usually incurred by employees, reduced pay within the meaning of § 112. For claims made before the 1. The age-transitional allowance for the first 312 days is increased by 5 percentage points in April 1991. § 112a is not applicable with regard to the amount of the increase.
3.
In the application of Section 112 (11), it is replaced by the 58. Year of life 57. Age.
4.
The Federal Institute may, in the order pursuant to Section 103 (5), apply regulations that take into account the particularities of the age-transition period. Pending the entry into force of such a scheme, the provisions governing the period of retirement benefit shall be subject to the rules which take account of the particularities of Section 105c.
(4) The employment office shall be entitled to the person entitled to be informed, after having been informed of the rules governing the Sentence 278 days of age-transitional allowance, and in the foreseeable future is likely to fulfil the conditions for entitlement to an old-age pension, ask to apply for an old-age pension within one month. If the beneficiary does not submit the application, the right to a transitional pension shall be paid from the day after the expiry of the period up to the date on which the entitled pension is applied for.(5) If a right to an old-age pension has been incurred, the right to unemployment benefit shall be subject to the provisions of this law with the following measures:
1.
The duration of a claim for unemployment benefit, which is based on periods of employment based on the obligation to pay contributions, before the birth of the right to age transitional allowance, diminishes the days for which the entitlement to the age-transitional allowance has been fulfilled.
2.
A claim to unemployment benefit rests in the period in which entitlement to unemployment benefits is based on the Age transition money is not exhausted.
3.
Has the rightholed 78 days of age transitional allowance related, so
a)
will be entitled to unemployment benefit, at a time before the right to Age transition money is based,
b)
periods of employment based on the obligation to pay contribution shall remain before the birth of the right to an old-age pension at the time of the Application of § § 104 and 106
(6) For the right to unemployment benefit, the old-age pension is equal to the unemployment benefit.(7) There is no entitlement to an age-transitional allowance if there is a clear shortage of manpower in the region where the applicant is present for the previous professional activity of the applicant, and the applicant has such a job can.(8) The Federal Minister for Labour and Social Affairs may, in agreement with the Federal Minister of Finance and the Federal Minister for Economic Affairs, the term referred to in paragraph 1 by means of a decree-law up to 31 December 2008. It will be extended until December 1992, when it is necessary for reasons of labour market policy.(9) In the period from the date of entry into force of accession, a worker shall be up to 31 years of age. In the first paragraph of Article 3 (3) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 December 1990, the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union shall be replaced by the Year of life the 55. Year of life. In these cases, the duration of the entitlement to an old-age pension shall be 1560 days.(10) The federal government shall reimburse additional expenses incurred by the Federal Labour Office for the duration of the claims of more than 832 days. Administration costs are not refunded.



2.
Employee Overload Act in the version of the notice of 14. June 1985 (BGBl. 1068), as last amended by the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. 2406), in accordance with Article 1 (19), the following shall be inserted: " § 20System of transfer from the occasion of the manufacture of the unit DeutschlandsFor the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, the following shall apply: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
§ 12 para. 3 first, if § 28a of the Fourth Book of the Social Code enters into force.
2.
§ 18 paragraph 2 no. 4 is to be applied until the entry into force of § § 28a to 28r of the Fourth Book of the Social Code in the following version:
" 4.
Violation of provisions on the obligation to pay Social security contributions, ".
3.
The law to combat undeclared work in the version of the notice of 29. January 1982 (BGBl. 109), as last amended by Article 14 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 2330), in accordance with § 2a the following § 2b is inserted: " § 2bRules of transfer on the occasion of the production of the unit DeutschlandsFor the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, § 2a (2) no. 4 until the entry into force of § § 28a to 28r of the territory of the German Federal Republic of Germany To apply the fourth book of the Social Code in the following version:
" 4.
Violations of provisions on the Commitment to pay social security contributions, "."
4.
Part-time Act of the 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 2343, 2348), as last amended by Article 3 of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2398),
a)
In § 2 (1) (3), the following sentence is added: " § 249c (8) sentence 1 of the The Employment Promotion Act shall apply in accordance with the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. "
b)
According to § 13, the following shall be inserted:" § 13aOverline regulation from the event the production of the unit of Germany (1) The contributions to higher insurance provided for in Article 3 (1) (1) (b) shall be replaced by compulsory contributions for employees from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty Social security.(2) In the case of holdings having their registered office in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the average of the last three months prior to the beginning of the employee's part-time work shall be decisive for the calculation in accordance with Article 7 (1) sentence 1.(3) The performance provided for in Article 10 (1) shall be replaced by the comparable benefits provided for in Article 3 of the Agreement.
5.
Heimreversing Law in the revised version published in the Federal Law Gazette, Part III, outline number 84-1, as last amended by Article 39 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 2477), § § 2 and 3 are repealed.
6.
Law on the severely disabled in the version of the announcement of the 26. August 1986 (BGBl. 1421, 1550), as last amended by Article 20 of the Law of 28 June 1991. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1221)
a)
In § 5 paragraph 3 no. 1, the words "and the German" shall be given after the word "Bundesbahn" Bundespost "inserted.
b)
In § 11 para. 2, the number" 150 "is replaced by the number" 200 ".
c)
In § 35 para. 2, the number "33" is replaced by the number "38" and the number "11" is replaced by the number "16".
d)
In § 41 (3) sentence 1, the words "Post and Telecommunications" are replaced by the words "Post and Telecommunications".
e)
The following paragraph 4 is added to § 54: " (4) The care and promotion of non-workable disabled persons can be carried out in the facilities and groups that are the workshop "
f)
In § 59 (1) sentence 5, no. 3, the period shall be replaced by a semicolon and the following half-sentence shall be added:" the same shall apply to severely disabled persons who: these conditions on the 1. They did not fulfil their residence or habitual residence at that date in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement.
7.
style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"> Unemployment Support Regulation of 7. August 1974 (BGBl. C) 1929), as last amended by Regulation of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 2598), in accordance with § 13, the following § 13a is inserted: " § 13aOverline regulation on the occasion of the production of the Deutschlandsbis to the 31. In the case of the application of Section 11, the invalidity pension, the miner ' s pension and the miner ' s pension as defined in the pension rights referred to in Article 3 of the Unemployment Agreement shall be applied in December 1991 to the pension on the grounds of incapacity for occupational disability "
8.
Work permit regulation, as last amended by Article 3 of the Act of 6. January 1987 (BGBl. 89), in accordance with § 15, the following § 15a is inserted: " § 15aOverline regulation on the occasion of the production of the unity of Germany (1) In the cases of § 1 para. 2, § 2 para. 1 no. 1, para. 2, 3 and 5, § 4 para. 1 and 2, periods of residence shall also be in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement.(2) In the case of § 2 (2) (1), the conclusion of comparable school and vocational training shall also be taken into account in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement.(3) A work permit which grants free access to the labour market shall apply with the exception of the cases of § 2 (1) (2) and (3) and (6) to 31. December 1992 shall not be included in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, provided that the foreigner in that territory is
1.
at the entry into force of the integration contract does not have a residence or habitual residence or
2.
non-self-employed activity of less than five years.
unofficial table of contents

Annex I Kap VIII E III Annex I Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet E-Labour market policy, employment promotion, unemployment insurance
Section III (

longer applicable) (Section III No 1 to 7) unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape VIII F I Appendix I Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet F-Social insurance (General rules)
Section I

From the entry into force of the Federal law, pursuant to Article 8 of the Treaty, are excluded:
1.
Law on the settlement of reparation national socialist injustice in the Social Security of 22. December 1970 (BGBl. 1846), as last amended in accordance with Article 21 of the Law of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. 2261; 1990 p. 1337),
2.
Article 4 of the Law amending and supplementing the provisions on the reparation of national-socialist injustice in the Social security of 22. December 1970 (BGBl. I p. 1846),
3.
Sachbetract Regulation 1990, as amended by the Notice of 18. December 1984 (BGBl. 1642), as last amended by Article 2 of the Regulation of 12 June 2000. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2177).
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII F II Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Rules)
Section II

Federal law is supplemented as follows:
1.
To handle the Social security institutions in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall be subject to the following special provisions: § 1 (1) The social security institution shall become the first institution to take part in the first-year period. (2) The Federal Minister for Labour and Social Order, in consultation with the leading associations of the institutions, appointed the institution of the institution of the Health insurance, pension insurance and accident insurance, the managing director and the deputy managing director. In the case of the transfer institution, appeals committees are formed, whose members consist equally of representatives of the employers and of the employees. They are appointed by the managing director on a proposal of the associations named in § 48 (1), first sentence, no. 1 and 2 of the Fourth Book of the Social Code. The application of this paragraph shall take account of previous function carriers.(3) The Federal Insurance Office (Bundesversicherungsamt) carries out the supervision of the transfer institution. § 2 (1) The transfer institution shall comply with the duties of the pension insurance and the accident insurance at the latest by 31. (b) on behalf of and on behalf of the pension insurance and accident insurance institutions, in so far as they have not yet performed their duties. In accordance with Article 30 (4) of the Treaty and in agreement with the other institutions of the same insurance branch and their supervisory authorities, the institutions of the pension insurance and the sickness insurance institutions may, in accordance with the provisions of Article 30 (4) of the Treaty, further The provisions of § § 89 and 91 (1) and (2) of the Tenth Book of Social Code shall apply mutagentily. The division of the administrative costs and expenses on the three branches of the social security system shall be carried out in proportion to the amount of the expenditure concerned, and the division between the individual institutions shall be carried out by the top associations of the respective branch of the social security system. Social security. In order to carry out their duties in accordance with the first sentence, the institution shall receive advances from the competent institutions of the pension insurance and the accident insurance in good time on a monthly basis, in so far as the revenue accruing to it is not sufficient, the running of the running expenditure to cover. The Federal Insurance Office sets the advance notice. For the amount of the accident insurance advances, the division scale shall be applicable in Annex I, chap. VIII-Sachgebiet I, Section III-No. 1. Point (e) (2) of the Treaty accordingly.(2) The tasks of the transfer institution shall also include the conduct of the business, which shall be the area of the one with 31. "Health insurance" of the social security institution of the institution of the institution of the social security institution. § 3 (1) The assets of the institution of the social security system shall be transferred to the social security institutions whose responsibility for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty . The more detailed rules are laid down in a federal law. Up to the division of the property in accordance with the law referred to in sentence 2, orders shall be admissible only with the consent of the Federal Minister of Labour and Social Order; this shall not apply insofar as it is concerned with the disposal of liquid funds to the Fulfilment of due liabilities.(2) The social insurance institutions whose responsibility is for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall be the legal successor of the relevant provisions on the assets of the latter on 8 April. § 4 (1) The transfer institution shall enter into the employment relationships which exist at the time of the conversion between the institution of the social security system and its employees.(2) The person employed by the transfer institution shall be the continuation of the employment relationship by the institutions whose competence exists in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, by no later than 31 December 2002. No such continuation would therefore be unreasonable for the institutions to be able to do so because, in the case of an employee, the conditions for an exceptional termination for an important reason pursuant to Annex I, Chapter XIX, Section A, Section III No 1 (5) of the Treaty.(3) The obligation laid down in paragraph 2 is the responsibility of the employees working in the sickness insurance sector of the transfer institution, the sickness insurance funds, for which the pension insurance institutions are employed in the area of pension insurance, and For those employed in the accident insurance sector, the accident insurance institutions. The breakdown of the points to be offered in the individual classes is based on agreements made by the respective insurance institutions, with the participation of their leading associations. In this connection, the legitimate interests of the employees must be taken into account.(4) The transfer institution shall be provided with a sufficient amount of staff for business of its dissolution after completion of the tasks set out in § 2 para. 1 by the institutions of the pension insurance and the accident insurance staff.
2.
From 1. The following rules shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty on social security reporting procedures:







§ 1
General
employees, for the contributions or Contributions to the statutory health or pension insurance or to the Employment Promotion Act are to be paid to the health insurance company, which draws in the total social insurance contribution, and to unsubscribe. In the event of a change in health insurance, the employer must notify the employee of the previously responsible health insurance fund and must register with the health insurance fund now responsible. The application shall be made within two weeks after the start of the employment, to be notified within six weeks after the end of the period of employment. The notifications shall be made on the forms of the insurance post (SVN-issue) sent to the employee by the institution of the pension insurance scheme. To this end, the employee has to hand over the SVN issue to the employer. If the employee is not in possession of a SVN issue, the notifications shall be reimbursed on the corresponding replacement vases. The substitutes are to be made available to the health insurance companies by the data office on behalf of all providers of the pension insurance scheme.

§ 2
Fill in the forms
On the form, the following fields must always be filled in the form of a message:
1.
"Upon registration: address, in case of logout/annual report: address change". The address of the employee at the time of notification.
2.
"Married: yes".An "X" is to be entered in the affira.
3.
" Rentner od. Pension claimant: yes ".It is an "X" to enter when a pension is received from the pension scheme or is requested.
4.
"Multi-employee: yes".It's a "X" to enter if the employee is employed by several employers.
5.
"Information on the job". It is in the field "A" the number 999 and in the field "B" the Number 99.
6.
"Operational number".The number to be entered by the employer for the holding in which the employment is carried out shall be entered by the employment office is allocated. If a number has not yet been allocated, it shall be immediately requested from the employment office responsible for the operation; the employer shall provide the information necessary for the assignment of the operating number.
7.
" Contribution Group (s) (see Backs.) KV, RV, BA ". The contribution groups are to be encrypted in such a way that for each employee in the order: health insurance, pension insurance and the Federal Labour Office, the relevant number is to be stated.

insurance no contribution0
general contribution 1
increased contribution2
reduced contribution 3
contribution to agricultural KV4
Post5
Pension insurance no post0
full contribution to the ArV1
full contribution to the AnV2
Half contribution to the ArV3
Half contribution to the AnV4
Contribution to BA no post0
post1
half post2
8.
"The name of the health insurance company". The name and, where appropriate, the responsible office of the health insurance company must be entered.
9.
"Name and address of the employer (company stamp)". Instead of the full name, a shortened understandable name of the company and its address can be entered
10.
In the case of an application, the following field is to be filled out: "Start of employment". It is the date of the beginning of employment to be entered. Each day and month are two digits to indicate the year with its last two digits; if the day or month is to be specified only with one of the digits one to nine, then a zero must be set before this digit.
11.
In case of a logout, the following fields are to be filled: "Busy for pay". It is to be entered in the fields "to day month in the year" the end of the employment. The day and month are two digits to indicate the year with its last two digits; if the day or month is to be specified only with one of the digits one to nine, then a zero must be set before this digit.

§ 3

When you log on to a replacement form, § 2 shall apply with the following characteristics:
1.
" Name, First name (call name) " In the first line of writing, first the surname and then the first name (call name) are to be entered; they are separated by a comma.
2.
"Birth Date".The date of birth must be given in the first line of writing on the right in the order of day, month and year. The day and month are two digits to indicate the year with its last two digits; if the day or month is to be specified only with one of the digits one to nine, then a zero must be set before this digit.
3.
"Insurance number".The insurance number assigned to the employee by the person responsible for the pension insurance is to be entered as far as is known.
4.
"nationality".The key to be entered is the key defined by the Federal Statistical Office.
If no German insurance number can be specified, the following are required for the award of the contract. the insurance number must also be entered:
5.
"nationality".The nationality of the Employees in words.
6.
"birthplace".Birthplace of the employee.
7.
"birthname".A birth name must be entered only if it deviates from the name of the family that is run as an Ehename.
8.
"Gender".An "X" is to be entered in the appropriate field.
9.
" Type of insurance in the statutory pension insurance ". An" X " is to be entered in the relevant field.
The information on the person employed by the employee is to be taken from official documents.

§ 4
Logout on replacement Vordruck
If you log off on a replacement vordruck, § § 2 and 3; if the insurance number cannot be specified, the message is to be reimbursed without this information.

§ 5
employer submission
(1) The forms are to be filled in with a typewriter. The characters to be entered should be completely legible and legible on the copies as well.
(2) The first copy of the reports shall be sent by the employer of the competent sickness insurance fund. The first copy shall be handed out to the employee; the second copy shall be taken to the wage records.

§ 6
Special features of the federal scarcity and the sea health insurance
The federal scarcity and the sea health insurance fund can determine deviations from the form of notifications and their filling. In the case of employees for which the Maritime Health Insurance Fund is responsible, information on the occupational group, the vehicle group and the patent must also be made in accordance with the key register of the Maritime Health Insurance Fund; the deadline for the application is one month. The Bundesknappschaft determines the deadlines for the registration and disconnection itself. In the case of notifications to the Federal Republic of Germany, the employer's number assigned by the Bundesknappschaft (Bundesknappschaft) must be entered as an operating number in accordance with the basic agreement with the Federal Labour Office. In the case of notifications from the See-Krankenkasse, the employer number assigned in principle to the Federal Institute for Work by the Maritime Trade Association shall be entered as the operating number.

§ 7
Inventory message
The employer has to pay any employee for whom contributions or contributions are to be paid for statutory health insurance or pension insurance or under the Employment Promotion Act, to the competent employer. Health insurance company to register within one month from the receipt of the contribution by the sickness insurance fund (inventory report). § 1 sentence 4 to 6. The employer may also reimburse the employer in the form of a list. The list of employees has the following information for the employee:
1. the insurance number,
2. the first and family names,
3. the date of birth,
4. the address,
5. the start of employment,
6. the contribution groups.
If the insurance number is not known, the data for the award of the insurance number must also be included. § 3 nos. 5 to 9. The health insurance company can determine a form for the information on the list.

§ 8
Checkout by Entleiher
(1) Temporary workers are to be reported within two weeks by the posting of the health insurance company responsible for the overall social insurance contribution. If the temporary agency worker is not required to pay contributions or contributions to the statutory health insurance or pension insurance scheme or under the Employment Promotion Act, the notification to the health insurance company shall be reimbursed in the case of the insurance obligation in the Health insurance would be responsible if it were to be paid in an insurance-subject employment relationship. The health insurance company has to send a copy of the message to the employment office, which is responsible for the registered office of the distributor. The necessary forms must be requested from the health insurance company. The Bundesanstalt für Arbeit (Federal Labour Office) provides the health insurance companies with the forms for reporting temporary workers.

§ 9
Health insurance institutions
(1) The health insurance companies have to run a membership inventory file at the hands of the messages and to check whether the required information has been made complete and correct.
(2) For all logins with no insurance number, you can determine whether the insurance number can be found in the membership inventory file. If the insurance number cannot be determined, the data for the award of an insurance number must be sent immediately to the data office in Würzburg or the Federal Insurance Office for Employees. This shall lead to the award of an insurance number or to the issuing of a SVN issue. The insurance number must be communicated to the health insurance company.
(3) The health insurance funds have to forward all incoming messages to the competent authorities. The relevant provisions of the Second Data Collection Regulation and the Second Data Investigation Regulation shall apply in accordance with the relevant provisions for the preparation, protection and forwarding of the data.

§ 10
Regulation empowerment
The Federal Minister for Labour and Social Affairs is authorized to extend the period of validity of § § 1 to 9 by means of a decree-law with the consent of the Federal Council.

§ 11
Transitional control
Up to 31. In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the provisions of Article 3 of the Agreement may be followed in accordance with the rules applicable to the date of entry into force of the accession. Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII F III Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet F-Social Security (General Rules)
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty with the following measures:
1.
Social Code-Common rules for social security-from 23. December 1976 (BGBl. 3845), as last amended by the Law of 23. March 1990 (BGBl. 582), with the following measures:
a)
Article I (4) and (5) shall also apply in accordance with the relationship between the Article 1 (1) of the Treaty and of the part of the Land of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, to the other countries, as long as different reference levels exist in the social security system.
b)
to o) (no longer apply)
2.
to 11. (no longer apply)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII G II Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet G-Health Insurance, Health care
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
Social Code (Fifth Book)-Legal Health Insurance-Article 1 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 2477), as last amended by Article 12 (8) of the Law of 9. July 1990 (BGBl. 1354), is supplemented as follows: According to Article 307, the following is added: " Twelfth chapter transfer schemes arising from the establishment of the unity of Germany § 308 Entry into force; scope (1) This book shall enter into force in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the entry into force of the Agreement, The following shall be entered into force in January 1991, unless otherwise specified below. Unless otherwise specified in the following provisions, health insurance may take place in the period up to 31 December 2013. It shall be adopted in December 1990 in accordance with the rules in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on Accession, as the accession of the European Union takes effect.(2) The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to insured persons who are or would be members of a sickness fund established in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement if they do not participate in the territory of another person throughout the whole of the territory of the Member State concerned. The scope of this law would be covered by health insurance, even if it is provided for services in the territory in which this code has already been subject to accession before the date of entry into force of the accession.(3) The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to the Allgemeine Ortskrankenkasse Berlin only in so far as it extends its competence with the entry into force of this Act to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the integration of the local health insurance company. It shall be deemed to be the cash register in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. § 309insured person (1) The annual work fee limit in accordance with § 6 (1) no. 1 is the same as the one referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. Area to be calculated on the basis of the ceiling for the assessment of contributions.(2) Those who are up to 31. In the case of the statutory health insurance in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the statutory health insurance was subject to compulsory health insurance and the expiry of the 31 December 1990. In the absence of an application for voluntary insurance, it is insured that the obligation to insure insurance is not required. § 310Benefits (1) In case of benefits under § 23 (4), § § 24, 40 (2), § 41 bis zum 30. No additional payments are to be made in June 1991. In the time of 1. 1 July 1991 to 30 June 1991 In June 1992, the surcharge shall be five Deutsche Mark per calendar day.(2) As far as a treatment according to § 29 to 30. The sickness insurance fund will reimburse the full costs of the health insurance. For a treatment that is between the 1. 1 July 1991 and 30. The sickness fund shall be reimbursed for the second and each additional child 95 of the hundred of the costs in the case of 90 of the hundred, under the conditions laid down in § 29 (1) sentence 2.(3) The sickness insurance fund shall reimburse the insured person 80 of the hundred of the costs of the supply of dentures in accordance with § 30, if the treatment is in the period of 1. 1 January 1991 to 30 January 1991 June 1992. Section 30 (5) shall only apply to the treatments which are to be applied after the 30. The necessary studies for the period from 1989 to 1991 are considered to have been taken into account. As long as the associations of the sickness funds and the associations dental associations have not yet agreed on procedural arrangements, the dentist's claim against the insured person shall become due only after the insured person has received the grant in accordance with the first sentence of the Health insurance.(4) In the case of the use of services according to § 31 is up to the 30. No additional payment was made in June 1991. In the case of the use of these services, between 1 July and the 31. In December 1991, the surcharge amounts to 1.50 Deutsche Mark per average.(5) In the case of the use of services in accordance with § 32 shall be up to 30. No additional payment was made in June 1991. In the case of the use of these services, between 1 1 July 1991 and 30. At the end of June 1992, the payment shall be five of the hundreds of costs.(6) The cost of orthopaedic shoes is up to 30. It did not pay its own share in June 1991. In the time between the 1. 1 July 1991 and 30. At the end of June 1992, the proportion of its own share shall be equal to 50% of the natural share fixed for these years by the sickness funds in the territory in which the fifth book has already been published before the date of entry into force of the accession.(7) § 36 (2) shall apply to 31. December 1993 with the proviso that the national associations of the sickness funds and the associations of the replacement funds may, instead of fixing fixed amounts, agree on the contract prices for the aid specified in section 36 (1); the contract prices are Maximum prices.(8) In the case of use of hospital treatment according to § 39 is up to the 30. June 1991, none and for the period between the 1. July and the 31. December 1991 for a maximum of fourteen days a surcharge of 2.50 Deutsche Mark per calendar day. 1. 1 January 1992 to 30 January 1992 In June 1992, the surcharge shall be five Deutsche Marks per calendar day for a maximum of fourteen days.(9) In the event of the death of a member 70, the death allowance in accordance with § 59 shall be equal to 70 of the reference quantity in force in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, but not more than 2,100 Deutsche Mark, in the event of the death of one of the persons referred to in § 10 of the insured person's Sterbegeldes for the member. For insured persons in the health insurance company, the percentage of the Vomhundrex is increased by half. However, the death allowance shall not exceed the maximum amounts in force in accordance with Section 59.(10) Driving costs according to § 60, which shall be up to 30. The health insurance company is fully responsible for the development of the health insurance fund in June 1991. Between the 1. 1 July 1991 and 30. In the cases referred to in Article 60 (2) sentence 1, the sickness insurance fund shall bear the costs incurred in the case of the ten Deutsche Mark per trip in excess of the amount of the journey.(11) In the application of § § 61 and 62, the monthly reference value and the annual work wage limit in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement are to be used. § 311Relations of the health insurance funds to the service providers (1) § § § § 311Relations of the sickness insurance funds to the service providers (1) § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § 71 shall apply with the following measures:
a)
In applying the principle of rate of contribution stability , it should be borne in mind that, in order to finance the expenditure resulting from the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, only the revenue arising from the implementation of the insurance in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement may be used.
b)
Up to a rule by the general German legislature:
aa)
The manufacturer's delivery price in the sense of the Medicines Pricing Regulation of 14. November 1980 (BGBl. 2147) will be reduced by a reduction of 55% of the hundred in 1991 for medicinal products subject to pharmacies in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the Freezing of Drugs. The delivery of the medicinal products referred to in the first sentence to customers outside the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement is inadmissible.
bb)
The pharmaceutical Traders and wholesale pharmaceutical companies may require their customers to use the medicinal products referred to in the double-letter aa). The details of the parties or their associations.
cc)
The amount of the drop is 1. January 1992 and 1. January 1993 by the Regulation of the Federal Minister of Labour and Social Affairs, in accordance with the ratio of the contributory revenue in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement and in the area in which the Fifth Book The Social Code has already been applied prior to accession.
dd)
letter b) occurs at the end of the 31. 1 December 1993. (aa) of the first subparagraph shall apply from 1. It is not intended to apply to medicinal products in accordance with the Regulation on uneconomic medicinal products in the statutory health insurance scheme of 21 July 1991. February 1990 (BGBl. 301) may not be ordered at the expense of the sickness funds
c)
The remuneration for benefits in the territory in which the law already applies before accession shall be provided until such time as the economic conditions in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement are to be applied to the economic conditions in the territory in which the law already applies before the In accordance with the remuneration arrangements applicable to comparable benefits in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the benefits provided for in Article 3 of the Agreement shall be adjusted. The provider shall not be obliged to treat the insured person; he may obtain from the insured the difference in the amount of the remuneration which he receives from an insured person from the territory in which the law has already been awarded prior to accession. had to ask. The sentences 1 and 2 do not apply if
1.
is the treatment of an acute illness inexorable ,
2.
the treatment of a disease in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement is not possible
(2) To ensure the In the case of application of § 72, the medical services provided in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall be administered to public and non-profit-making health care institutions, including the Facilities in the field of occupational health (polyclinics, outpatient clinics, etc.) by law to 31. December 1995 for ambulatory care. The admissions committee may revoke the authorisation in accordance with the first sentence if an orderly and economic outpatient care by the institution is not possible. The admissions committee shall decide on an extension of the authorisation in accordance with the first sentence in consultation with the State authority, in particular taking into account the proportion of physicians established in free practice.(3) As far as this is necessary in order to ensure the outpatient medical care, the top associations of the health insurance companies and the Federal Association of Statesmen of Health may jointly be able to do so until 31 December 2013. In order to enable it to continue, a trustee company for the acquisition of the sponsorship of bodies referred to in paragraph 2 shall be established in December 1995. The details are regulated between the top associations of the health insurance companies and the Federal Association of Health Insurance Physicians.(4) In the case of the application of § 77, the following shall apply until 31. December 1995:
a)
Ordinary members of the Association of Treasury Associations in the Acceding Territory are
1.
the terminal doctors,
2.
the specialist or territorial physicians who are employed in the facilities referred to in paragraph 2.
b)
Extraordinary members of the Association can be authorized physicians and physicians to become a specialist in further education. Extraordinary members are not entitled to vote.
c)
In the institutions of the Association of Doctors ' Associations, the health doctors and the doctors who are in the institutions are not entitled to vote. (2), the half of which is represented. The doctors referred to in point (a) No 2 shall be composed of 60 of the hundreds of the medical directors of such establishments. The managers will be elected from the centre of the specialist and regional doctors working in the institution for a period of two years in direct and secret ballot. The choice is confirmed by the institution of the institution.
d)
By the way, the associations are able to act as bodies under public law, and they will be able to take the necessary steps to ensure that they are able to act as The tasks of cassentarian associations at the most up to 30 years of age are to be carried out in accordance with democratic rules, established by private law, provisional cassenate medical associations, in agreement with the supervisory authorities of the Länder. June 1991. The competence of the Association of Statesmen in Berlin (West) extends to the part of the State of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now.
(5) § 83 applies with the proviso that the associations of the health insurance companies with the authorized persons Institutions or their associations may conclude special contracts in agreement with the associations of the casualdoctors ' associations.(6) In the case of the application of § 85: the total remuneration to the cash doctors and the facilities referred to in paragraph 2 may be distributed in a flat-rate manner.(7) In the case of application of § 95, the requirement of the third sentence of paragraph 2 of this provision does not apply to
a)
for physicians, which, at the entry into force of this Act, have a specialist recognition in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement,
b)
for dentists who already have two years in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on dentistry.
(8) In the case of the application of § 96, the admissions committees in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall consist of up to 31 years of age. In December 1995 three representatives of the health insurance companies and three representatives of the doctors. The doctors 'representatives are a health insurance doctor, a doctor who is employed in a body referred to in paragraph 2, and an associate member of the Association of Doctors' Health Insurance.(9) § 98 (2) no. 12 shall be applicable up to the 31. In the case of doctors of the years 1941 and earlier, the provision shall not apply to the approval of doctors of the years 1941 and earlier, if they are to be granted on 1 December 1995. They were permanently resident in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the integration of the territory.(10) In the case of the application of § 105, the following shall apply: the establishment in free practice shall be promoted with the aim of ensuring that the self-employed physician becomes the relevant carrier of the outpatient care. The proportion of the facilities referred to in paragraph 2 shall be reduced accordingly. This objective also serves to transform the above-mentioned institutions into community facilities for outpatient medical care (Community practices, practice communities, etc.). (11) § § 124 and 126 apply with the proviso that up to the 31. The institutions referred to in paragraph 2 shall be authorised to provide heating and auxiliary equipment as far as they are economically capable of performing. After the 31. December 1993 is the admission of these facilities according to § § 124 and 126, in so far as an economic supply with salvation and auxiliary funds by private service providers cannot be ensured. § 312Organisation of the Sickness funds (1) The Maritime Health Insurance Fund (§ 165), the Bundesknappschaft (§ 167) and the substitute funds (§ 168), the local authority of which covers the entire territory in which this book has already been submitted before the date of entry into force of the accession, extend from the 1. It was responsible for the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement on the territory of the Member States.(2) For the application of § 143:
a)
For the 14. The territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall be 1 October 1990. A local health insurance fund was established in January 1991. By means of a decree law, the provincial government can determine the local area of responsibility of the local sickness funds by way of derogation from the county limits. The responsibility of the Allgemeine Ortskrankenkasse Berlin (West) extends from 1.
b)
The supervisory authority shall adopt a provisional statute and, in the name and in the name of the Invoice of the health insurance company to the managing director. It is initially set for a limited period up to two years after the first social security elections have been carried out.
c)
With the establishment of the local health insurance funds the social security tasks relating to sickness funds shall be applied to the local sickness insurance funds in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, unless other health insurance funds are responsible. Has the institution of the statutory health insurance before the 1. In January 1991, the competent sickness insurance fund has to pay the costs of the insured person to bear the statutory health insurance after that date, from the date on which the insured person has to bear the costs of the insured person's insurance.
(3) In the case of erections and seizations of occupational health insurance funds in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, Section 147 (1) (3) and Article 148 (1) sentence 3 shall not apply if the required provisions of Article 148 (2) are applicable. Vote up to 31 December It was requested from the Supervisory Authority in December 1991. The supervisory authority shall set the date for the vote within six months of the date on which the application was submitted.(4) The employer's obligation to pay the costs in Section 147 (2) shall not apply as long as the uniform contribution rate laid down in Article 241, second sentence, is applicable to the members of a health insurance company established in the provisions of Article 3 of the agreement , if they were not insured with another health insurance scheme extending over the whole of the scope of this law.(5) § 157 (2) (3) and 158 (1) sentence 3 shall not apply in the case of the erections and expansions of inement sickness insurance funds in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of Unity, if the vote required pursuant to section 158 (2) is up to the 31. It was requested from the Supervisory Authority in December 1991. The supervisory authority shall set the date for the vote within six months of the date on which the application was submitted.(6) The responsibility of the Bundesknappschaft and the See-Krankenkasse pursuant to § 182 (1) is also provided for pensioners and pension claimants, who would have been insured last with the Bundesknappschaft or the See-Krankenkasse, if their Responsibility already before the 1. It would have been extended to cover the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement on the integration of the Community.(7) For employees subject to insurance obligations, which are subject to the following conditions: 1. § 183 (5), first sentence, with the proviso that the membership of the selected health insurance company shall be 1 January 1991. January 1991 begins when up to the 15th of January 1991. The right to vote was exercised in January 1991 and communicated to the employer.(8) In the case of the application of § 202, the paying agencies of the pensions shall have up to 30 years. (1) Until the approximation of the economic conditions laid down in Article 3 of the Treaty, the recipients of pensions must be determined and the recipients of the pension and the amounts of the pensions shall be notified to the competent sickness insurance funds. In addition to the provisions laid down in Article 3 of the Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement on the territory of the rest of the Federal Republic of Germany shall be subject to the conditions laid down in Article 3 of the Agreement on the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany. Budget the revenue and expenditure for the implementation of the insurance in this area separately. This also applies to the clearance of accounts as well as to business overviews and statistics. In order to finance expenditure on the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the sickness funds may only use the revenue arising from the implementation of the insurance in that area, and a special The contribution rate should be fixed. The contribution rate shall be up to 31. December 1991 12.8 of the hundred. This rate of contribution shall also apply to sickness funds established in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the integration of health insurance companies.(2) In the application of the legal provisions of Section 223 (3), § 226 (2), 232 (1), § 235 (3), § 240 (4), the reference quantity and the ceiling for the assessment of the contribution referred to in Article 3 of the agreement are valid. For the application of Section 234 (1), the first sentence shall apply from 1. January 1992.(3) By way of derogation from Section 236 (1), a thirtieth of the amount, which is fixed as a monthly requirement under the Federal Education Promotion Act, shall be deemed to be a contributor to the contributor.(4) In the case of application of § 241, the following shall apply until 31. A general contribution rate of 12.8% of the hundred was uniformly applied in December 1991.(5) In the case of the application of section 248 (2), periods of insurance in the social security insurance of the German Democratic Republic shall be treated in the same way as insurance in the statutory health insurance of the Federal Republic of Germany.(6) For the purposes of Article 249 (2) (1) and (3), the amount of the amount of 610 Deutsche Mark shall be replaced by an amount equal to one-seventh of the monthly amounts in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. The reference quantity is, like 610 Deutsche Mark, one-seventh of the monthly reference value in force in the other countries according to § 18 of the Fourth Book of Social Code, rounded up to full ten Deutsche Mark. This Regulation shall enter into force with the effective date of accession.(7) By way of derogation from Section 250 (1) (1) and (§ 255), the sickness insurance contributions for pensioners insured under compulsory insurance in the calendar year 1991 shall be paid by the institutions of the pension insurance scheme to the Federal Insurance Office for Employees for the Health insurance funds, with the exception of the agricultural health insurance funds, are paid. The lump sum contribution is 12.8 per cent of the total amount of pensions.(8) § § 247, 250 (1) (2) and (256) shall become 1. January 1992 in force.(9) § § 260 to 263 shall apply with the following measures:
a)
The health insurance funds may be used in 1991. When the revenue is not sufficient to cover the expenditure incurred in the implementation of the insurance in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, operating appropriations shall be included in the loan. The operating medium loan can be received up to the amount of six months ' expenditure. The inclusion of higher loans requires the approval of the supervisory authority.
b)
§ § 261 and 262 find for health insurance companies based in the article 3 of the agreement said territory, by 31. No application was made in December 1994. Sickness funds whose competence extends to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall have the expenses incurred in the formation of reserves in accordance with Sections 261 and 262 of the Treaty in connection with the implementation of the insurance in the Article 3 of the agreement mentioned above.
(10) § § 265 to 273 shall apply with the following measures:
a)
The financial compensation for complex performance cases according to § 265 and the financial compensation for above-average demand rates according to § § 266 and 267 are for the article 3 of the The area referred to in the contract is to be carried out separately. In the case of the application of § § 265 to 267, only expenses for insured persons belonging to or belonging to a health insurance company having its registered office in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the 'Einigungscontracges' shall be taken into account if it does not apply to a health insurance company. other health insurance schemes extending across the entire scope of this law.
b)
The financial compensation in the health insurance of the pensioners in accordance with § § 268 to 273 shall be carried out separately for pensioners liable to insurance who belong to or belong to a health insurance company having its registered office in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement if it does not apply to another are insured over the entire scope of this law extending sickness insurance.
§ 314Penal provisions § 306 sentence 1 no. 5 shall apply until the entry into force of § § 28a to 28r of the Fourth Book in the following version:
" 5.
Provisions on the obligation to pay Social Security Contributions. ""
2.
Hospital Finance Act, as amended by the 23. December 1985 (BGBl. 33), as last amended by Article 22 of the Act of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2477),
a)
The 4. Section shall be as follows: " 4. Section transfer provisions arising from the manufacture of the unit of Germany § 21Overline (1) This Act is in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, with the exception of the provisions referred to in paragraph 2 above 1. 1 January 1991. The same applies to the legal regulations adopted pursuant to this Act, in so far as nothing else is determined in Annex I, Chapter VIII, Section III (5) and (6) of the Agreement on the integration of the goods. Up to the 31. The hospital financing law applicable until the date of entry into force of accession in the German Democratic Republic shall continue to apply in December 1990.(2) Sections 9 and 17 (5), first sentence, shall appear in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the entry into force of the Agreement on 1 January 2008. It was in force in January 1994. Up to the 31. § § 22 to 26. § 22 Individual funding (1) The Länder approve, at the request of the hospital carrier, financial support
1.
for the construction (new building, renovation, extension construction, remodeling) of hospitals including the initial equipment with the necessary for the hospital operation Fixed assets,
2.
for start-up costs, for conversion costs for intra-company changes and for the acquisition, development, rental and lease of land, to the extent that the promotion would be at risk of taking up or promoting hospital operations,
3.
for the burden of loans, which before the hospital was taken up in the hospital plan for eligible investments,
4.
as compensation for the wear of fixed assets, as far as they are used with own resources of the hospital carrier
5.
to facilitate the closure of hospitals,
6.
5.
style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none;"> to switch from hospitals or hospital departments to other tasks, in particular to change them to care facilities or self-employed, organizational and Maintenance departments which are economically separate from the hospital.
The support may be made in whole or in part by fixed amount with the consent of the hospital carrier, which can also be determined on the basis of flat-rate cost values.(2) The funding shall be calculated in such a way as to cover the eligible investment costs, including the investment required, in accordance with business principles, including the investment required. annual amounts (annual rates) are promoted at the request of the hospital carrier from the countries
1.
the maintenance and repair of the hospital's fixed assets,
2.
the resourcing, Supplement, use and shared use of fixed assets with an average useful life of more than three years,
3.
Small building measures pursuant to § 22 (1) sentence 1 No. 1 if the cost of the acquisition or production of the individual project does not exceed 100,000 DM without VAT.
The hospital carrier is free to use the annual fee as part of earmarking of the funds according to sentence 1. business. To the extent that it intends to finance the acquisition, use or co-use of large-scale medical-technical equipment, this requires the prior consent of the competent state authorities; § 10 shall remain unaffected.(2) The funds referred to in paragraph 1 shall be deemed to be eligible annually for each hospital bed (planed bed) in hospitals
to § 8 (1)

















1.Basic Services (Orts and City Hospitals)8,000 DM,
2.of the control supply (circular hospitals and circular hospitals with extended task) 10,000 DM,
3.Priority care (District Hospital Houses)15,000 DM,
4.Central Supply (Fachkrankenhäuser)15,000 DM.
By way of derogation from the first sentence, a different amount may be fixed, as far as this is due to the state of construction or equipment or to the maintenance of the hospital's performance. To take account of his duties in the hospital plan is necessary or sufficient; § 22 (2) shall apply accordingly. The flat-rate amounts must be adjusted at regular intervals to the development.(3) Non-profit and private hospitals shall be assigned by the competent State authority at the request of their institutions for the purposes of this provision in accordance with their terms of reference to a hospital group in accordance with the first sentence of paragraph 2. § 24 List of hospitals (1) To the extent that a hospital plan or an investment programme in accordance with § 6 is not yet established after the entry into force of this law in a country, the determination of the (2) In the provisional list of hospitals, all public, voluntary, non-profit-making bodies shall be placed in the provisional list of hospitals at the request of their institutions. private and other hospitals, on the 30. They were in operation as long as they were required to provide adequate inpatient care for the population.(3) With the regional associations of the health insurance companies, the associations of the replacement funds, the Land Committee of the Association of Private Health Insurance, as well as with the Landeskrankenhausgesellschaft or the associations of the hospital carriers in the country are together with the establishment of the list of hospitals, to strive for consensual regulations. The hospital concerned is to be heard. § 25Non-funded hospitalshospitals, whose investment costs are not publicly funded, are not received by the benefit-providers and other public-sector payers. Nursing kits as comparable subsidised hospitals in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. § 26Preventative or Rehabilitation Facilities (1) § § 22 and 23 shall apply accordingly for pre-care or rehabilitation facilities in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the territory of which is 30. June 1990, in so far as they were in favour of efficient and economical provision of care for the population with stationary or partially inpatient medical services for the prevention or rehabilitation, including the treatment of connection therapy are necessary.(2) The annual expenses referred to in § 23 shall be measured in accordance with Section 22 (2) without connection to bed numbers according to the supply order and the construction and equipment status of the individual equipment.(3) The prevention or rehabilitation institutions eligible under paragraph 1 shall, at the request of their institutions, in agreement with the national associations of the sickness funds and the associations of the replacement funds, and in consultation with the Association of German Pension insurance institutions included in a promotional list; § 8 para. 1 sentence 2 and 3 applies accordingly. "
b)
Before § 27 the section heading" 5. Section Other Rules " inserted
3.
Federal Government Regulations of Pflegesatzverordnung vom 21. August 1985 (BGBl. 1666), as last amended by the Regulation of 21 December 2008. November 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2043),
a)
In accordance with § 19, the following § 19a is added: " § 19aOverline regulations on the occasion of the Production of the unit of Germany (1) The health insurance funds concerned as contracting parties agree in the first half of 1991 with the institutions of the individual hospitals in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, hospital budgets and Nursing kits according to § 16 for the time of 1. 1 January 1991 to 31 January 1991. December 1991. In place of the proof of cost and performance in accordance with the model of Appendixes 1 and 2 of this Regulation, the Contracting Parties may use a simplified cost and performance certificate for the maintenance of the maintenance and maintenance negotiations taking place in 1991, which shall: is enacted by the competent Federal Minister by means of a regulation.(2) A caretaker agreement shall be concluded up to 31 December 2008. On the request of a Contracting Party, the arbitration body referred to in § 18a of the Hospital Finance Act shall immediately decide on the items on which no agreement could be reached. As far as the 30. The competent State authority shall decide on May 1991 in a country referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the Arbitration of the Arbitration Board.(3) As long as in 1991 maintenance rates have not yet been legally agreed or fixed, the hospitals receive monthly instalments of the health insurance funds at the level of the health insurance scheme of the Germans in December 1990. Democratic Republic paid budget share. In the event of disagreement about the amount of the budget part and its distribution to the payer's health insurance funds, paragraph 2 shall apply mutagens. "
b)
§ 13 para. 1 Article 2 (5) shall apply in the light of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the territory of the Member States. January 1994
4.
The Second Book of the Reich Insurance Order, published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 820-1, Revised version, as last amended by Article 9 of the Law of 26 June 1990 (BGBl. 1211), will take place on 1 January 2008. 1 January 1991.
5.
The Law on the Further Development of the Law of the statutory health insurance of 10. August 1972 (BGBl. 1433), as amended by Article 6 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2477, 2555), shall take place on 1 January 2008. January 1991.


Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap VIII G III Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Health insurance, health care
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
and 2. (no longer apply)
3.
Admissions Regulation for Cash Dentists in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 8230-26, last amended by Article 19 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. 2477), with the following measures: § § 3, 25, 31 (9) and (34) shall apply with the following measures:
a)
For dentists who already have two years of dental practice on the entry into force of this law in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, the requirement of § 3 (2) applies Point (b) not.
b)
and c) (no longer apply)
4.
to 11. (no longer apply)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII H I Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet H-Legal Pension insurance
Section I

(Fundstelle in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1020-1070) From the date of entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty, the following shall be excluded:
1.
Fourth book of the Reichsversicherungsordnung in the adjusted version published in the Federal Law Gazette Part III, outline number 820-1, as last amended by Article 6 of the Law of the 18th December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2261; 1990 I p. 1337),
2.
First to 21. Surveying Ordinance-FundstellenProof A, Bundesrecht, Outline number 820-1-1-1 to 5, 8232-37-6 to 21,
3.
Anstatute Insurance Act in the Federal Law Gazans Part III, outline number 821-1, published adjusted version, as last amended in accordance with Article 85 by Article 7 of the Law of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2261; 1990 I p. 1337),
4.
The law on the reregulation of the law of the Federal Republic of Germany, as published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 821-2, Version, as last amended by Section 1 (6) of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2406),
5.
Reichsknappschaftsgesetz (Reichsknappschaftsgesetz) in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 822-1, as last amended in accordance with Article 85 by Article 9 of the Act of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2261; 1990 I p. 1337),
6.
Hauelaboration of the Hauelaboration in der Bundesgesetzblatt Part III, outline number 822-1-1, published in the published German language Version,
7.
Ordinance of the 24. May 1968 (BGBl. I p. 557),
8.
New Law on the Scarcity Pension Insurance in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 822-8, last amended by Section 1 (7) of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2406),
9.
Workers ' pension insurance law in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 8232-4, last published in German amended by Section 1 (5) of the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2406),
10.
Pension Insurance-Ruhensregulations-Regulation in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 8232-4-1, as amended by the Regulation of 29 June 2008, July 1981 (BGBl. 740),
11.
Regulation on the procedure for the application of § 1255 of the Reich Insurance Code and Section 32 of the Federal Insurance Act in the Federal Law Gazans Part III, outline number 8232-5, published in the adjusted version, as last amended by the Regulation of 18. December 1970 (BGBl. 1737),
12.
First up to Seventh Regulation on changes in the reference sizes for the calculation of pensions in the pension insurance of workers and employees as well as in the crunic pension insurance in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 8232-7-1 to 7,
13.
Real up to the thirteenth Regulation on changes in the reference quantities for the calculation of pensions in the pension insurance of workers and employees, as well as in the pension insurance scheme, the RV reference size regulations 1971 to 1984, and the Social Security Reference Size Regulations 1985 to 1990, Certificate of Fundancies A, Federal Law, Outline Numbers 8232-7-8 to 33,
14.
Regulation on the calculation of the capital value in the case of severance in accordance with § 1295 of the Reich Insurance Code and in accordance with § 72 of the Federal Insurance Act in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt (Part III), outline number 8232-9,
15.
First up to the Sixth Pensions Act in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline numbers 8232-10-1 to 8232-10-6,
16.
Siebentes to 21. Pension adjustment law as well as the pension adjustment laws 1982 to 1990, site evidence A, federal law, outline numbers 8232-10-7 to 8232-10-30,
17.
Foreign law in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 824-2, as last amended in accordance with Article 85, by Article 15 of the Law of the 18th December 1989 (BGBl. 2261; 1990 p. 1337),
18.
Regulation on the recognition of social security systems and institutions as a statutory pension insurance scheme in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 824-2-1, published in a revised version, as last amended by Regulation of 10. April 1978 (BGBl. 470),
19.
Foreign and international law on foreign and international law in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 824-3, last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 18. May 1990 (BGBl. 986),
20.
Handwerkerversicherungsgesetz, in the adjusted version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 8250-1, as last amended by Article 12 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2477),
21.
GAL-Contribution Regulations-FundstellenProof A, Bundesrecht, Outline numbers 8251-1-1-1 to -11,
22.
Law amending the Act on Retirement Assistance for Farmers in the revised version published in the Federal Law Gazette III, No. 8251-3, last amended by Article 3 of the Law of 29. July 1969 (BGBl. 1017),
23.
The law on the expiry of the periods of time in the social and unemployment insurance scheme, which is inhibited by the laws of war, in the section III of the Federal Law of the Federal Republic of Germany, Breakdown number 826-1, published revised version,
24.
Impact Law in the published in the Bundesgesetzblatt Part III, outline number 826-13, published Adjusted version,
25.
Regulation on the payment of pensions to foreign countries in the revised version of the Federal Law Gazans Part III, outline number 826-16, published Version,
26.
Regulation for the implementation of Article 6 (21) of the Foreign and International Law on New Law in the Act of the Federal Republic of Germany, Part III, Outline number 826-17, published adjusted version,
27.
Third-party reinsurance ordinance in the Federal Law Gazans Part III, outline number 826-18, published revised version,
28.
Pension Insurance Amendment Act of 9. June 1965 (BGBl. I p. 476),
29.
Second Pension Insurance Amendment Act of 23. December 1966 (BGBl. 745),
30.
Regulation on the provision of pension provision to insured persons of the statutory pension insurance scheme of 22 December 2008. December 1975 (BGBl. 3184),
31.
Second Regulation on the granting of pension provision to insured persons of the statutory pension insurance scheme of 5 June 2008. August 1977 (BGBl. 1486),
32.
Child Education Order Decree of 2. January 1986 (BGBl. I p. 31),
33.
Children's Education Equipment Decree of 18. December 1987 (BGBl. I p. 2814),
34.
Pension Reform Act of 16. October 1972 (BGBl. 1965), as last amended by Article 25 of the Law of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2261; 1990 p. 1337),
35.
RV-Contribution Decree of 21. June 1976 (BGBl. 1667), as last amended by the Regulation of 16 December 2008. July 1986 (BGBl. I p. 1060),
36.
Law to strengthen the financial foundations of the statutory pension insurance of 16. May 1985 (BGBl. 766),
37.
The Law on Ageing Assistance to Farmers, as amended by the 14. September 1965 (BGBl. 1448), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 28 June 2003. May 1990 (BGBl. 986),
38.
Article 2 of the Law for the Reregulation of Retirement Assistance for Farmers, as amended by the Notice of 14 June 2000. September 1965 (BGBl. 1448, 1458), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 20. December 1985 (BGBl. 2475),
39.
Third Law amending and supplementing the Law on Ageing Assistance for Farmers of 13. August 1969 (BGBl. 801), as amended by Article 3 of the Law of 29. July 1969 (BGBl. 1017),
40.
Fourth Act amending and supplementing the Act on Ageing Assistance for Farmers of 29 April 2016. July 1969 (BGBl. 1017),
41.
The Sixth Act amending and supplementing the Act on Ageing Assistance for Farmers of 26 June 2010. July 1972 (BGBl. I p. 1293),
42.
Seventh Amendment Act GAL of 19. December 1973 (BGBl. I p. 1937),
43.
The law on the trader's property of farmers and foresters and the countervailing claim of the commercial representative of the 13th. May 1976 (BGBl. 1197),
44.
GAL-Contribution-grant regulation of 21. May 1986 (BGBl. 750),
45.
Law on the promotion of the cessation of agricultural activity of 21. February 1989 (BGBl. 233), as amended by Article 77 of the Law of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2261; 1990 I p. 1337),
46.
Closure Regulation of 14. June 1989 (BGBl. 1095),
47.
Articles 23 and 24 of the Law on the Treaty of 18. The Economic and Social Union of 25 May 1990 on the creation of a monetary, economic and social union between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic of 25 May 1990. June 1990 (BGBl. II p. 517)

Footnote

An. 45 (italic printing): G occurs in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. Art. 46 No. 1 G v. 29.7.1994 I 1890 mWv 1.1.1995 in force
Away. I n ° 46 (italic pressure): V shall enter into the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. Art. 46 N ° 2 G v. 29.7.1994 I 1890 mWv 1.1.1995 in force Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap VIII H II Annex I, Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet H-Legal Pension insurance
Section II

Federal law is supplemented as follows:
1.
For the implementation of the Insurance in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall apply from 1. The following special provisions were adopted in January 1991:
§ 1
the Implementation of the insurance in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. The expenditure on the crunic pension insurance is borne by the Bundesknappschaft.
§ 2
the budget of the Federal Insurance Office for employees, the Bundesknappschaft, the Bundesbahn-Versicherungsanstalt, the Seekasse and the Landesversicherungsanstalt Berlin, the Federal Insurance Office is responsible for the The revenue and expenditure for the implementation of the insurance in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. This also applies to the clearance of accounts as well as business overviews and statistics.
§ 3
The expenses style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
§ 4
Expenses incurred by the pension insurance institutions in 1991 for the care allowance, the blind money and the special care allowance. In addition, the Federal Government reimburses the expenses incurred by the institutions of the pension insurance for war damage pensions, social surcharges and for the payment of additional special benefits. The Federal Government shall also reimburse the institutions of the pension insurance for the expenses incurred in the amount of the child allowance for the payment of child surcharges, in so far as the child allowance is not paid in addition to the surcharge of the child; a flat-rate refund may be provided for this. shall be provided. The Federal Minister for Labour and Social Affairs is authorized, in agreement with the Federal Minister of Finance, to determine, with the consent of the Federal Council, the details of the reimbursements by means of a regulation with the consent of the Federal Council.
§ 5
the institution of the pension insurance scheme of the workers and of the employees who are responsible for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, shall be entitled only to the income arising from the implementation of the insurance provided for in Article 3 of the Agreement on the shall be used. In 1991, the Federal Government provides grants of 19.8 of the hundred of the pension expenditure. In the following years, the subsidies will change in such a way that their ratio to the pension expenditure corresponds to the ratio in which the other pension expenditure of the pension insurance of the workers and the employees, including the pension insurance, is equal to the pension expenditure. Expenses arising from the provision of child-care services for mothers of the birth covenant prior to 1921 to be provided by federal grants for these expenses.
§ 6
Insurance in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, in accordance with the ratio of their contribution revenue (financial composite) to them.
§ 7
The federal government provides non-interest-bearing operating funds to help ensure the performance of the pension insurance contributions of the workers and the employees in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement.
§ 8
Federal Insurance Office The amounts according to § § 1, 4, 5, 6 and 7 shall be distributed in accordance with the contribution income, shall fix the advances and shall carry out the settlement. In the case of payment of current cash benefits in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement by the Deutsche Bundespost, the Federal Insurance Office shall be responsible for the determination of advances. The holders of the pension insurance shall pay the amounts to be reimbured within two weeks after receiving the payment request.
§ 9
Up to the 31. In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, December 1990 may be followed in accordance with the rules applicable to the date of entry into force of the accession.
2.
Regulation on the award and composition of the insurance number of 7. December 1987 (BGBl. I p. 2532),
a)
Appendix 1 is amended as follows:
aa)
Before the words "LVA Hannover 10", the following words are inserted:











LVA Mecklenburg-Vorpommern02
LVA Thüringen03
LVA Brandenburg04
LVA Sachsen-Anhalt08
LVA Sachsen09 ".
bb)
The words "Berlin, Bremen," are replaced by the words "Land Berlin, Bremen".
cc)
After the area number "82", the words " Mecklenburg-Vorpommern, Brandenburg, Sachsen-Anhalt, Thüringen, Saxony "as well as the area number" 89 " inserted.
b)
The federal direct institutions of the pension insurance, the Landesversicherungsanstalt Berlin and the institution the social security scheme as the institution of the pension insurance scheme may already be granted in 1990 with the award of the insurance number, using the area numbers specified for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement
3.
According to § 12 of Article 2 of the Law for the Reregulation of Retirement Assistance for Farmers in the version of the Notice of 14. September 1965 (BGBl. 1448, 1458), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 20. December 1985 (BGBl. I p. 2475), inserted:
" § 12a
The implementation of the Act on Ageing Assistance for Farmers in the part of the Land Berlin, where the Basic Law has been applied before accession, remains up to a (a) the Agricultural Retirement Fund, which is set up at the Hannoversche Landeconomically Berufsgenossenschaft. " unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape VIII H III Appendix I Chapter VIII
Sachgebiet H-Legal pension insurance
Section III

Federal law occurs in the article 3 of the The following measures are in force:
1.
Pension Reform Act 1992 of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2261; 1990 I p. 1337), as amended by the Law of 22. December 1989 (BGBl. 2406), with the following dimensions:
a)
Article 85 (2) to (6) is not applicable.
b)
and c) (no longer apply)
d)
The following rules of article 1 will occur on 1. January 1991 with the following measures in force: ... § § § ..., 31 para. 1 ... Sentence 2, para. 2, sentence 1 and para. 3, § § § ..., 235 and 301 (1):
aa)
(former sentence 1 no longer )

The transitional allowance will be paid in the amount of the sickness allowance if there was previously a sickness benefit. The transitional allowance is increased to 31. December 1991, after the end of the assessment period, at the intervals and by the percentage of pensions in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty.

(previous sentence no longer applicable)
bb)
Up to the 31. December 1990 may be followed in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty in accordance with the rules applicable at the date of entry into force of accession
(more )
f)
Article 1, § 125 to 145 shall apply in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty from the first paragraph of this article. January 1991 with the following measures:
aa)
(no longer apply)
bb)
The responsibility of the Federal Insurance Office for employees, the Bundesknappschaft, the Bundesbahn-Versicherungsanstalt (Bundesbahn-Versicherungsanstalt) and the Seekasse (German Federal Insurance Office) extends from 1. 1 January 1991 to the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty. The responsibility of the Bundesbahn-Versicherungsanstalt also includes insured persons, who are employed as workers at the Deutsche Reichsbahn; employees of the Bundesbahn-Versicherungsanstalt can also be employees of the Deutsche Reichsbahn. The responsibility of the Landesversicherungsanstalt Berlin extends from 1. January 1991 also on the part of the Land Berlin, in which the Basic Law does not apply until now. The responsibility of the Federal Cnapphood also extends to employees who are on the 31. (c) in the case of mines which are employed or equivalent to those employed in mines, as long as they are employed and provided that they are covered by the contribution rate of the persons covered by the mining industry.
cc)
(no longer apply)
g)
through i) (no longer applicable)
2.
Tarifordnung für die deutschen Theater vom 27. October 1937 (Reichsarbeitsblatt VI, p. 1080), including the statutes of the German utility hospital, the following measures:
a)
The regulations can be found from 1. January 1991 Application.
b)
There can only be any waiting period after the 31.
c)
In the composition of the Management Board, the extension of the scope of the Administrative Board must be duly taken into consideration.
d)
Non-contributory benefits shall be granted only in proportion to the reference quantity in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty to the in the other countries, according to § 18 of the Fourth Book of the Social Code; by means of the articles of association, deviating law may be regulated.
3.
§ § 1 and 20 of the Tarifordnung for the German Cultural Orchestra of 30. March 1938 (Reichsworksheet VI p. 597), as amended by Tarifordnung of 1. August 1939 (Reichsworksheet VI, p. 1345) including the Articles of Association of the German Cultural Orchestra of the German Cultural Orchestra with the measures referred to in point 2.
4.
to 9. (no longer apply)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII I I Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Accident insurance
Section I

Except for the entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty:
1.
Statutory Accident Insurance Legislation in the statutory accident insurance in the revised version of the Federal Law Gazette III, section 8231-12, published Version,
2.
Second law on the provisional re-regulation of cash benefits in the statutory accident insurance in the section III of the Federal Law Gazette III, outline number 8231-14, published revised version,
3.
Accident Insurance Adjustment Regulation of 16. November 1979 (BGBl. I p. 1942),
4.
Accident Insurance Adjustment Regulation 1981 of 27. October 1980 (BGBl. I p. 2032),
5.
The accident insurance adjustment regulation 1983 of 3. May 1983 (BGBl. I p. 546).
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII I III Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet I-Legal Accident Insurance
Section III

(no longer apply Section III No. 1 to 7) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap VIII K I Annex I, Chapter VIII
Area K-Social compensation law and rehabilitation
Section I

From the entry into force of the federal law in accordance with Article 8 of the Treaty, the following are excluded:
1.
Article 2 of the Fifth Adaptation Legislative KOV of 18. December 1973 (BGBl. 1909), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 11. December 1975 (BGBl. 3031),
2.
Article 2 § 2 (3) of the Law on the Improvement of the Budgetary Structure within the scope of the Labour Promotion Act and the Federal Supply Act of 18. December 1975 (BGBl. 3113),
3.
Decree-Regulation 1990/91 of 30 June 1991. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1316).
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII K II Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet K-Social compensation law and Rehabilitation
Section II

Federal law is supplemented as follows:
Federal Supply Act in the version of the notice of 22. January 1982 (BGBl. 21), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1211)
According to § 84, inserted:
" § 84a
authorized 18. The date of residence or habitual residence in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall be that of the date of transfer of residence or habitual residence, not earlier than 1 May 1990. January 1991, supply under the Federal Law of Supply, with the measures applicable to this area under the agreement, even if they place their residence or habitual residence in the territory in which this law already applies before the Accession has been golten. The first sentence is valid for German and German referrals from the states mentioned in § 1 of the German Overseas Supply Regulation, which are based on the provisions of the 18. (b) The reasons for their residence or habitual residence in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of entry may be established in May 1990. " Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII K III Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Sachgebiet K-Social Compensation Law and Rehabilitation
Section III

(no longer apply section III No 1 to 21) unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape VIII L III Annex I, Chapter VIII,
Promotion of asset formation
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty with the following measures:
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
Regulation implementing the Fifth Asset Education Act of 23. October 1987 (BGBl. 2327), with the following proviso: The Regulation shall be as from 1. January 1991.
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap IX Annex I, Chapter IX
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of the Defence

(found in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1071) (see Chapter XIX-Law of the Civil Service, including the Law of Soldiers) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap X Appendix I Chapter X
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Youth, Family, Women and Health

(Fundstelle in Appendix I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1072-1097) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr System I Cape X)-issued all documents relating to Chapter X of Appendix I-
b)
subject-related (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap X h)-All documents relating to the subject area H of Chapter X of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap X h III)-issued the document relating to section III of Chapter X of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap X A III Appendix I Chapter X
Sachgebiet A-Women's Policy
Section III

(no longer applicable Section III) unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape X B III Appendix I Chapter X
Sachgebiet B-Youth
Section III

(no longer apply Section III No. 1 and 2) Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap X C II Annex I Chapter X
Sachgebiet C Civil Service
Section II

Federal Law is as follows: Supplements:
According to § 51 of the Civil Service Act, as amended by the 31. July 1986 (BGBl. 1205), as last amended by Article 5 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1211, 1216), the following new § 51a is inserted:
" § 51a
The German Federal Government is authorized, by means of a regulation with the consent of the Federal Council, for the purpose of establishing the unity of Germany
The Federal Government is authorized to To determine civil service damage of transitional arrangements which take account of the special circumstances in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. The authorisation for a regulation shall apply, in particular, to the type, calculation basis, level of benefits and the rules on rest, by way of derogation from this law. " Non-official table of contents

Appendix I Kap X C III Appendix I Chapter X
Sachterritory C Civil Service
Section III

(Section III, No. 1 and 2 Not applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap X D I Annex I, Chapter X
Sachgebiet D health policy
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty shall be excluded:
1.
Reichsärztekammer-Abwinding Law of 9. October 1973 (BGBl. I p. 1449)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape X D II Annex I, Chapter X
Sachgebiet D-Health policy
Section II

Federal law is repealed, amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
Bundesärzteordnung in the version of the Notice of 16. April 1987 (BGBl. 1218), as amended by Article 45 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2477),
a)
§ 3 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1, sentence 5 is deleted.
bb)
Paragraph 2, sentence 2, and paragraph 3, sentence 3, each receive the following: " Paragraph 1 sentence 2 to 4 remains untouched.
b)
§ 4 paragraph 4 is changed as follows:
aa)
In sentence 1, the words " in the hospital, in the practice of a practised doctor, in a medical center or similar establishment of the Bundeswehr or in a Judicial institution with full-time employment doctor "replaced by the words" in the hospital, in the practice of a registered doctor or other institution of the outpatient medical care, in a medical centre or in a medical centre or in a hospital. similar establishment of the medical service of the armed forces or equivalent police officers, or in a law enforcement institution with a full-time medical doctor ".
bb)
In sentence 3, the words "the Bundeswehr" are deleted
c)
§ 5 paragraph 1 will be followed as follows: modified:
aa)
Sentence 1 is replaced by the following: " The Approbation is to be taken back by the time it is In the case of an apt to be granted before the date of entry into force of the date of accession, the grant shall be granted to a training institution in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. or that was not completed in a case of § 14 (1) sentence 2 or in a case of § 14a (4) sentence 1 or the training pursuant to § 3 (1) sentence 2 or § 3 (2) or (3) or the training to be followed in accordance with § 14b "
bb)
In sentence 3, the words" § 3 paragraph 1 sentence 5, paragraph 2 or 3 "are replaced by" § 3 para. 2 or 3 ".
d)
§ 12 is changed as follows:
aa)
Paragraph 1 shall be added to the following sentences 2 and 3: " In the cases referred to in Article 14 (3), second sentence, it shall be issued by the competent authority of the country in whose territory the competent authority has its registered office, from which the applicant is based, in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic has been granted Approbation. In the cases of § 14a (4) sentence 1 to 3, the Approbation shall be issued by the competent authority of the country in which the applicant has successfully completed his medical studies. "
bb)
Paragraph 2 is replaced by the following: " (2) The decisions pursuant to § 10 (4) and § 10 (4) in conjunction with Section 14a (4) sentence 3 shall be taken by the competent authority of the country in which the Applicants who have completed medical examinations or have completed medical studies in accordance with § 14a (4) sentence 1. The decisions pursuant to Section 14 (4) sentence 4 shall be taken by the competent authority of the country in which the applicant has completed its training. "
cc)
paragraph 3 shall be given (3) The decisions pursuant to § 3 (1) sentence 1 in conjunction with sentence 2, para. 2 or 3, in accordance with § 10 para. 1, 2, 3 and 5, § 14 para. 2 sentence 2, § 14 para. 4 sentence 6 as well as § 14b shall apply to the competent authority of the country in which the medical profession "
dd)
In paragraph 7, the indication" or 5 " is deleted.
e)
§ 13 will receive the following headline: "VII Criminal and Penal Rules"
f)
In accordance with § 13, the following new § 13a inserted: "§ 13a (1) Administrative offences act, who, contrary to § 14 (4) sentence 1, leads the professional title" physician "or" doctor " without addition.(2) The administrative offence can be punished with a fine of up to five thousand German marks. "
g)
§ 14 is replaced by the following:" § 14 (1) An Approbation or The best practice which, when the law becomes effective, entitles the person to exercise the profession of medical profession in the current scope of application of this Act, is deemed to be an apprentice within the meaning of this Act. Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 4, the same shall apply in respect of a trial which, on the day before the date of effect of the Treaty, qualifies for the exercise of the medical profession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, provided that: the 1. The Commission shall not, in accordance with Article 15 of the Rules of Approbation of Doctors of 13 July 1988, grant and do not grant it by an order in force at that date. January 1977 (GBl. 30), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 24 June 2000. August 1981 (GBl. No 29 p. 346). The right to continue to lead a name given in connection with the recognition as a specialist by the holder of a licence referred to in the second sentence, which shall, on the day before the date of entry into force of accession, be such a name in the name given in Article 3 of the agreement shall be governed by the law of the country.(2) One before 1. In the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession to the exercise of the medical profession, the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall, however, be determined by an order in force at that date in accordance with Article 15 of the Treaty establishing the European Community. Approbational Order for Doctors of 13. January 1977 (GBl. 30), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 24 June 2000. August 1981 (GBl. I n ° 29 p. 346) Limited Approbation as a doctor is valid as a permission in accordance with § 10 para. 1 of this law. Upon request, the holder of such an Approbation receives an Approbation as a doctor within the meaning of this Act, if he meets the requirements of § 3 (1) sentence 1 no. 2 and 3.(3) One after the 30. On 5 June 1988, on the day before the date of entry into force of the date of accession in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty of Accession, a valid examination as a doctor entitles the holder to a medical activity in a dependent position. Upon request, the holder of such an Approbation receives an Approbation as a doctor within the meaning of this Act, if he has an eighteen-month medical activity in a dependent position in one or more of the cases referred to in § 4 (4) sentences 1 and 3 The provisions of Section 3 (1), first sentence, No. 1 to 3 of this Act shall be complied with.(4) The holder of an Approbation for medical activities in a medical-theoretical field in accordance with § 4 of the Approbationsordnung for the period before the date of entry into force of accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement Treaty Doctors of the 13. January 1977 (GBl. 30), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 24 June 2000. August 1981 (GBl. 346), the professional title of 'doctor' or 'doctor' may only lead to the addition of '(theoretical medicine)'. The Approbation referred to in the first sentence does not entireth the exercise of the medicine. Those who are in a corresponding training when they become effective will be able to complete this training. Upon request, he will receive an Approbation for medical activities in a medical-theoretical subject area in accordance with § 4 of the Approbationsordnung for Doctors referred to in sentence 1, provided that he/she is training up to the 31. December 1992. The restrictions referred to in the first sentence shall also apply to this extent. Upon request, the holder of such an Approbation receives an Approbation as a doctor within the meaning of this Act, if he has the equivalence of his training status with that of one according to the regulations of the law adopted pursuant to § 4 of this law In accordance with the provisions of Section 3 (1), first sentence, no. 2 and 3, the medical profession must comply with the regulations for doctors trained in the medical profession.(5) A permit valid at the date of accession for the temporary exercise of the medical profession and a State permit valid on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty shall apply to the Exercise of medical practice pursuant to § 10 para. 3 of the Approbationsordnung für Ärzte vom 13. January 1977 (GBl. 30), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 24 June 2000. August 1981 (GBl. I n ° 29 p. 346) are valid with their previous contents as permission in accordance with § 10 (1) of this Act. "
h)
§ 14a receives the following new paragraph 4:" (4) Students of Medicine, After the effective date of accession, a prior medical degree in universities or medical academies in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of Accession shall continue to study in accordance with the provisions of the previous year. shall be subject to current legislation, provided that this is up to 31 December 1998. The successful completion of the study is the same as the completion of the medical examination in accordance with § 3 (1) sentence 1 no. 4. Upon request, holders of a corresponding proof will receive a permit for the work as a doctor in the internship pursuant to § 10 para. 4. Students taking medical studies on the training sites referred to in the first sentence in September 1991 shall conclude the pre-clinical phase of the study, including the physicum, in accordance with the provisions referred to in the first sentence, provided that they include the physicum. up to the 31. December 1994. They continue the medical studies in accordance with the regulations of the medical regulations issued pursuant to § 4, and discontinue the training in this way. For students who in 1992 and later have a medical studies on the following sentence 1 Training centres shall be subject to the provisions of this Regulation from the start of this course of studies. In the Regulation, special arrangements may be made for the students referred to in sentences 5 and 6 with regard to the type of exams.
2.
Act on The exercise of dentistry in the version of the notice of 16. April 1987 (BGBl. I p. 1225)
a)
§ 2 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1, the sentence 6 is deleted.
bb)
Paragraph 2, sentence 2, and paragraph 3, sentence 3 are given the following versions: " Paragraph 1, sentence 2 to 5 remains untouched.
b)
§ 4 paragraph 1 is changed as follows:
aa)
Paragraph 1 sentence 1 is replaced by the following: " The Approbation is to be taken back if the dental examination has not been passed or if the examination of the dentist does not take place before the examination Accession granted Approbation at a training institution in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of the Agreement, or the study of dentistry acquired in a case of § 20 (1) sentence 2 or in a case of § 20 (4) sentence 1 of the dentistry was completed or the training pursuant to § 2 para. 1 sentence 2 or § 2 para. 2 or 3 or the training to be followed in accordance with § 20a was not completed. "
bb)
In sentence 3 the expression "or 6" is deleted.
c)
§ 16 is changed as follows:
aa)
The following sentence 2 is added to paragraph 1: " In the cases of § 20 (4) sentence 1, the Approbation shall be issued by the competent authority of the country in which the applicant is studying the dentistry has successfully completed. "
bb)
Paragraph 2 is replaced by the following:" (2) The decisions pursuant to § 2 (1) sentence 1 in conjunction with sentence 2, para. 2, or 3, in accordance with § § 8 to 10, 13, § 20 para. 2 sentence 2 and § 20a, the competent authority of the country in which the dental profession is to be exercised shall meet. "
cc)
In paragraph 5 the indication "or 6" shall be deleted.
d)
§ 20 shall be replaced by the following: " § 20 (1) An Approbation or Bestallung, which shall take effect upon the date of entry into force of the accession of the The scope of this law to the extent to which the dental profession is exercised shall be deemed to be an Approbation within the meaning of this Act. The same shall apply in the case of a trial which, on the day before the date of entry into force of the date of accession, shall be entitled, in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty of Accession, to pursue the profession of dentistry, in so far as it does not apply to it by a date in force at that date. Arrangement according to § 13 of the Approbationsordnung für dentists of 13. January 1977 (GBl. 34), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 24 June 2000. August 1981 (GBl. No 29 p. 346). The right to continue to lead a name given in connection with recognition as a specialist dentist by the holder of a licence referred to in the second sentence, which shall, on the day before the date of entry into force of accession, be such a name in the name of the applicant in the Article 3 of the agreement shall be governed by the law of the country.2. In the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, on the day before the date of entry into force of the accession to the exercise of the dental profession, it shall be entitled, however, by an order in force at that date in accordance with Article 13 of the Treaty Approbational order for dentists of 13. January 1977 (GBl. 34), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 24 June 2000. August 1981 (GBl. I n ° 29 p. 346) Limited Approbation as a dentist is valid as a permission in accordance with § 13 para. 1 of this law. Upon request, the holder of such an Approbation receives an Approbation as a dentist within the meaning of this Act, if he meets the requirements of § 2 para. 1 sentence 1 no. 2 and 3.(3) A permit valid at the date of accession for the temporary exercise of dentistry and a State permit valid on the day before the date of entry into effect of the accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty shall be valid for the purpose of: Exercise of stomatological activities according to § 8 para. 3 of the Approbationsordnung für dentists of 13. January 1977 (GBl. 34), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 24 June 2000. August 1981 (GBl. I n ° 29 p. 346) are valid with their previous contents as permission in accordance with § 13 (1) of this Act.(4) Students of dentistry who continue to study dentistry at universities or medical academies in the area referred to in Article 3 of the 'Einigungscontracges' after the effective date of accession, shall close the Studies in accordance with the legislation currently in force in this area, provided that this is up to the 31. December 1997. The successful completion of the course of studies is the same as the completion of the course of studies in dentistry through the passed dental examination in accordance with § 2 para. 1 sentence 1 no. 4. For students who, in September 1991 and later, begin a study of dentistry at the training centres mentioned in the first sentence, the provisions of the Approbationsordnung for Dentists adopted pursuant to § 3 of this Act apply. This Regulation is intended to cover up to 31 December 2008. In the future, the study of dentistry should be subject to a compulsory teaching event in paediatric dentistry in the future, and that dental examination should be extended to this subject. "
3.
Doctors Approbationsordnung in the version of the notice of 14. July 1987 (BGBl. 1593), as last amended by the Regulation of 21 December 1993. December 1989 (BGBl. 2549), in Article 34a (2), first sentence, the second and third indent are replaced by the following:
"-
in the Practice of a practised physician or other institution of an outpatient medical care,
-
in a medical centre or similar institution of the Health Service of the Armed Forces or the Police or ".
4.
Hebammengesetz vom 4. June 1985 (BGBl. 902), as amended by Article 1 of the Regulation of 22 June 1990. May 1986 (BGBl. I p. 833),
a)
According to § 27, the following § 27a is inserted: " § 27a (1) One before the date of entry into effect Permission granted in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic shall be deemed to be a midwife's permission in accordance with Section 1 (1).(2) A training as a midwife, commenced before the date of entry into force of accession under the provisions of the German Democratic Republic, shall be concluded in accordance with these provisions. After completion of the training, if the conditions of § 2 (1) no. 2 and 3 are fulfilled, the applicant will be granted a permit in accordance with § 1 (1). "
b)
According to § 30, the applicant shall be entitled to: the following section IXa is inserted: " IXa. In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, Section 30a (1) § 6 (1) sentence 3 shall apply in accordance with the provisions of Section 30a (1), Section 6 (1), third sentence.(2) By way of derogation from § 6 (2) (1) and (2), medical schools in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement may be recognised as eligible for training if they are
1.
from a director with a pedagogical university qualification or with another university education and a completed education in a medical profession, and
2.
a sufficient number of
-
specialized school teachers with a pedagogical university degree or
-
Fachschullehrern mit Fachschulabconclusion (Fachschullehrern mit Fachschulabconclusion), which will teach at the time of the date of entry into the medical school as well as
-
Doctors and other professionals
.
(3) Medical schools that are before the date of accession to the The provisions of the German Democratic Republic have been established and shall form midwives at that date, shall be deemed to be state-approved in accordance with paragraph 2, provided that the recognition is not withdrawn. The recognition shall be withdrawn if it is not proved within three years of the date of accession that the conditions of Section 6 (2) are fulfilled.
5.
Nursing Law of the 4. June 1985 (BGBl. 893), as amended by Article 2 of the Regulation of 22 June 1993. May 1986 (BGBl. I p. 833),
a)
According to § 27, the following § 27a is inserted: " § 27a (1) One before the date of entry into effect In accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic, permission granted as a nurse, nurse, nurse or nurse shall be considered as a permit in accordance with § 1 (1) (1) or (2).(2) A permit issued before the effective date of accession under the provisions of the German Democratic Republic as skilled worker for nursing care or for nursing and social service shall be deemed to be a permit in accordance with § 1 (1) (3).(3) Training as nurses, nurses, nurses, nurses, nurses, nurses, nurses or nurses commenced before the date of accession to the rules of the German Democratic Republic. Nursing and social services shall be concluded in accordance with these provisions. After completion of the training, if the conditions of § 2 (1) (2) and (3) are fulfilled, the applicant shall obtain a permit in accordance with § 1 (1) (1), (2) or (3). "
(b)
In accordance with § 30, the following section VIIIa is inserted: " VIIIa. § § 2 (2) of the German Unity Code applies to applicants who have at least three years of service in the medical service of the National People's Army or the German People's Police (Volkspolizei). has been completed.(2) § 5 (1) sentence 3 shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement for medical specialist schools.(3) By way of derogation from § 5 (2) (1) and (2), medical schools in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement may be recognised as eligible for training if they are
1.
from a director with a pedagogical university qualification or with another university education and a completed education in a medical profession, and
2.
a sufficient number of
-
specialized school teachers with a pedagogical university degree or
-
Fachschullehrern mit Fachschulabconclusion (Fachschullehrern mit Fachschulabconclusion), which will teach at the time of the date of entry into the medical school, as well as
-
Doctors and other professionals
(4)
8 sentence 2 shall apply in accordance with a training in the medical service of the National People's Army and the German People's Police.(5) § 10 (1) sentence 2 shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement for medical specialist schools.(6) By way of derogation from Article 10 (2) (1), the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement may be recognised as eligible for State recognition by a director with a qualification referred to in paragraph 3 (1). are directed.(7) Paragraph 28 (1) sentence 1 shall also apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement for the retraining of persons who have a medical school education other than the one referred to in Article 28 (1) sentence 1 in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic, have been completed accordingly. The second sentence of Article 28 (1) and the second paragraph shall not apply.(8) § 29 Sentence 1 shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement for medical specialist schools and for training facilities for occupations in nurses in the church. The recognition shall be withdrawn if it is not proved within three years after the date of accession that the conditions of § 5 (2) or § 10 (2) are fulfilled.
6.
The Training and Examination Ordinance for midwives and debinding plasters in the version of the 16. March 1987 (BGBl. 929). In § 3, the following paragraph 1a is inserted after paragraph 1: " (1a) By way of derogation from the provisions of paragraph 1 (4) (b) of the Hebammengesetz (Hebammengesetz), medical schools which are state-approved as midwives in accordance with Article 30a (2) of the Hebammengesetz (Hebammengesetz) shall be inserted into the following paragraph 1a. Examination committee also with at least one diploma in medicine pedagogues or a medical educator with the medical school leaving certificate as midwife. "
7.
Training and Examination Regulations for the professions in the nursing care of 16. October 1985 (BGBl. I p. 1973) In § 3, the following paragraph 1a is inserted in accordance with paragraph 1: " (1a) In the medical schools which, according to § 30a (3) or (6) of the Health Care Act, are nursing or paediatric nursing schools or schools for the By way of derogation from paragraph 1 (4) (b) of the examination committee, health care assistance may also include at least one diploma in medical education or a medical teacher with the medical school leaving certificate as a nurse or as a nurse or as a nurse or nurse. "
8.
Rescue Assistance Act of 10. July 1989 (BGBl. 1384) § 8 is amended as follows:
a)
In accordance with paragraph 4, the following paragraph 4a is inserted: " (4a) Paragraph 4 is valid for applicants with comparable medical or professional examinations at the National People's Army or the German People's Police. "
b)
In paragraph 5, the following applies: the words "according to paragraphs 3 and 4" are replaced by the words "under paragraphs 3, 4 and 4a".
9.
Employment and occupational health care law of 25. May 1976 (BGBl. 1246), as amended by Article 40 of the Law of 18. February 1986 (BGBl. 265), According to § 8, the following § 8a is inserted: " § 8a (1) One before the 1. September 1991, on the basis of the order on the state permit to exercise the medical, pharmaceutical and social professions and skilled workers ' occupations of 7. August 1980 (GBl. 254), permission granted as a working therapist or a work therapist or a permission granted to such a permit shall be deemed to be a permit in accordance with § 1.(2) One before 1. In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, training as a occupational therapist or occupational therapist may be completed in this area in September 1991 in accordance with the rules in force there. After completion of the training, if the conditions of § 2 (1) no. 2 and 3 are fulfilled, the applicant will receive a permit according to § 1. "
10.
Training and Examination regulations for employment and work therapists of 23. March 1977 (BGBl. 509) According to Article 14, the following is inserted: " § 14aOverline regulation from the occasion of the production of the unit DeutschlandsThis Regulation shall be found in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty from the first date of the first paragraph of this Regulation. September 1991 Application. "
11.
Law on the profession of dietiquant of 17. July 1973 (BGBl. 853), as amended by Article 39 of the Law of 18. February 1986 (BGBl. 265), According to § 9, the following § 9a is inserted: " § 9a (1) A permit issued before the effective date of accession under the provisions of the German Democratic Republic shall be deemed to be a dietician or a diätassistent as the permission in accordance with § 1.(2) By way of derogation from § 2 (1) (1), a permit in accordance with § 1 shall also be granted if the applicant has a prior to the 1. In the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the training as a dietician has been successfully completed in accordance with the rules in force there. "
12.
Training and Examination Regulations for Diätassistenten of 12. February 1974 (BGBl. 163) According to § 13, the following § 13a is inserted: " § 13aOverline regulation from the occasion of the production of the unit DeutschlandsThis Regulation shall be found in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty from the first date of the first paragraph of this Regulation. January 1996 Application. "
13.
Act on the pursuit of the professions of the masseur, the masseur and the medical swimmaster and the physiotherapist in the Federal Law Gazans Part III, outline number 2124-7, published revised version, as last amended by law of 9. May 1989 (BGBl. I p. 876),
a)
According to § 15, the following § 15a is inserted: " § 15aA before the effective date of accession after permission granted by the German Democratic Republic to be a masseur or a masseur, or as a physiotherapist or physiotherapist, shall be considered as a permit in accordance with § 1. "
b)
According to § 17, the following § 17a is inserted: "§ 17aDiffering from § 2 para. 1 no. 2 and 3 the permission to lead the professional title" Masseur "or" Krankengymnast " is also granted, if the applicant is one before the 1. Training as a masseur or physiotherapist in the area referred to in Article 3 of the 'Einigungscontracges' according to the rules currently in force there.
14.
Training and Examination Regulations for masseurs and for masseurs and medical swimmasters in the revised Federal Law Gazette Part III, outline number 2124-7-1, published Version as amended by Regulation of 19 December 2008. November 1982 (BGBl. 1561), According to Article 23, the following is inserted: " § 23aThis Regulation shall be found in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of the Single European Union (Einigungscontracges) from 1 January 2008. January 1996 Application. "
15.
Training and examination regulations for physiotherapists as published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 2124-7-2, Revised version, amended by Regulation of 25. June 1971 (BGBl. 847), According to Article 22, the following is inserted: " § 22aThis Regulation shall be found in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement of the Single European Union (Einigungscontracges) from 1 January 2008. January 1996 Application. "
16.
Orthoptist Act of 28. November 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2061) According to § 11, the following § 11a is inserted: " § 11a (1) One before the 1. September 1991, on the basis of the order on the state permit to exercise the medical, pharmaceutical and social professions and skilled workers ' occupations of 7. August 1980 (GBl. 254), permission granted as an orthopaedist or orthopaedist or a permission granted to such a permit shall be deemed to be a permit in accordance with § 1.(2) One before 1. In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, training as an orthopaedist or orthopaedist may be completed in this area in accordance with the rules currently in force in that area. After completion of the training, if the conditions of § 2 (1) (2) and (3) are fulfilled, the applicant will be granted a permit in accordance with § 1. "
17.
Training and Examination regulations for orthopaedists and orthopaedists of 21. March 1990 (BGBl. I p. 563) According to Article 15, the following is inserted: " § 15a transfer rule from the occasion of the manufacture of the unit DeutschlandsThe Regulation shall be found in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty from 1 January 2008. September 1991 Application. "
18.
The Law on Technical Assistants in Medicine of 8. September 1971 (BGBl. 1515), as amended by Article 38 of the Law of 18. February 1986 (BGBl. I p. 265),
a)
According to § 13, the following § 13a is inserted: " § 13aA before the effective date of accession after permission granted by the German Democratic Republic (German Democratic Republic) as a medical-technical laboratory assistant, medical-technical laboratory assistant, medical-technical radiology assistant or medical-technical radiology assistant § 1. "
b)
According to § 15, the following § 15a is inserted:" § 15aDiffering from § 2 No. 3 and § 3 becomes a permission in accordance with § 1 in the corresponding If the applicant is a member of the European Parliament, the applicant shall also be granted a Training as a medical-technical laboratory assistant or a medical-technical radiology assistant in accordance with the rules currently in force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on Integration concluded in January 1996.
19.
Training and Examination Regulations for Technical Assistants in Medicine of 20. June 1972 (BGBl. I p. 929) According to Article 15, the following is inserted: " § 15a transfer rule from the occasion of the establishment of the DeutschlandsThis Regulation shall be found in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, subject to the second sentence of the first subparagraph of this Regulation. January 1996. As far as she refers to the training in the field of veterinary-technical assistant, she will enter into force with the effect of accession. "
20.
Narcotics Law of 28. July 1981 (BGBl. 681, 1187), as last amended by Article 8 of the Law of 27. January 1987 (BGBl. I p. 475),
a)
§ 11 para. 1 sentence 2 as well as § 12 para. 1 no. 3 and paragraph 2 sentence 3 will be
b)
In § 29, paragraph 1, no. 5, "§ 11 para. 1 sentence 3" is replaced by "§ 11 para. 1 sentence 2".
21.
Bundes-Apothekerordnung in the version of the notice of 19. July 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1478, 1842)
a)
§ 4 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1 sentence 2, the comma after the words "number 4" is replaced with a point. The words "unless the equivalence of the training level is not given." are deleted.
bb)
In paragraphs 2 and 3, the last record is deleted
b)
§ 12 is changed as follows:
aa)
In The following sentence shall be added to paragraph 1: "In cases of § 4 (1) sentence 2, the approval shall be granted by the competent authority of the country in whose territory the applicant has successfully completed his studies of pharmacy."
bb)
In paragraph 3, the words " paragraph 3 1 sentence 2, " deleted.
c)
§ 14 is changed as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1, the following sentence 2 is added: " An Approbation which, when the date of accession becomes effective, shall be The provisions of Article 3 of the Agreement on the exercise of the profession of pharmacist shall be deemed to be an Approbation within the meaning of this Act. "
bb)
The previous paragraph 2, paragraph 4.
cc)
The following paragraphs 2 and 3 are inserted: " (2) One of the areas referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty when accession becomes effective. Restricted Approbation for a pharmaceutical activity in the experimentally pharmacologically-toxicological and chemical-analytical field according to Appendix 2 of the Approbationsordnung für Apotheker vom 13. January 1977 (GBl. 38), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 20 June 2000. August 1990 (GBl. 59 p. 1450), shall be deemed to be an indefinite permit in accordance with Section 11 (2) sentence 1. It entitles the holder to lead the professional title "pharmacist" or "pharmacist" only with the addition "for experimental pharmacology and toxicology". (3) One of the areas referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty when accession is effective the temporary permit for the exercise of the profession of pharmacist and a permit valid at that time in those territories for the purpose of exercising the profession of pharmacist in accordance with Section 9 (2) of the Approbationsordnung für Apotheker vom 13. January 1977 (GBl. 38), as amended by Regulation No 2 of 20 June 2000. August 1990 (GBl. I n ° 59 S 1450), the content of these provisions shall be deemed to be permitted under Section 11.
21a.
The law on pharmacy, as amended by the Notice of 15 October 1980 (BGBl. 1993), as amended by Article 2 of the Law of 23. July 1988 (BGBl. 1077), with the following modifications:
a)
In § 2, the following paragraph 2a is inserted: " (2a) Supplementary to Paragraph 1 (1) shall be granted to an applicant who is a citizen of another State to issue a licence for the operation of a pharmacy in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement if he/she is on the 1. (b)
In accordance with § § 3 of the Agreement, the provisions of Article 3 of the Treaty of the United States of the European Union shall apply to the territory of the Member States of the European Union
" 28 The following § 28a is inserted: " § 28a (1) The state public pharmacies, the pharmaceutical centres and other institutions of the state pharmacy in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement are to be inserted into the Trusteeship of the Treuhandanstalt is transferred with the aim of its privatization.(2) pharmacies which, in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, are primarily responsible for the supply of medicinal products to one or more hospitals and form a spatial unit with a hospital, shall be treated as hospital pharmacies in the The property of the respective hospital carrier is transferred. In the interest of the proper supply of medicinal products, by way of derogation from § 14 (4) sentence 2 of a hospital pharmacy in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the competent authority shall, at the request of the institution of the hospital. Authorisation to supply prescriptions issued by physicians of the hospital's hospital. The authorisation shall be withdrawn if, at reasonable distance from the hospital, a pharmacy takes up the holding. The authorisation shall be issued at the latest by 31 December 2008. December 1993.(3) In the case of pharmacies in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on Accession, the authorisation shall be deemed to have been granted for the pharmacies in the territory of the State referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. In case of change of the carrier, the permission must be requested anew. Permission shall be granted for the Treuhandanstalt and the institution of a hospital.(4) The county mortgage inspections and district directorates of the pharmacy sector in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement are to be resolved with the formation of the countries. The resolution of the Pharmaceutical Centres is up to 30. The European Parliament and the Council.(5) The Treuhandanstalt is obligated to use pharmacies on request by authorized persons in accordance with paragraph 6
1.
those up to the 31.
.
2.
to transfer the administration if, due to the legal situation, direct sale of the pharmacy is not possible or if the pharmacies are not directly sold. Applicants shall not be more than five years before the early retirement age is reached.
The administration shall be limited to a maximum of five years. It must be designed in such a way that it can be used with the 31. December 1996 at the latest. In the interests of ensuring the supply of medicinal products, the duration of the administration can be extended until the retirement age. Section 13 (2) and (3) shall apply.(6) Conditions for the purchase and administration of a pharmacy are
1.
for the buyer of the possession of a Permission in accordance with § 1 para. 2,
2.
for the liquidator possession of a permit pursuant to § 13 para. 1b,
3.
an option in accordance with paragraph 7.
The permission or approval and the option must be attached to the application referred to in paragraph 5.(7) The competent authority shall require the trusteeship to be responsible for the purchase or administration of pharmacies to be transferred to the trust. Upon request, it shall issue an option to buy or manage a pharmacy. The decision shall, by a majority of votes, be taken by a Commission composed of
1.
Representatives of the competent authority as chairman,
2.
a representative of the Treuhandanstalt,
3.
three pharmacists, of which at least one is a pharmacist and an employee. These pharmacists will be named by the Landesapothekerkammer. As long as the Landesapothekerkammer (Landesapothekerkammer) does not yet exist, they shall be designated by the National Association of the Association of Pharmacists.
(8) A pharmacist who is subject to a derogation in the case referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. Where a pharmacy is responsible, it may, upon request, be authorised to administer the pharmacy which it has so far headed, if the applicant is
a)
this pharmacy has reliably guided this pharmacy for at least 10 years and
b)
the requirements of § 2 para. 1 no. 4 and 7.
The granting of the authorization shall further require that the pharmacy administered by the pharmacist shall become a public pharmacy's two-gapharmacy. Such requests shall be made in accordance with paragraph 7. The authorisation for administration shall be valid until the retirement age, but not more than five years.(9) The sale or transfer of an administration of state pharmacies, which shall be in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement on entry into effect of accession, shall be up to 31 December 2008. It may only be granted to applicants who were citizens of the territory referred to in Article 3 on the date of entry into force of this Treaty or who, after 1972, had their permanent residence outside the territory of the territory of the territory of that territory and their permanent residents, and their Residence after 1.
22.
Approbationsordnung für Apotheker vom 19. "
22.
Approbationsordnung für Apotheker vom 19. July 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1489) According to Article 23, the following is inserted: " § 23aOverline rule on the occasion of the production of the unity of Germany (1) Persons who are studying pharmacy at a university in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty before the 1. The provisions of this Regulation shall apply to the second and third sections of the Marketing Authorisation Procedure, which shall be adopted in September 1990. Persons who study pharmacy in the area referred to in the first sentence before 1. The main examination took place in September 1988 and the main examination before 31 September 1988. In December 1990, the training has been completed in accordance with the legislation currently in force in this area. Those who passed the main examination only after the mentioned deadline, also place the third section the pharmaceutical examination in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation. (2) By way of derogation from § § 8 and 17 (2), persons who complete the study of pharmacy at a university in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the Law of the United States shall become persons. the first section of the Marketing Authorisation Procedure before 31 December 2008. It was examined orally in December 1992. The provisions of § 11 apply accordingly. "
22a.
Pharmacy Operating Regulations of 9. February 1987 (BGBl. 547), as amended by Article 24 of the Law of 20. December 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2477),
a)
§ 2 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 6, set 1 and 2, the words "or" Pharmacist Engineer "inserted.
bb)
In paragraph 7, after the word" pharmacist assistant, "the words" or pharmaceutical engineer " are inserted.
b)
§ 3 is changed as follows:
aa)
In In paragraph 3, the first sentence of paragraph 3 shall be replaced by a comma after the word "pharmacist assistant" and the following numbers shall be added:
" 6.
Pharmazieingenieure,
7.
People who are in training to become the profession of pharmacist ,
8.
Pharmacy Wizard,
9.
Pharmaceutical Assistants. "
bb)
In paragraph 3, sentence 2, the words" and pharmacy worker "are inserted after the word" pharmacist ".
cc)
In paragraph 5, sentence 2, the words "Paragraph 3 Nos. 2 to 4" are replaced by "Paragraph 3 Nos. 2 to 4 and 7 to 9". The following sentence 3 shall be added: " The persons referred to in paragraph 3 (9) shall not make any medicinal products.
c)
§ 17 (6), first sentence, No. 2 shall be replaced by the following: Version:
" 2.
the name character of the pharmacist, the pharmacist assistant or the pharmacist, who the medicinal product, or the pharmacist who has supervised the levy, "
d)
In accordance with § 35, the following § 35a is added:" § 35a (1) Article 3 of the agreement referred to in Article 3 of the Law on Pharmacy, for which a permit is deemed to have been granted pursuant to Section 28a (3) of the Law on Pharmacy, shall be found in Article 4 (2) to (5) and (8) and (2) to (1). No application was made in January 1996. However, until that date, pharmacies must continue to comply with the rules governing the number, base area, arrangement and equipping of the premises, which until the date of entry into force of the accession date have been applied.(2) By way of derogation from the provisions of the third sentence of Article 6 (3) and the first sentence of Article 11 (2), the identity of the medicinal product or of the source materials shall be established in pharmacies only if the identity of the contents of each container is not is ensured in other ways.(3) By way of derogation from § 31 (1), hospital pharmacies, for which a permit for the supply of prescriptions of doctors of the hospital belonging to the hospital is granted in accordance with the second sentence of Article 28a (2) of the law on pharmacy) Medicinal products also due to such prescriptions.
23.
The law on the reorganization of the pharmaceutical law of 24. August 1976 (BGBl. 2445), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 11. April 1990 (BGBl. 717), Article 3 is amended as follows:
a)
In accordance with § 4, the following § 4a is inserted: " § 4aNotching of Article 14 (1) of the German Medicines Act (Medicinal Products Act) can be used in the territory of the production managers referred to in Article 3 of the agreement on the agreement to 31. At the same time as control officers. A sales manager shall be appointed no later than six months after the date of entry into effect. "
b)
In accordance with § 10, the following § § 10a and 10b shall be inserted:" § 10aThe charge of a serum, a vaccine, a test allergen, a test serum or a test antigen which, when the accession becomes effective, is in accordance with § 16 of the Second Implementing Regulation to the Medicines Act of 1. December 1986 (GBl. 483) shall be deemed to have been released within the meaning of Section 32 (1) sentence 1 of the Medicinal Products Act in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. § § 32 (5) of the Medicines Act applies to the release. § 10bMedicines, which are subject to the obligation to register pursuant to § 21 of the German Medicines Act and are subject to the obligation to register in accordance with § 38 of the Medicines Act and in a pharmacy in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, where they are delivered to the consumer, there may still be a maximum of 31 years after the date of entry into force of the accession. "
c)
According to § 23, the following § § 24 to 30 are inserted:" § § § § § § § § § § 24 § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § § 24Ready-made medicinal products which are medicinal products within the meaning of Article 2 (1) or (2) (1) of the Medicinal Products Act and which are in circulation in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on entry into effect of accession may not be used in accordance with § 2 (1) or Package leaflet provided for in Article 11 of the Medicinal Products Act is still up to 31. 1 December 1991 by the pharmaceutical companies and subsequently by wholesalers and retailers, provided that they comply with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic of Germany which apply before the date of entry into force of the accession. Republic of Germany. The competent authority of the Federal Republic of Germany may impose warnings, subject to conditions, in so far as it is necessary to prevent the use of the medicinal product from a direct or indirect risk to humans or animals. § 25. § 40 (1) (8) of the German Medicines Act (Medicinal Products Act) shall be taken into account in the event of an effective date of accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. § 26 The meaning of Article 2 (1) or (2) (1) of the Medicinal Products Act, which is released for circulation outside pharmacies, may be placed on the market outside pharmacies in the retail trade area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the entry into circulation of the pharmaceutical industry. this activity there up to the 31. § 27The obligation to notify according to § 67 of the Medicines Act does not apply to establishments, facilities and to persons in the German Democratic Republic. Article 3 of the agreement, which already has an activity within the meaning of that provision when the accession takes effect. § 28The necessary expertise as a Pharmaberater pursuant to § 75 para. 2 no. 2 of the German Medicines Act § § § § 84 to 94a of the German Medicines Act are not on medicinal products § 30The Federal Minister for Youth, Family, Women and Health is authorized to do so by means of a decree-law. , with the consent of the Federal Council, in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, supervisory tasks in accordance with § § 64, 65, 68, 69 and 72 to 73a of the Medicines Act up to 31. Transfer to other authorities as long as the competent authorities in that area are not yet determined.
24.
First law to amend the Medicines Act 24. February 1983 (BGBl. 169), as amended by Article 3 of the Law of 11. April 1990 (BGBl. 717), Article 2 shall be inserted in accordance with Article 2 of the following § 3: " § 3For medicinal products intended for use in animals and which are approved in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on accession to the application of the date of accession, § 2 Section 1, 2 and 4 accordingly. "
25.
Second Act amending the Medicines Act of 16. August 1986 (BGBl. 1296), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 11. April 1990 (BGBl. 717), Article 2 shall be inserted in accordance with § 4 of the following § 5: " § 5For the obligation to submit or send a specialist information pursuant to Section 11a of the Medicinal Products Act, § 2 applies to medicinal products which, when the date of accession is effective, shall be deemed to be effective in the Article 3 of the agreement referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall be placed on the market. "
26.
Medicinal Alert Regulation of 21 May 2016. December 1984 (BGBl. 22), as last amended by Regulation of 24 December 1985. October 1987 (BGBl. 2333), § 6 the following paragraph 3 is added: " (3) Medicinal products which do not comply with the provisions of § § 1 to 3a and which are placed on the market in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on entry into effect of the accession date of accession; may still be held there by pharmaceutical companies up to 31. They shall be placed on the market by wholesalers and retailers thereafter, provided that they comply with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic of Germany which apply before the date of entry into force of the accession to the European Union. "
27.
Operating Regulation for Pharmaceutical Entrepreneurs of 8. March 1985 (BGBl. 546), as amended by Regulation of the 25. March 1988 (BGBl. 480), Article 18 shall be replaced by the following paragraphs 4 to 6: " (4) Medicinal products which have not been manufactured and tested in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement or which have not been examined in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation. The provisions of this Regulation shall be marked and packaged by the pharmaceutical operator until 31 December 2008. It will be placed on the market in December 1991.(5) premises and facilities in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement must be up to 31. This Regulation shall comply with the provisions of this Regulation. The competent authority may, in addition, allow temporary exemptions where there is an important reason.(6) For medicinal products within the meaning of Section 2 (2) (2) (2) to (4) of the Medicinal Products Act, which are manufactured and tested in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the provisions of this Regulation shall apply until 31 December 2008. "No application."
28.
Operating Regulation for wholesale pharmaceutical companies of 10 December 1992. November 1987 (BGBl. 2370) The following paragraphs 4 to 6 shall be added to Article 11: " (4) Medicinal products which, in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, are not properly refilled, packaged or labelled in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation; there until the 31. It will be placed on the market in December 1991.(5) premises and facilities in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement must be made at the latest by 31 December 2002. This Regulation shall comply with the provisions of this Regulation. The competent authority may, in addition, allow temporary exemptions where there is an important reason.(6) If, in the event of an effective entry into the territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, a wholesale trade in medicinal products within the meaning of Article 9 (1) is operated, the official recognition shall be deemed to be granted on a provisional basis within the meaning of § 9. The provisional official recognition shall be issued, if not until 30. In the event of a timely application, the application for final official recognition is requested and, in the case of a timely application, the decision on the application shall be indisputable. "
29.
proprietary medicinal book regulation of 27 September 1986 (BGBl. 1610), as amended by Regulation of 22 December 2008. September 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1780) According to § 4, the following § 4a is inserted: " § 4aArzneimittel, which meets the requirements of the German Pharmacopoeia 9. Edition (DAB 9) is not sufficient or is not manufactured and tested in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation, and which, in the event of accession, are in the territory of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the entry contract, may be subject to the conditions of Entrepreneurs still up to 31. They shall be placed on the market by wholesalers and retailers thereafter, provided that they comply with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic of Germany which apply before the date of entry into force of the accession. '
30.
Regulation on radioactive or ionizing radiation-treated medicinal products of 28. January 1987 (BGBl. 502) According to Article 6, the following § 6a is inserted: " § 6aMedicinal products which do not comply with the requirements of this Regulation and which are placed on the market in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on entry into effect of the accession date of accession, may still be held there by pharmaceutical companies up to 31. They shall be placed on the market by wholesalers and retailers thereafter, provided that they comply with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic of Germany which apply before the date of entry into force of the accession. "
31.
Regulation on the proof of expertise in the retail trade of free-selling medicinal products of 20% of the total number of products. June 1978 (BGBl. 753) The following sentence shall be added to § 10: ' Sentence 1 shall apply mutagenically, as a pharmacist, assistant pharmacist, pharmacist or pharmacist who, before the date of accession, shall comply with the provisions of the following: In the case of the German Democratic Republic, or after the date of accession, they are granted in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. "
32.
Decree on veterinary skin pharmacies in the version of the Notice of 3. May 1985 (BGBl. 752), as amended by Article 3 of the Regulation of 11 June 2008. March 1988 (BGBl. 303), § 15a is amended as follows:
a)
The previous text will be paragraph 1.
b)
The following paragraph 2 is added: " (2) The veterinary dispensation may be carried out in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement until the 31.
33.
Gentechnikgesetz vom 1. July 1990 (BGBl. 1990 I p. 1080) According to § 41, the following § 41a is inserted: " The transfer rule arising from the establishment of the unity of Germany § 41a (1) A facility according to I of the Directive for the in vitro recombination of genetic material of 26. November 1985 (decrees and communications of the Ministry of Public Health of the German Democratic Republic of 10 November 1985). February 1986, special printing) shall be considered as a genetic engineering plant within the meaning of § 3 No. 4. The necessary authorisation pursuant to Section 8 (1) is up to 31. The Commission shall apply to the competent authority in March 1991.(2) If, in a body referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1, only genetic engineering work is carried out at security level 1, the institution as a genetic engineering plant shall be notified without delay to the competent authority.(3) In the case of genetic engineering work, the Ministry of Public Health of the German Democratic Republic is authorized to work on genetic engineering in accordance with the Directive on the in vitro recombination of genetic material of 26. In November 1985, the authorization shall be deemed to be approved in accordance with Section 8 (1) sentence 2. The approval is up to the 3O. September 1991.(4) The use of genetic engineering in accordance with the Directive on the in vitro recombination of genetic material of 26. In November 1985, only one ad, they are up to 31 December 1985. "

















unofficial Table of contents

Annex I Kap X D III Annex I, Chapter X
Sachgebiet D-Health policy
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
(no longer apply)
3.
Federal Disease Law as amended by the 18. December 1979 (BGBl. I p. 2262; 1980 I p. 151), as last amended by Article 7 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1211), with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
(no longer apply)
c)
As far as according to § § 51 to 55, 59 to 61 of the Federal Disease Act, the The Federal Supply Act and the provisions adopted in accordance with its implementation shall apply in accordance with these provisions with the measures listed in Annex I, Chapter VIII, Section III, Section III, point 1 of the Treaty.
(sentence 2 to 4.
4.
(no longer apply)
5.
(no longer applicable)
5.
)
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap X E II Annex I, Chapter X,
Area E-Food and consumer goods law
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
§ 6 of the Food inspector regulation of 16. June 1977 (BGBl. 1002) shall be amended as follows:
a)
In paragraph 2, the following points 3 and 4 are added:
" 3.
at the time of entry into force of this Regulation in the article 3 of the agreement shall carry out the tasks of monitoring the traffic in foodstuffs, tobacco products, cosmetic products and supplies there, or
4.
the Training under the relevant provisions of the German Democratic Republic has commenced before the date of entry into force of this Regulation in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, and thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation, which shall apply to the The right of the German Democratic Republic.
b)
In paragraph 3, the words 'paragraph 1 (1)' shall be replaced by the words 'paragraph 1 (1) and (3)').
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape X E III Annex I, Chapter X,
Non-tampering, E-food-and On-demand real
Section III

(section III no longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap X F II Annex I, Chapter X
Section II for meat and poultrymeat
Section II

Federal law shall be repealed or supplemented as follows:
1.
Meat Hygiene Law in the version of the announcement of 24. February 1987 (BGBl. 649):
a)
In § 4 (1) Nos. 11 and 12, sentence 2 is deleted.
b)
In § 6 para. 5, the following numbers are added:
" 4.
Persons who participated in the implementation of the surveillance referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 until the date of entry into force of accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement Treaty or
5.
Persons who are training on the basis of the corresponding provisions of the German Democratic Republic before the date of entry into force of the accession procedure referred to in Article 3. of the area referred to in the agreement, and after that have been concluded according to the law in force until now.
2.
Regulation on poultry meat inspectors from 24. July 1973 (BGBl. 899) In § 2, the following paragraph 4 is added: " (4) The requirements referred to in paragraph 1 (1) shall also be deemed to be fulfilled in the case of persons,
1.
up to the effective date of accession in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, tasks within the meaning of § 1 of this Regulation have been carried out or
2.
training on the basis of the relevant provisions of the German Democratic Republic before the date of entry into force of the accession procedure in Article 3 of the "
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape X F III Appendix I chapter X
Sachgebiet F-meat and poultry meat hygiene real
Section III

(no longer apply section III) Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap X G II Annex I, Chapter X
Sachgebiet G-Veterinarians
Section II

Federal Law will be followed as follows , repealed, amended or supplemented:
1.
The Federal Veterinary Order, as amended by the Notice of 20. November 1981 (BGBl. 1193), as last amended by the Regulation of 20 June 2008. June 1986 (BGBl. I p. 932),
a)
§ 4 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1, the sentence 2 is deleted.
bb)
In paragraphs 1a to 4, after the reference to paragraph 1, the words "Set 1" are deleted.
cc)
In paragraph 3, sentence 3 is deleted.
b)
In § § 5 to 7, 8 (1), § 9a (1), § 13 (1) and 2 sentence 1, § 15 para. 2 and § 15a shall be deleted in each case after the reference to § 4 paragraph 1 the words "sentence 1" deleted.
c)
§ 6 para. 1 receives the following Fassung: " (1) The Approbation shall be withdrawn if, in the case of their grant, the veterinary examination has not passed or the training pursuant to § 4 (1a) sentence 1, para. 2 or 3, the training in the case of § 15 (4) or the training to be followed in accordance with § 15a "
d)
In § 7 (1) sentence 2, the term" para. 1 set 2 " deleted.
e)
§ 13 becomes as follows:
aa)
Paragraph 1 is replaced by the following: " (1) The Approbation shall be granted in the cases of the § § 4 (1) the competent authority of the country in which the applicant has passed the veterinary examination or, in the cases of § 15 (6), the primary veterinary examination. "
bb)
In paragraph 2, sentence 1, the words "sentence 2 or" are deleted.
cc)
In paragraph 5, the words " § 4 paragraph 1 sentence 2 or "deleted.
f)
The following paragraphs are added to § 15:" (4) An Approbation or Bestallung, which until the effective date of accession in the Article 3 of the agreement on the employment of the veterinary profession entitles the holder to the right to use the veterinary profession in accordance with the provisions of this Act.(5) A permit valid until the date of accession of the applicant for the temporary exercise of the veterinary profession and a temporary written document valid until the date of entry into effect of the accession in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty Permission to exercise the veterinary profession in accordance with § 12 para. 2 of the Order on the Approbation as a veterinarian of the 3. July 1974 (GBl. I n ° 35 p. 337) are valid with their previous contents as permission within the meaning of § 2 para. 2.(6) Students of veterinary medicine who continue to study veterinary medicine at universities of the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement after the date of accession of the applicant shall close the training in accordance with the conditions laid down therein. up to the effective date of accession. The successful completion of the training is the same as the completion of the study of veterinary medicine by the passed veterinary examination in accordance with § 4 para. 1 no. 4. For students who take up the study of veterinary medicine after the effective date of accession, the rules of the Approbationsordnung für Tierärzte apply from the beginning of this course of studies.
2.
Approbationsordnung für Tierärzte vom 22. April 1986 (BGBl. See 600)
a)
§ 64 is changed as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 2, the " par. 1 set 2 " deleted.
bb)
In paragraph 3, sentence 3, after the reference to § 4 paragraph 1, the words "sentence 1" are deleted.
b)
§ The second sentence of Article 67 (1) is replaced by the following: " In cases where the applicant has not yet obtained a registration or authorisation for the study of veterinary medicine at a university within the scope of this Regulation, the following shall be replaced by the following: applicant has his habitual residence in the country
1.
Baden-Wuerttemberg or Bavaria, or last, the competent authority of the Land of Bavaria,
2.
Berlin, Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Vorpommern or Schleswig-Holstein had or had last, the competent authority Authority of the State of Berlin,
3.
Bremen, Hamburg, Lower Saxony or North Rhine-Westphalia has or had last, the competent authority of the country Lower Saxony,
4.
Hesse, Rhineland-Palatinate or Saarland, or last had, the competent authority of the State of Hesse,
5.
Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt or Thuringia, or most recently, the competent authority of the State of Saxony,
the decision; in the cases where a jurisdiction has been Points 1 to 5 shall not be justified, the competent authority of the Land of Lower Saxony shall take the decision. "
c)
The following paragraph shall be added to § 69:" (4) With regard to: the students of veterinary medicine who continue to study veterinary medicine at the universities of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement after the date of entry into effect of the accession shall be subject to the provisions of § 2, sentence 2 and 3, with the The compulsory courses must include the subject areas listed in Appendix 1 to § 2. With regard to the practical training referred to in the first sentence of Article 1 (2) (a) in conjunction with § 58, students of veterinary medicine who, after the date of accession, have completed a prior study of veterinary medicine at universities in the Article 3 of the agreement on the integration contract shall continue to provide such training in the training centres which have been customary up to now. The provisions of § 63 apply to these students with the proviso that up to the 31. (b) a practical training of at least 6 months after the examination of the main veterinary examination may be completed in place of a practical training pursuant to section 1, first sentence, point 2 (c).
name="BJNR208890990BJNE019303377 " />Non-Official Table Of Contents

Annex I Kap X G III Annex I Chapter X
Sachgebiet G-Veterinarians
Section III

(Section III No. 1 no longer ) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap X H I Annex I, Chapter X
Sachgebiet H-Family and Social Affairs
Section I

Of the The entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty shall be excluded:
1.
Maintenance Maintenance Bill of 23. July 1979 (BGBl. 1184), as last amended by Article 22 of the Law of 28. June 1990 (BGBl. 1221),
2.
The Law establishing a Foundation "Mother and Child-Protection of the Unborn Life" of 13. July 1984 (BGBl. 880), as last amended by Article 3 of the Law of 20. July 1988 (BGBl. 1046),
3.
Regulation on flat rates for the repair and maintenance of graves within the meaning of the Law on the Law of the Graves for the financial years 1987 and 1988 of 7 December 1988. November 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2115).

Footnote

An. I n ° 1: The G shall apply in the accession area in accordance with § 12 of the German Act on the Law of the Republic of Germany. 20.12.1991 mWv 1.1.1992 Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap X H II Annex I, Chapter X
Sachgebiet H-Family and Social Affairs
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
The Federal Children's Money Act as amended by the Notice of 30 June January 1990 (BGBl. 149), as last amended by Article 9 of the Law of 9. July 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1354),
a)
§ 2 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 3, sentence 2, the point is replaced by a semicolon and the following half-sentence is added: " the The service provided for in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall be the same as the service provided for in Article 3 of the Agreement. '
In paragraph 5 Sentence 3 will replace the words between "stay" and "have" replaced by the words "in Albania, Bulgaria or the Soviet Union".
b)
§ 3 shall be as follows: (aa) * 3 In the second sentence of paragraph 3, the second half-sentence is replaced by the following: "However, it shall be granted to the parent who is responsible for the person of the child or the parental right of education for the child alone."
bb)
In paragraph 4, sentence 1, the words are inserted after the word "guardianship": " or the
c)
In accordance with § 44c, the following § 44d is inserted: " § 44d Rules of the Application of the German Unity (1) When applying the first sentence of § 2 (2) (6) and (4) sentence 3, the provisions of the BundeserziehungsMonetary Act (Bundeserziehungsgeldgesetz) referred to therein are subject to the relevant provisions laid down in Article 3 (2) of the Federal Law on Education and Training of the agreement referred to in the agreement shall apply.(2) By way of derogation from § 3 (2) to (4), persons entitled to child benefit for their children in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement for the Child benefit of December 1990 shall also be entitled to the child benefit for these children for the following period of time, as long as they are maintain their place of residence or habitual residence in this area and the children continue to fulfil the conditions of their consideration. Section 3 (2) to (4) shall be applied only for the period from the beginning of the month in which a request addressed to the competent authority has been received; the person entitled to this shall be subject to the payments made in accordance with the first sentence of this month. .(3) In the case of the application of § 8 (1) sentence 1 no. 1, entitlement to the child surcharge shall remain for a pension from the statutory pension or accident insurance in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement until the 31. It was not considered in December 1991.(4) For the performance years 1991 and 1992, the application of Article 11 (3) shall be excluded against beneficiaries who, for the most part of the previous year, are habitually resident in the provisions of Article 3 of the agreement shall only apply to persons who are married and who are not permanently separated from their spouse, unless the sum of the periods of residence of the two spouses has exceeded twelve months.
1.
for the 1991 performance year is to be followed in accordance with Section 11 (4) of the Directive; However, at the request of the beneficiary, undiminishing child benefits shall be paid without the credibility of the expected income under the reservation of the recovery;
2.
for the 1992 performance year, subject to § 11, para. 4, the income of 1991; as long as this is not yet definitively established, undiminuded child benefit without the credibility of the income paid under the reservation of the recovery; § 11 (3) sentence 4 to 6 shall apply accordingly.
(5) For the performance year 1991, the beneficiaries shall be those in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement have a place of residence or their habitual residence, a supplement to the child allowance pursuant to Article 11a (8) shall be paid on request without the credibility of the expected income under the reservation of the recovery.(6) By way of derogation from Article 15 (1), the child benefit for the months of January to March 1991 shall be the person entitled to the child's benefit in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement of the agreement of a person other than that referred to in Article 45 (1) (a), first sentence Employers are employed, for the children for whom they had to pay child benefits in the said area for December 1990, by the employer on the basis of the payout cards available to them in the amount resulting from § 10 para. 1, plus the amount of the child's allowance. Child allowance per month 48 DM supplement to the child benefit, subject to later examination of the claim by the body responsible pursuant to § 15 para. 1 competent authority; § 11 para. 3 sentences 5 and 6 shall apply. The employer shall take the amounts to be paid out of the payroll tax which he has retained for his employees as a whole and shall state separately in the payroll declaration in a sum. If the amount to be paid in the case of a child's cash payment exceeds the amount to be deducted from the total payroll tax, the exceeding amount shall be paid to the employer upon application by the tax office to which the payroll tax is to be deducted from the Wage tax revenues are replaced. The financial authorities shall calculate the child's cash payments made by the employers with the employment office responsible for their registered office. (7) The Central Register of inhabitants in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement After the date of accession, the Federal Labour Office shall immediately transmit the following data of all residents, to whose person data are stored in the register of data of minor children, and of these children: 1. Pre-and family names, previous names and academic grade2. Apartment, in several of the main dwelling 3. Day of birth. Sex 5. Nationality 6. The Bundesanstalt may only use the data transmitted to create a file on possible payees in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement and to transfer it to the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany by sending application forms to the To enable them to assert their claims. It has the data of the inhabitants, which is up to the 31. "
c)
(d)
§ 44d (7) enters into force with the effective date of accession. The other amendments referred to in (a) to (c) shall appear on the 1. 1 January 1991 in force.
2.
Bundeserziehungsgeldgesetz, as amended by the announcement of the 25. July 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1550)
a)
§ 1 para. 4 is as follows: " (4) entitlement to parental leave shall also be deemed to have been style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
member of a member state of the European Communities, or
2.
frontier workers from Austria, Poland, Switzerland or Czechoslovakia
has a working relationship within the scope of this law, in which the weekly working time is Limit for minor occupations in accordance with § 8 of the Fourth Book of the Social Code, and satisfies the conditions set out in paragraph 1 (2) to (4). "
b)
In § 15 (1) the following sentence shall be inserted after the first sentence: " entitlement to parental leave shall also be entitled to the persons referred to in Article 1 (4) whose weekly working time is below the limit for minor occupations.
name="BJNR208890990BJNE019605377 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I Cape X H III Annex I, Chapter X
Sachgebiet H-Family and Social
Section III

Federal law occurs in the The territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall enter into force in accordance with the following provisions:
1.
to 11. (no longer apply)
12.
Home Law in the version of the Notice of 23. April 1990 (BGBl. 763, 1069) with the following conditions: home conditions which exist at the time of accession, shall be governed by the new law from that date.
13.
Home Minimum Building Regulation in the version of the Notice of 3. May 1983 (BGBl. 550) with the following proviso: for the calculation of the period laid down in Article 30 (1), second sentence, as the date for the entry into force of the Regulation, the date of entry into force of the Regulation shall apply.
14.
Regulation on the involvement of the residents of Altenheimen, retirement homes and nursing homes for full-year-old in matters of home operation of the 19th July 1976 (BGBl. 1819) with the following conditions: home committees under the Regulation on holiday and nursing homes of the 1. March 1978 (GBl. 128) are considered to be home councils within the meaning of the Regulation.
15.
(no longer applicable)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap XI Attachment I Chapter XI
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of Transport

(site in Appendix I of the EinigVtr BGBl site). II 1990, 1098-1113) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap XI)-All documents relating to Chapter XI of Appendix I-
b)
are subject to a specific area (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap XI G)-All documents relating to subject area G of Chapter XI of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap XI G III)-issued the document relating to section III of Section G of Chapter XI of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap XI A III Annex I, Chapter XI
Sachgebiet A-Rail transport
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
The Law on the Property Law of the German Federal Railways in the revised version published in the Federal Law Gazette III, section 931-2, with the following Subject: For § 1, the provisions of Article 26 (1) and (2) of the Treaty shall apply.
3.
to 7. (no longer apply)
8.
Railway signalling system 1959 of 7. October 1959 (BGBl. 1021), as last amended by the Regulation of 7. July 1986 (BGBl. 1012), with the following proviso: Section C No 2 of the Annex is extended to include the signals from Section B of the DV 301 of the Deutsche Reichsbahn of 16, introduced with the approval of the Minister of Transport. September 1970, valid from 1. October 1971.
9.
Regulation on the compensation of public services in rail transport of 2. August 1977 (BGBl. 1465), as amended by Regulation of the 30. June 1989 (BGBl. 1273), with the following proviso: The Regulation shall not apply until 1 January 2008.
10.
In the application of the Regulations under points 6 to 8, in particular the establishment of new ones and the substantial modification of existing ones, the following: Installations and vehicles shall be accompanied by uniformity.
11.
As far as individual provisions of the legislation referred to in points 1 to 9 are concerned, the following: If special circumstances cannot be taken into account or cannot be directly applied, they shall apply to the Deutsche Reichsbahn in accordance with the relevant provisions. The same applies to other federal laws and legal regulations that provide for special regulations for the Deutsche Bundesbahn.
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap XI B I Appendix I Chapter XI
Sachgebiet B-road transport
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law in accordance with Article 8 of the Treaty excludes:
Maximum number regulation GüKG of the 9. December 1986 (BGBl. 2452), as amended by Regulation of the 5. December 1989 (BGBl. 2131). Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape XI B III Annex I, Chapter XI
Sachgebiet B road transport
Section III

Federal law occurs in the In accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of the Treaty, the following measures shall enter into force:
1.
Road Traffic Act The revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 9231-1, as last amended by the Law of 28. January 1987 (BGBl. 486), with the following dimensions:
a)
to h) (no longer applicable)
i)
§ § § 7 to 20 of the Road Traffic Act applies only to such damage events that have occurred after the entry into force of the accession.
2.
Road Traffic-Admission-Order in the version of the 28. September 1988 (BGBl. 1793), as last amended by the Regulation of 23 June 1993. July 1990 (BGBl. 1489), with the following dimensions:
(1)
bis (11) (no longer applicable)
(12)
Driving licenses that have been issued according to the previous patterns of the German Democratic Republic, including those of the National People's Army, remain valid.
(13)
to (18) (no longer apply)
(19)
The following rules are not applicable: § § 14a, 15l paragraph 2, § 23 (2) sentences 7 and 8, Section D of Appendix IV.
(20)
(no longer applicable)
(21)
Minor wheels and bicycles with auxiliary motor in the sense of the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic are considered as mopeds and bicycles with auxiliary motor according to § 18 Paragraph 2, point 4, if they are up to 28. This was first entered on the market in February 1992.
(22)
Motorised nurseries in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic as machine-driven ambulance chairs in accordance with § 18 para. 2 no. 5, if they are up to 28. This was first placed on the market in February 1991.
(23)
General operating permits issued in accordance with the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic shall be deemed to have been correct within the meaning of section 19 (1) if the vehicles manufactured on the basis of such operating permits are up to 30. (
).
Supplements to general operating licences within the meaning of point 23 shall only be valid until the expiry of the validity of the Type-approval shall be permitted. Renewals of operating licences may only be extended to 31.
(25)
Single-company permits issued under the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic shall be deemed to be in accordance with the rules of law. within the meaning of section 19 (1), if the vehicles concerned are at the latest by 31. It was first placed on the market in December 1991.
(26)
According to the German Democratic Republic in accordance with the Convention of 20 December 1991, the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union, March 1958 (GBl. 32, 1987 p. 24), the terms and conditions agreed for equipment or parts of vehicles shall be deemed to be in accordance with § 21a.
(27)
According to the regulations of the German Democratic Republic, type approvals are deemed to be correct in the sense of § 22a if they are based on this provision would be subject to component type-approval, or-without any type-approval requirement-would be deemed to be in accordance with § 22.
(28)
bis (37) (no longer )
(38)
In the case of vehicles which have been subjected to an abgassone examination in accordance with the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic, the first Examination in accordance with § 47a shall be carried out not later than one year after the investigation has been carried out in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic.
(39)
Vehicles which have not yet been subjected to an abgassone examination shall be the first to be carried out in accordance with § 47a at the latest in the year and in the month to which the next prescribed main investigation according to § 29 shall be carried out.
(40)
By way of derogation from § 47b, recognition under the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic shall still be valid until 30. June 1991.
(41)
§ § 35, 56 (2) no. 6 applies to the first and second years of the year. July 1991 for the first time in the transport of vehicles.
(42)
§ 57a applies to the vehicles from 1. January 1991 for the first time in the transport of vehicles.
(43)
Vehicles, which are under consideration of the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic on construction, Operation and equipment up to 31. Since December 1990 for the first time on the market, they continue to be considered to be compliant if they are
1.
at the latest until the next mandatory primary examination (§ 29) the provisions of § 35a (7) to (9) (if appropriate anchorages are available), § § 35g, 35h, 36 para. 2a sentence 2 and 3, section 41 (14) as well as § § 53a and 54b,
2.
at the latest by 1. Article 56 (3), § 57a, 58 correspond,
3.
at the latest by 31 July 1991. December 1997 according to § 41 (17)
(44)
The requirements of the German Democratic Republic have been prescribed by the German Democratic Republic First-aid material is deemed to be in accordance with § 35h. The fire extinguishers prescribed in accordance with the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic shall be deemed to have been prescribed in accordance with § 35g and the provisions of the German Democratic Republic under the previous provisions of the German Democratic Republic Warning triangles and warning lights as prescribable within the meaning of § 53a (1) and (2).
(45)
bis (47) (no longer applicable
3.
Atwenty-twentieth regulation on exceptions to the regulations of the road traffic-approval order of 22. April 1981 (BGBl. 393), as amended by Regulation of 14 December 1993. June 1988 (BGBl. 765), with the following proviso: it also applies to driving licences issued under the previous rules of the German Democratic Republic (T) and driving licences corresponding to those driving licences.
4.
to 6. (no longer apply)
7.
Power-related law of 22. December 1971 (BGBl. 2086), as last amended by the Law of 8. June 1989 (BGBl. 1026), with the following conditions: The up to 31. March 1991, pursuant to the law of the German Democratic Republic, or official recognitions which are still to be held as experts, retain their validity and are deemed to have been recognized in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic. Power-related law.
8.
Fahrlehrergesetz vom 25. August 1969 (BGBl. 1336), as last amended by the Law of 8. June 1989 (BGBl. 1026), with the following dimensions:
a)
through d) (no longer applicable)
e)
The driving school and branch office permits issued under the German Democratic Republic (German Democratic Republic) remain valid (§ § 11, 14, 21).
f)
The official certificates issued by the German Democratic Republic according to the law of the German Democratic Republic remain valid (§ § 22, 29)
9.
to 13. (no longer apply)
14.
Road Traffic Order of 16. November 1970 (BGBl. I p. 1565, 1971 I p. 38), as last amended by the Regulation of 9. November 1989 (BGBl. 1976), with the following measures:
a)
up to c) (no longer applicable)
d)
The character 401-Bundesstraßennummernschild-within the meaning of § 12 para. 3 no. 8 (a) is the sign 306-ancestral street-equal.
e)
(no longer apply)
f)
For existing light signal systems, the color sequence is GREEN-GREEN/YELLOW-YELLOW- RED-RED/YELLOW continues to be allowed; the GREEN/YELLOW light sign then has the meaning of the GREEN light sign within the meaning of Section 37 (2) No. 1. For the light-signalling systems which are newly erected or converted after the date of entry into effect, only the colour sequence according to § 37 (2) shall be allowed.
g)
(no longer applicable)
h)
In addition to the traffic signs regulated in § § 39 to 43, those Traffic signs of Appendix 2 of the Road Traffic Order of 26. May 1977 (GBl. 257), as last amended by the Regulation of 9. September 1986 (GBl. 417), which, in their execution, correspond to the meaning of the traffic signs regulated in § § 39 to 43. The provisions of § § 39 to 43.The traffic signs listed in Appendix 2 to the road traffic order of the German Democratic Republic up to the date of entry into effect of the accession shall remain valid in accordance with § § 39 to 43 of the German Democratic Republic. The character is valid.
15.
to 18. (no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape XI C II, Appendix I, chapter XI
Sachgebiet C aviation
section II.

Federal law is amended as follows:
Regulation on the charging of charges for the use of air traffic control services and equipment during the boarding and departure of the 28. September 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1809)
According to the word "airports" the words "Berlin-Schönefeld," after the word "Bremen" the word "Dresden," after the word "Düsseldorf" the word "Erfurt," and according to the words "Köln/Bonn" the word "Leipzig," are inserted after the word "airports". Non-official table of contents

Appendix I Kap XI C III Annex I, Chapter XI,
Sachgebiet C-aviation
Section III

Federal law occurs in the Article 3 of the Treaty shall enter into force with the following measures:
1.
Aviation Law in the Version of the notice of 14. January 1981 (BGBl. 61), as last amended by the Law of 28. June 1990 (BGBl. 1221), with the following measures:
a)
§ § 33 to 56 shall apply only to such damage events;
b)
(no longer applicable
2.
(no longer apply)
3.
(no longer apply)
4.
(no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap XI D II Appendix I Chapter XI
Area D-Maritime transport
Section II

Federal law shall be repealed, amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
Seeunfalluntersuchungsgesetz vom 6. December 1985 (BGBl. 2146), as amended by the Law of 16. December 1986 (BGBl. 2441)
a)
In § 5 (1) sentence 2, the words "and Kiel" shall be replaced by the words ", Kiel and Rostock ".
b)
§ 12 para. 2 sentence 2 and § 14 para. 4 sentence 3 are repealed.
c)
dem § 19 the following paragraph 8 shall be added: " (8) certificates of competency, seamen and licences issued for recreational craft issued by an authority of the German Democratic Republic shall be deemed to have been issued by an authority within the meaning of this provision of the Federal Republic of Germany, unless the maritime accident has occurred before the date of entry into force of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty.
2.
Regulation on the implementation of the Law on the Law of the Sea of 5 years old. June 1986 (BGBl. 860) In § 1, no. 4, the point at the end is replaced by a semicolon, and the following point 5 is added:
" 5.
the Maritime Office of Rostock for maritime accidents that have occurred in the area of responsibility of the Stralsund water and ship office as well as in the adjacent harbours. ".
3.
General Lotsverordnung vom 21. April 1987 (BGBl. I p. 1290) In § § 1 and 3 no. 2 the word "and" is replaced by a comma after the word "Trave", and it is added after the words "Flensburger Förde" in each case: "Wismar, Rostock and Stralsund".
4.
Seeschiffahrtsstraße-Order in the version of the notice of 15. April 1987 (BGBl. 1266), as amended by Regulation of 8 December 2008. August 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1583), in Annex I, Section I-sight marks-the sub-section B 9-designation of the border with the German Democratic Republic in the Bay of Lübeck-is lifted.
5.
Regulation on the crew of ships under foreign flag of 28. October 1981 (BGBl. 1163), as amended by Regulation of 20. March 1985 (BGBl. 585), Section 1, second sentence, is as follows: "The rules of international law governing the peaceful passage through the territorial sea remain unaffected."
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap XI D III Appendix I, Chapter XI
Area D-Maritime transport
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
(no longer apply)
3.
(no longer apply)
4.
(no longer apply)
5.
(no longer apply)
6.
(no longer apply)
7.
Ship Safety Ordinance of 8. December 1986 (BGBl. 2361), as amended by Regulation of 26 June 2008. June 1987 (BGBl. 1570), with the following dimensions:
a)
(no longer applicable)
b)
In the case of shipbuilding, the keel of which was laid down in the area referred to in Article 3 before the entry into effect of the accession date, the requirements of this Regulation shall apply in the course of this day as far as these shipbuilding works comply with the regulations and technical rules applicable to them up to now
8.
(no longer )
9.
Shipyards Ordinance of 5. July 1982 (BGBl. 916, 1169), as last amended by the Regulation of 3. September 1990 (BGBl. 1993), with the following measures: for ships entitled to accession to the control of the national flag of the German Democratic Republic, as well as for sports and amusement vehicles, which until the date of entry into force of the accession in accordance with a simplified procedure, the letters of measurement and officially issued certificates of surveying shall be deemed to be the letters and certificates referred to in § 9, provided that a request is made within three months of the date of entry into effect of the date of accession. shall be made subject to the granting of a new certificate within the meaning of § 9. In this case, the grant is free of charge.
10.
Ordinance on sport bootdriving licence-See of 20. December 1973 (BGBl. 1988), as last amended by the Regulation of 8. August 1989 (BGBl. 1583), with the following measures:
a)
The evidence of formal qualifications awarded so far and valid for the Recreational craft shall be considered to be a sports boat licence within the meaning of this Regulation.
b)
The private organisations in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty for The exercise of water sports in the maritime sector shall be effective in the performance of tasks in accordance with § § 4 and 6, provided that the necessary conditions are met.
11.
Seetagebuchverordnung vom 8. February 1985 (BGBl. 306), with the following conditions: ship diaries and machinery diaries carried on board by ships of the German Democratic Republic may be used as a diver in the course of a new regulation, for at least one year after the date of entry into force of the accession.
12.
(no longer applicable)
13.
Ship Occupation Ordinance of 4. April 1984 (BGBl. 523), as last amended by the Regulation of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. 2457), with the following measures:
a)
The ship ' s crews within the meaning of § 4 shall apply until the end of the Expiry of their period of validity, but at the latest one year after the date of entry into force of the accession, the certificates issued and valid in accordance with the previous provisions of the German Democratic Republic concerning the composition of the Ship's crew. Before the expiry of the said period, an application in accordance with § 4 shall be submitted for the issuing of a ship's certificate of ship. In this case, the grant is free of charge.
b)
Before the date of entry into force of the accession, the provisions of the German Democratic Republic have been issued. and valid certificates and other qualifications evidence of captains, ship officers and other crew members for the occupation of ships shall be considered to be certificates of competency and qualification evidence in accordance with this Regulation accordingly.
14.
Ship efficiency training ordinance of 11. February 1985 (BGBl. 323), as amended by the Regulation of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2457), the ship mechanic training ordinance of 24. March 1983 (BGBl. 338), as last amended by Regulation of 23. March 1988 (BGBl. 402), and the Maritime Safety Ordination of 18. April 1978 (BGBl. 514) with the following dimensions:
a)
The regulations of the Regulations, the organizational changes in the Education and training are not applied until the conditions are met.
b)
As evidence of formal qualifications in the sense of the The ship ' s official training regulation also applies to the corresponding provisions and valid certificates, certificates and qualification certificates, before the date of entry into force of the date of accession, with the associated regulations and valid certificates of competency. Powers.
c)
The qualifications acquired before the date of accession in accordance with the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic will be applied to the application of the the regulations are recognised by the competent authority as admission requirements within the meaning of these Regulations.
15.
Regulation on the Hospital care on the 25-year-old. April 1972 (BGBl. 734), as amended by Regulation of 8 June 2008. December 1987 (BGBl. 2553), with the following measures:
a)
In the case of ships which, at the date of the date of entry into force of the accession, The provisions of the Second Section shall apply in so far as they have been laid down in the territory of the German Democratic Republic in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of the Treaty, or in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty. In addition, the Maritime Trade Association may order changes in the adaptation of ships to the provisions of this Regulation.
b)
The medical ship equipment certificates issued before the date of accession to the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic shall be valid until the end of the year. Expiry of their validity as certificates within the meaning of this Regulation.
16.
Regulation on the fitness for the sea of 19 years of age. August 1970 (BGBl. 1241), as amended by the Regulation of 9. September 1975 (BGBl. 2507), with the following proviso: the health certificates issued before the date of accession in accordance with the provisions of the German Democratic Republic to date shall remain valid until the expiry of their validity as certificates within the meaning of this Regulation. Ordinance.
17.
Seemanning Ordinance of 21. October 1981 (BGBl. 1146) with the following conditions: the model rolls issued in accordance with the previous regulations of the German Democratic Republic shall be valid no later than one year and the valid navigation books shall be valid no later than three years after the date of entry into force of the accession to the European Union. shall be closed and replaced by seagoing books and sample rolls in accordance with this Regulation. The seamen's offices shall, on request in these documents, include a note indicating their provisional validity within the meaning of this Regulation.
18.
Regulation on the transmission of commercial documents to foreign bodies of 14. December 1966 (BGBl. 1542) with the following proviso: the permit requirement shall also be subject to the transmission of documents relating to the shipping business before the date of entry into effect.
href="index.html#BJNR208890990BJNE020503377"> unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap XI E III Appendix I chapter XI
Area E-inland waterway and waterways
Section III

Federal law occurs in the article 3 of the A contract with the following measures in force:
1.
to 4. (no longer apply)
5.
(omitted)
6.
Sportbootführlicenses Regulation-Binnen vom 22. March 1989 (BGBl. I p. 536, 1102), with the following measures:
a)
According to the previous regulations of the Germans Democratic republic, certificates of competency for sports and houseboats are considered to be a sports boat licence within the meaning of this Regulation.
b)
(no more )
c)
For the rewriting of certificates, § 8 sentence 2 of this Regulation applies accordingly.
d)
(no longer apply)
7.
(no longer apply)
Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XI F III Annex I Chapter XI
Sachgebiet F-Road Construction
Section III

(Section III No. 1 no longer ) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XI G II Annex I, Chapter XI,
Sachgebiet G-General traffic rules
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
Municipal Transport Finance Act, as amended by the 28. January 1988 (BGBl. I p. 100)
a)
The following paragraph 3 is added to § 2: " (3) In the Länder of Berlin, Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia also apply for the basic renewal of paragraph 1 (1) to (4), in so far as the promotion of the project before the 1. It began in January 1996. In the case of traffic routes referred to in point 2, the restriction to compaction spaces or associated peripheral areas and the guidance on special railway bodies shall not apply. "
In4 The first sentence of paragraph 1 and the second sentence of Article 6 (2) shall be inserted after the word "zone border area": "and in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia".
c)
§ 10 para. 1 and 2 will be read as follows: " (1) For projects to improve the traffic conditions of the municipalities in accordance with this law, up to an amount of 3,280 million Use the German mark annually:
1.
90 of the hundred of the surplus of mineral oil tax, which is Pursuant to Article 8 (1) of the Law on Tax Change 1966, 23. December 1966 (BGBl. 702),
2.
90 of the hundreds of the additional income tax on mineral oils, which is based on Article 1 (1) of the Transport Finance Act 1971 of 28 June 1990. February 1972 (BGBl. 201), to the extent that it is available for the purposes of this Act in accordance with Article 3 of the Transport Finance Act 1971.
(2) The Federal Minister of Transport may, in accordance with paragraph 1, have an amount of 0.25 of the hundred, in consultation with the from countries up to 0.50 per hundred, for research purposes. In addition, the means to use are
1.
to 75.8 of the hundred for the countries of Baden-Württemberg, Bavaria, Bremen, Hamburg, Hesse, Lower Saxony, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland and Schleswig-Holstein,
2.
to 24.2 of the hundred for the Länder of Berlin, Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia.
Each 50 of the hundred of these funds is allocated to projects pursuant to § 2 (1) No. 1 and No. 5 sentence 1 and to the other projects pursuant to § 2 (1) and (11). A necessary modification or transfer of other transport routes in connection with a project in accordance with § 2 shall be deemed to be part of this project. From the funds for other projects in accordance with § 2 para. 1 no. 2 to 4, No. 5 sentence 2 and no. 6 and § 11 can
1.
the countries of Baden-Württemberg, Bavaria, Bremen, Hamburg, Hesse, Lower Saxony, North Rhine-Westphalia, Rhineland-Palatinate, Saarland and Schleswig-Holstein in advance an amount of up to 100 Millions of German marks,
2.
the countries of Berlin, Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia in advance an amount of up to 50 million euros. Deutsche Mark
shall be made available for projects pursuant to section 2 (1) no. 6 in accordance with their shares pursuant to § 6 (2). The amount of these amounts is determined by the Federal Minister of Transport in consultation with the countries. "
d)
§ 11 (1) is amended as follows:
aa)
Set 2 is as follows: § 2 para. 1 and 2, § § 3, 4, 9, 10 para. 2 as well as § § 12 and 14 apply "
bb)
The following sentence 3 is added:" For systems of existing suburban trains, also § 2 para. 3. "
e)
§ 12 para. 4 is as follows: " (4) In the Länder of Berlin, Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, paragraphs 1 to 3 do not apply Application.
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape XI G III Appendix I chapter XI
Sachgebiet G-General traffic Provisions
Section III

(section III no longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XII Appendix I, Chapter XII
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Nuclear Safety

(Fundstelle in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1114-1119) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape XII)-issued all documents relating to Chapter XII of Appendix I-
b)
subject-related (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap XII A)-All documents relating to subject area A of Chapter XII of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. To Vtr Annex I Cape XII A III)-issued the document relating to section III of Section A of Chapter XII of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XII A II Annex I, Chapter XII
Sachgebiet A-Immission protection law
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
Federal Immission Control Act, as amended by the 14. May 1990 (BGBl. I p. 880)
a)
§ 10 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 3, sentence 2, the following sentence is inserted: " In the article referred to in Article 3 of the agreement During this period, applications can only be made in writing. "
bb)
In paragraph 4, point 4, the point is replaced by a semicolon, and the following number: shall be added:
" 5.
in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the following shall be noted: Notification of objections shall be notified by public notice.
cc)
In paragraph 8, the following sentence shall be inserted after the first sentence: " In the Article 3 of the agreement referred to in Article 3 shall be the notification of the approval certificate, with the exception of the applicant, by public notice.
b)
The following § 10a is inserted: " § 10aAdministrative aid (1) In the case of annexes to the Fourth Regulation for the implementation of the Fourth Regulation, the approval provided for in column 1 of the Annex to the Fourth Regulation In the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the Federal Immission Control Act has the competent approval authority after it has examined whether the planned plant is based on the existing land and planning situation. appears to be feasible to give the applicant an opinion of a authority designated by it in order to comply with the conditions for approval by the planned installation. The Authority must be in the territory of the existing scope of the Basic Law. The approval authority shall take account of the opinion in the examination of the conditions for approval.In the case of other installations in need of approval, an opinion may be requested in accordance with paragraph 1 where this is due to the nature, quantity and hazards of the emissions from the planned installation or because of the technical characteristics of the installations concerned. Installation is required.(3) The provision of an opinion under paragraph 1 may be waited if this is not necessary because of the circumstances of the individual case, in particular because of the technical interpretation of the planned installation or the scope of the individual tests.(4) Insofar as this is necessary for the performance of examinations, the applicant may be required to submit expert reports. "
c)
According to § 67, the following § 67a is inserted: " § 67aOverline regulation resulting from the establishment of the unity of Germany (1) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, an approved plant must be in need of approval before 1 January 2008. The competent authority shall be indicated within six months of the date on which it was established or commenced prior to the date on which it was set up before that date. The display shall be accompanied by documents relating to the type, scope and mode of operation.(2) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the granting of a permit to establish and operate or to substantially change the location, condition or operation of an installation requiring approval shall be subject to the conditions laid down in Exceeding of an immission value by the immission bias is not failed if
1.
Additional load is minor and with a significant reduction of the immission load in the area of impact of the plant within five years from approval to be expected or
2.
in connection with the project Plants are shut down or improved and thereby a reduction of the preload is brought about, which in the annual average at least twice as is as large as the additional load caused by the new installation.
(3) As far as the technical guidance on clean air of the 27. February 1986 (GMBl. 95, 202) provide for the implementation of measures for the rehabilitation of old plants up to a certain date, the time limits laid down for the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement shall be extended by one year; the date on which the deadline shall begin shall be: the 1. July 1990. "
d)
The following sentence is added to § 74:" § 10a shall take place on 30 June 1990. June 1992 out of force. "
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape XII A III Annex I, Chapter XII
Sachgebiet A-Immission protection law
Section III.

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
(no longer apply)
2.
(omitted)
3.
(no longer apply)
4.
(no longer apply)
5.
(no longer apply)
6.
(no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape XII B II Appendix I chapter XII
Sachgebiet B-Nuclear Safety and Radiation Protection
Section II

Federal law will be as follows changed:
1.
Atomic Energy Act in the version of the Notice of 15. July 1985 (BGBl. 1565), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 14. March 1990 (BGBl. 478) According to § 57, the following § 57a is inserted: " § 57aOverline regulation on the occasion of the production of the unity of Germany (1) For up to 30 years. The authorisations, permits and authorisations granted in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall apply as follows:
1.
Approvals and permits for nuclear power plants will be carried out at the end of the 30th June 1995, for the transport of radioactive substances at the end of the 30. June 1992 as well as all other authorisations, authorisations and authorisations with the expiry of the 30. The authorisations, licences and authorisations granted shall be deemed to have been granted in accordance with the relevant authorisations, licences and authorisations subject to the conditions laid down in the relevant authorisations, licences and authorisations granted in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Directive. The provisions of this Act and the regulations adopted pursuant to this Act shall continue. An authorisation to substantially alter an installation or its operation within the meaning of Article 7 (1) shall be without prejudice to an authorisation in accordance with the first sentence in so far as the authorisation relates to parts of the installation which are not affected by the amendment
2.
On the basis of point 1, the authorisation holder shall not apply if the marketing authorisation holder is a legal entity to which the law applies. Privatization and reorganization of the assets of the German Democratic Republic (Treuhandgesetz) of 17. June 1990 (GBl. 300).
3.
In the case of the conversion of legal entities under the trust law of the German Democratic Republic, the licences issued shall be subject to the following conditions: (a) the authorisations and authorisations for the period referred to in point 1, in so far as an order of repayment has not yet been made at the date of accession; the competent authority shall, in due time, have to check whether the new Holders of organisational measures and the provision of factual and personal means ensure the continuation of the establishment and operation of the plant or the activity. § 18 shall not apply.
(2) Shipments of radioactive substances which have not previously been authorised in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions: 1. July 1992, the provisions of this Act and the legal regulations adopted pursuant to this Act. "
2.
Radiation Protection Regulation as amended by the Notice of 30 June June 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1321, 1926), as amended by the Regulation of 3. April 1990 (BGBl. 607) According to § 89, the following § 89a is inserted: " § 89aOverline regulation on the occasion of the manufacture of the unit DeutschlandsThe regulations of § 1 para. 1 no. 1, § 3 para. 3 and § 29 para. 1 sentence 1, para. 2 sentence 1 and para. 6 for the search, The extraction and treatment of radioactive mineral resources shall not be used in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. "
3.
Radiation Protection Act of the 19. December 1986 (BGBl. 2610), as amended by Article 3 (1) of the Law of 9. October 1989 (BGBl. 1830) The following paragraph 9 is added to Article 11: " (9) The determination of the environmental radioactivity derived from mining activities in the presence of natural radioactive substances is to be found in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. of the Federal Government within the meaning of § 2. Responsible is the Federal Office for Radiation Protection. "
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XII C III Annex I, Chapter XII,
Water Management
Section III

(no longer apply Section III No. 1 to 4) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XII D II Annex I Chapter XII
Sachgebiet D-Waste management
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
Waste Law of 27. August 1986 (BGBl. 1410, 1501), as last amended by Article 2 of the Law of 11. May 1990 (BGBl. 870)
a)
In accordance with § 8, the following § 8a is inserted: " § 8aExamination of the admission requirements (1) In the In the case of installations which require the planning of the plan in accordance with Article 7 (1) of the agreement, the competent planning authority shall, after examining whether the planned facility is based on the existing land and Planning situation appears to be feasible, to give the applicant an opinion of a designated authority for the fulfilment of the eligibility requirements of the planned installation; the Authority must be within the scope of the present application of the Basic Law. The planning authority shall take account of the opinion in the examination of the conditions for admission.(2) In the case of other installations requiring approval pursuant to Article 7 (2), the opinion referred to in paragraph 1 may be required if this is due to the nature, quantity and danger of the emissions from the planned installation or the technical nature of the technical equipment. Special features of this plant are required.(3) The provision of an opinion under paragraph 1 may be waited if this is not necessary because of the circumstances of the individual case, in particular because of the technical interpretation of the planned installation or the scope of the individual tests.(4) In so far as this is necessary for the carrying out of examinations, the applicant may be required to submit expert reports.(5) objections within the scope of the authorisation procedure can only be made in writing within the time limit laid down by law. The delivery of the approval certificate pursuant to § 7 (1) shall be effected by public notice. "
b)
According to § 9, the following § 9a is inserted:" § 9aNachträ9.00 Arrangements (1) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the competent authority may be responsible for stationary waste disposal installations which are before the 1. The Commission and the Council of the European Parliament, the Commission and the Council of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 July 1990, have been operating Section 9, second sentence, shall apply accordingly.(2) Existing installations referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 shall be up to 31. The competent authority shall be notified in December 1990. In so far as an operator cannot be identified, the competent authority shall be subject to constitutional and notifiable notification. The display shall be accompanied by documents relating to the type, scope and mode of operation. "
c)
According to § 10, the following § 10a is inserted:" § 10aSting of existing Waste disposal facilities (1) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the holder of an existing waste disposal facility pursuant to section 9a shall immediately notify the competent authority of its intended closure. The second sentence of Article 9a (2) applies accordingly.(2) The indication referred to in paragraph 1 shall be accompanied by a dossier on the nature, scope and mode of operation, as well as the intended recultivation and other arrangements for the protection of the well-being of the general public.(3) § 10 (2) and (3) shall apply accordingly.(4) For waste disposal installations which are prior to the 1. The provisions of Section 9a (2) shall apply mutaly to the provisions of Section 9a. Sentence 1 shall apply in accordance with § 10 para. 3 accordingly. "
d)
According to § 31, the following § 32 is inserted:" § 32External force § 8a (1) to (4) shall occur on 30 April. June 1992. "
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XII E III Annex I, Chapter XII,
/> Section III

(no longer applicable) unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape XII F III Annex I, Chapter XII
Area F-Nature conservation and landscape maintenance
Section III

(no longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XIII Annex I, Chapter XIII,
Division of the Federal Minister for Postal and Telecommunications

(site in Annex I of the EinigVtr BGBl). II 1990, 1120-1121) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape XIII)-All documents relating to Chapter XIII of Annex I-
b)
are subject to a specific area (e. g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape XIII A)-All documents relating to subject area A of Chapter XIII of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. United Vtr Annex I Cape XIII A III)-issued the document relating to section III of Section A of Chapter XIII of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XIII A II Annex I, Chapter XIII
Sachgebiet A-Postconstitutional law
Section II

Federal law is amended or repealed as follows:
1.
Postconstitutional Law of 8. June 1989 (BGBl. 1026):
a)
Paragraph 32 (1), second sentence, is taken as follows: " It shall consist of an equal number of Representatives of the German Bundestag and the Bundesrat, where the number of federal council representatives corresponds to the number of countries. "
b)
The Berlin-related Special regulations in § 1 para. 3, § 2 para. 3, § 46 para. 2, § 47 para. 1 sentence 1 no. 2 and sentence 3 as well as § 61 sentence 2 no. 1 are repealed.
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap XIII A III Appendix I Chapter XIII
Sachgebiet A-Postconstitutional right
Section III

(no longer apply Section III No. 1) Non-Official Table Of Contents

Annex I Kap XIII B I Annex I Chapter XIII
Sachgebiet B-Postal
Section I

From the entry into force of the Federal law, pursuant to Article 8 of the Treaty, are excluded:
1.
Postcode of 16. May 1963 (BGBl. 341), as last amended by the Regulation of 23 June 2008. June 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1158)
2.
Post-fee order of 10. August 1988 (BGBl. 1575), as amended by Regulation of the 23rd June 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1158, 1279)
3.
Postage order of 9. September 1981 (BGBl. 950), as last amended by the Regulation of 17. October 1988 (BGBl. I p. 2065)
4.
Post-Time Fee Ordinance of 17. October 1988 (BGBl. 2067), as amended by Regulation of the 15. September 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1743)
5.
The foreign mail order of 15. August 1988 (BGBl. I p. 1593, 1751; 1989 I p. 343)
6.
Postgiroordnung vom 5. December 1984 (BGBl. 1478), as last amended by the Regulation of 22 December 2008. March 1989 (BGBl. I p. 541)
7.
Postgiro fee order of 5. December 1984 (BGBl. 1484), as last amended by Regulation of the 23rd June 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1164)
8.
Postsparkassenordnung vom 24. April 1986 (BGBl. 626), as amended by Regulation of 22 December 2008. March 1989 (BGBl. I p. 546)
9.
Post-restriction Regulation of 6. July 1978 (BGBl. 979)
10.
Service Postal Regulation of 6. July 1978 (BGBl. I p. 980)
11.
Field Postal Regulation of 6. July 1978 (BGBl. I p. 982)
12.
Datapost regulation of 20. December 1984 (BGBl. 1687)
13.
Postal and Telecommunications Ordination with the German Post of the German Democratic Republic of 4. June 1976 (BGBl. 633), as last amended by the Regulation of 1. October 1981 (BGBl. 1109)
14.
Regulation on postal and telecommunications charges with the German Post of the German Democratic Republic of 4. June 1976 (BGBl. 1400), as last amended by the Regulation of 26 June 2009. June 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1260).
unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape XIII B III Annex I, Chapter XIII
Sachgebiet B-Postal
Section III

(Section III no longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XIII C III Annex I, Chapter XIII
/> Section III

(no longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XIV Annex I, Chapter XIV
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Regional Planning, Construction and Urban

(Fundstelle in der Appendix I des EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1122-1128) The text of the chapter is broken down into sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr System I Cape XIV)-issued all documents relating to Chapter XIV of Appendix I-
b)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap XIV III)-issued the document on Section III of Chapter XIV of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap XIV I Appendix I Chapter XIV
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty shall not apply:
1.
Policy Law on the Construction Code of 17. May 1990 (BGBl. 926), unless the provisions of this Act are declared applicable in § 246a of the Construction Code.
2.
Law on the permanent social improvement of the Housing situation in the state of Berlin of 14. July 1987 (BGBl. I p. 1625).
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XIV II Annex I, Chapter XIV
Section II

Federal law is supplemented as follows:
1.
Baugesetzbuch in the version of the 8. December 1986 (BGBl. 2253), as amended by Article 21 (5) (5) of the Law of 25. July 1988 (BGBl. I p. 1093) According to § 246, the following § 246a is inserted: " § 246aoverride regulations from the occasion of the production of the unity of Germany (1) Up to the 31. The following measures shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement on the entry into force of the Agreement, December 1997:
1.
(Bauleitplanung; Raumordnung und Landesplanung, Teil-Land Use Plan, elaboration of building plans) § 1 para. 4 sentence 2, § 4 para. 3 and § 5 para. 1 sentence 3 of the construction planning and Registration Regulation of the German Democratic Republic of 20. June 1990 (GBl. I p. 739). Section 2 (4) of the German Democratic Republic of the Democratic Republic of Germany is to be applied with the proviso that the following sentence is replaced by the following sentence: " The right of the congregations to commission other suitably qualified persons or bodies shall remain in force. "
2.
(obligation to plan) § 2 para. 6 of the German Democratic Republic of Germany's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance is to be applied in accordance with the conditions laid down in sentence 1 "or the body designated by it" is deleted; the provision must be applied accordingly to § 204 (1).
3.
(Pre-Time Bebauplan) § 8 (2) to (4) is in the wording of section 8 (2) to (4) of the German Democratic Republic of Germany's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance, subject to the proviso that the first sentence of Section 8 (4) of the sentence " 1. within a period of five years from the date of entry into force of this Regulation, ' and No 2.
4.
(duty to approve the statutes), statutes after this code, including the statutes referred to in points 6, 8 and 13, shall be subject to the approval of the higher management authority; § 6 (2) and (4) shall apply accordingly. The granting of the approval of the development plan is to be published in a local language. Other statutes shall be published together with the grant of the permit; the notice may also be made in the appropriate application of § 12, sentence 2 to 5. In the cases of § 13 (1) sentence 1 and § 143 (3), no authorisation is required; in the case of § 17 (1) sentence 3, para. 2 and 3, the approval of the higher administrative authority shall be subject to approval.
5.
(change lock) § 12 para. 1 sentence 2 of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance is to be applied with the proviso that a permit is only denied may not be granted an exception in accordance with Section 14 (2) for the use intended for the legal process. In Article 17 (1), in the first sentence, the word 'two' shall be replaced by the word 'three' and the word 'two-year period' shall be replaced by the word 'three-year period' in the second sentence. In § 18 paragraph 1 sentence 1, the word "four" is replaced by the word "five".
6.
(project and development plan) § 55 of the Construction Planning and Admission Ordinance of the Germans The democratic republic shall be subject to the following measures:
a)
In paragraph 1, the sentence of sentence 1 shall be: before point 1: "The municipality may, by statute, determine the admissibility of projects by way of derogation from § § 30, 31 and 33 to 35 of the Construction Code, if". In the third sentence of paragraph 1, 'Annex 1 to this Regulation' shall be replaced by 'Regulation adopted pursuant to Article 2 (5) of the Construction Code'. § 9 (8), § 31 (1) and § 36 of this Code as well as § 4 (3) of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance are to be applied accordingly. A statutes pursuant to section 55 (1) of the German Democratic Republic's Ordinance on Construction Planning and Admission shall be deemed to be a development plan for the purposes of the partial approval.
b)
§ § 58 and 59 of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance are based on statutes pursuant to § 55 of the German Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance (Bauplanning and Admissions Ordinance) Pursuant to Article 58 (1), first sentence, of the Construction Planning and Admissions Regulation of the German Democratic Republic, also for the justification of the Articles of Association in accordance with Section 55 (1) of the Construction Planning and Construction Planes, § 216 is to be applied.
c)
Decisions pursuant to § 55 (1) of the Construction Planning and Admission Ordinance of the German Democratic Republic of Germany ("Bauplanning-und Authorisation") German Democratic Republic are decisions within the meaning of § 2 (1) sentence 1 of the Environmental Impact Assessment Act; § 17 of the Environmental Impact Assessment Act shall be applied accordingly.
7.
(legal pre-emption rights of the municipality) In the cases of § § 24 and 25, notwithstanding § 28 (2) sentence 2, the amount to be paid by the municipality is § 3 (3) of the Law of measures on the Construction Code of 17. May 1990 (BGBl. I p. 926). On sales cases before the 1. This number shall be applied further in January 1998.
8.
(Admissibility of projects) § 4 para. 2 sentence 1, para. 4 and 5, § 9 para. 3 and § 10 para. 3 sentence 1 of the Act of Measures to the building code are to be applied.
9.
(loss of confidence) Instead of § 39, the following rule shall apply: " If the owner or in the exercise of his rights of use, other rights of use in the legitimate trust of the stock of a legally binding development plan or of the admissibility of the accession of the applicant in accordance with § 34 Preparations for the realization of possible uses , which result from the development plan or from § 34, they may demand appropriate compensation in money, as far as the expenses are lost due to the establishment, modification, addition or cancellation of a construction plan. This also applies to charges in accordance with national or national regulations which have been collected for the development of the land. The first sentence shall also apply to reasonable costs and consideration for the acquisition of a land or other law entitling the acquisition of a land, if the use of the land is permitted under section 34 when the accession becomes effective and if the use of the land is not the confidence in the admissibility referred to in the first sentence shall be based on a building permit, an advance notice or a written declaration of the authority responsible for granting the authorisation. If, in the case of the sentence 3, the consideration clearly exceeds the value of the traffic in a manner which can be seen in the legal traffic, the compensation shall be determined in accordance with the traffic value of the land (§ 194). § § 43 and 44 shall apply accordingly. " Section 42 (1) to (3) and (5) to (10) shall not apply to the benefits permitted in the event of the accession pursuant to § 34.
10.
(Admissibility of the expropriation) A statutes according to point 6 shall apply for the purposes of expropriation as a plan of development pursuant to § 85 (1) (1), for land plots in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Association, which may be made in the Bebauplan as a set according to § 9, to be used for public purposes or to prepare for such use.
11.
(Development) In place of § 124, § 54 of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admission Ordinance is to be applied. In the case of closure installations or parts of installations which have already been produced before the date of accession, a contribution may not be levied in accordance with this Code. [0060] Already produced closing systems or parts of the closure systems are the finishing plants or parts of the closure systems which have been completed in accordance with a technical extension program or in the local design of the building. Benefits which have been provided by contributors for the manufacture of closure installations or parts of installations shall be set off against the contribution to the final contribution. The national governments are authorized, if necessary, to adopt transfer regulations by means of a legal regulation.
12.
(Urban development measures) Supplementary to § 141 is to be applied in accordance with Section 28 (4) of the Construction Planning and Admission Regulation of the German Democratic Republic. Section 142 (4) 2. Half-sentence is not to be applied.
13.
(Urban development measures) § § 165 to 171 are in the version of § § 6, 7, 9 para. 3 and § 10 para. 3 of the Act of Measures apply to the Construction Code; § 15 (2) of the Act of Measures to the Construction Code is to be applied with the proviso that the words " 1. June 1995 "by the words" 1.
14.
(conservation statutes) In addition to § 172 (1) sentence 1 no. 2, § 43 (1) sentence 3 of the German Federal Planning and Admission Ordinance (Bauplanning and Admissions Ordinance) is hereby replaced by the German Federal Council of Germany. Democratic Republic. § 172 (4) sentence 2 shall not apply; Section 173 (2) shall also apply in the event of a consent pursuant to section 172 (4).
15.
(Urban construction bids) Supplementary to § 176 § 8 of the Act of Measures to the Construction Code is to be applied; § 16 of the Act of Measures to the Construction Code is to be applied with the proviso that the words " 1. June 1995 "by the words" 1.
16.
(valuation) Until the entry into force of a legal regulation in accordance with § 199 para. 2 in the respective country, § 50 (1) and § 51 (1) and 2 of the Construction Planning and Admission Ordinance of the German Democratic Republic; the Land Government or the authority designated by it may determine the authorities in the respective county-free towns and counties where the In so far as this has not already been done in accordance with Section 53 of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admissions Regulation.
17.
(procedures in front of the chambers (senates) for construction property) § § 217 to 232 shall apply with the proviso that the chambers of administrative law at the county courts and the Senate for Administrative law in the district courts; the rules of the administrative court order shall apply to the proceedings. This does not apply to the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied. § 217 shall also be applied to administrative acts in accordance with points 7 and 9.
18.
(Higher Administrative Authority) The administrative authority of the higher administrative authority pursuant to this Code Tasks assigned shall be carried out by the Government Plenipotentiaries in the districts until the Land Government has a jurisdiction rule.
To the extent that the rules applicable to the planning and/or planning of the project are applicable in accordance with the provisions of the first sentence of the first sentence of 1 to 18. The Regulation of the German Democratic Republic is to be referred to other provisions of this Regulation, and shall be replaced by the same provisions of this Code; "supervisory authority" shall be replaced by "higher administrative authority", "Minister for Construction, Urban Development and Housing" to be replaced by "State Government". In so far as the provisions of the Act of Measures are to be applied to the Construction Code, these provisions shall apply by way of derogation from Article 1 of the Housing-Facilitation Act to the 31. December 1997. Insofar as reference is made in this Code to provisions which do not apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the relevant provisions of the German Democratic Republic shall apply. If such rules do not exist or if their application would be contrary to the meaning of the referral, the rules referred to shall apply accordingly.(2) On procedures based on the measures referred to in paragraph 1, to 31. The measures to be applied shall continue to be applied in December 1997. The provisions of Section 8 (2) and (3) of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance to be applied in accordance with the first sentence of paragraph 1, point 3, shall be in accordance with the provisions of Part Land Use Plans after 31 December. Continue to apply in December 1997. The first sentence of Article 4 (2), first sentence, of the Law on the Construction Code applicable pursuant to the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 1 shall be applied to projects for which the first sentence is to be applied before the first subparagraph. A request for authorisation was submitted to the competent authority before 1 January 1998 and before 1 January 1998. It has not yet been decided in an unquestionable way by January 1998. § 9 (3) of the Act of Measures to be applied in accordance with the first sentence of paragraph 1, no. 8 and 13, of the Building Code and the § § § 58 and 59 of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance to be applied in accordance with the first sentence of the first sentence of paragraph 1 of this Act even after the 31. They shall apply to articles adopted in accordance with the provisions of the first sentence of paragraph 1 (1), (6), (8) and (13) of this Regulation. The decisions and statutes adopted in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be deemed to have been adopted in accordance with the provisions of this Code.(3) The provisions of this Code shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 to proceedings initiated under the Regulations and Admissions Regulation of the German Democratic Republic before the date of entry into effect. § § 58 and 59 of the German Democratic Republic's Construction Planning and Admission Ordinance are to be applied after the date of entry into force of the accession to the building control plans and statutes, which are subject to the application of the Construction Planning and Admission Ordinance of the German Democratic Republic (DPRD). The German Democratic Republic has been issued. Decisions and statutes which have been adopted or enacted in accordance with the Regulations and Admissions Regulations of the German Democratic Republic shall be considered as such in accordance with the provisions of this Code.(4) Paragraph 64 of the German Democratic Republic of Germany's Construction Planning and Admissions Regulation shall apply with the proviso that the words "within six months of the entry into force of this Regulation" shall be replaced by the words "within a period of six months from the date of entry into force of this Regulation". " up to the 30th "The second sentence of paragraph 1 shall apply."
2.
Baunutzungsverordnung in the version of the notice of 23. January 1990 (BGBl. 132) According to Article 26, the following § 26a is inserted: " § 26aOverline regulations arising from the establishment of the unity of Germany (1) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, § 17, paragraph 3 shall apply to territories which are to be applied on the first subparagraph of Article 3 of the Agreement. Most of them were built in July 1990.(2) Where reference is made in this Regulation to provisions which do not apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the relevant provisions of the German Democratic Republic shall apply. If such rules do not exist or if their application would be contrary to the meaning of the referral, the provisions referred to shall apply accordingly. "
3.
Spatial Planning Act, as amended by the 19. July 1989 (BGBl. I p. 1461) According to § 12, the following § 12a is inserted: " § 12aoverride regulations arising from the establishment of the unit DeutschlandsIn the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, this law shall apply with the following measures:
1.
§ 2 para. 1 no. 4 does not apply.
2.
§ 2 para. 1 no. 7 subparagraph 2 is to be applied in the following version: " The area-bound rural agriculture is to be protected to a particular extent. On an equal footing, individual farmers and agricultural holdings are in the form of legal persons. Soils suitable for agricultural or forestry use are to be maintained to a sufficient extent. In the event of a change in land use, ecologically acceptable uses should be sought. "
3.
The § § 2 and 3 of the law on the entry into force of the Law of Spatial Planning of the Federal Republic of Germany in the German Democratic Republic of 5. July 1990 (GBl. I p. 627) continue to be applied.
4.
Bundeskleingartengesetz vom 28. February 1983 (BGBl. 210), as amended by Article 2 of the Law of 8. December 1986 (BGBl. 2191) According to § 20, the following § 20a is inserted: " § 20aOverline regulations issued on the occasion of the production of the unit DeutschlandsIn the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, this Act shall be applied with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
Kleingartenusage, which was founded before the date of entry into force of the accession and not , from that date on, shall be governed by this law.
2.
Prior to the effective date of accession, use contracts for small gardens are as follows: To treat small-scale lease contracts through permanent shredding gardens if the municipality is the owner of the land at the time of the accession of the congregation or after that date the property is acquired on these land plots.
3.
In case of use contracts for small gardens that are not owned by the municipality, it will remain with the agreed service life. If the small gardens in the development plan have been set as areas for permanent shredder gardens, the contract shall be deemed to have been extended for an indefinite period. If the congregation has decided, before the expiry of the agreed period of use, to draw up a development plan with the aim of setting the area for permanent shredder gardens, and to renew the decision pursuant to section 2 (1) sentence 2 of the construction code the contract shall be six years from the date of publication of the contract notice. From the time of the legally binding nature of the development plan, the regulations on permanent shredder gardens are to be applied. Under the terms of Section 8 (4), first sentence, of the German Democratic Republic of Germany's Construction Planning and Admissions Ordinance of 20 June 2008, the German Democratic Republic June 1990 (GBl. 739) in the version of § 246a (1) sentence 1, No. 3 of the Construction Code, a premature development plan may be established.
4.
The pre- The power to take advantage of the accession of small-scale gardening organisations to pay for land for the purposes of the award of small gardeners may be withdrawn from the conditions applicable to the denial of the small-gardening community. . The process of recognition and withdrawal of the petty gardening community rules the countries.
5.
Recognitions of the small-gardening community benefit, which before the date of entry into force of the accession shall remain unaffected.
6.
The lease rate to be paid at the date of entry into effect of the accession may be progressively lower than the date of entry into force of the accession date. Consideration of the income ratios of the tenants will be increased. After the expiry of three years since the date of accession, the Pachtzins may be required in accordance with Section 5 (1). If the usual pachtzins in the commercial fruit and vegetable cultivation in accordance with § 5 (1) cannot be determined, the corresponding lease in the neighbouring municipality or in a comparable municipality or in a comparable county is not to be determined
7.
Before the entry into effect of the accession lawfully established garden lounges exceeding the size provided for in § 3 (2) shall be used. or other small-scale gardening facilities can be used without change. The small animal husbandry in small garden plants remains unaffected, insofar as it does not significantly disturb the small gardening community and does not contradicts the use of small-scale gardening.
8.
A small gardener's power to use his arenas permanently for residential purposes before the date of accession remains unaffected, as far as other provisions of the use of housing are concerned. do not stand in the way. For the permanent use of the leaves, the lessor may also require an appropriate fee.
5.
Second housing law in the version of the Notice of 14. August 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1730) According to § 116, the following § 116a is inserted: " § 116aOverline regulations arising from the establishment of the unit DeutschlandsIn the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, this law shall apply with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
The rules of this law apply to newly created apartments, for which funds are public budgets under this Act will be approved for the first time after the date of entry into force.
2.
For public-law disputes arising from this Until the formation of administrative courts, the law can be established.
3.
The Federal Government is authorized, with the consent of the Federal Council of the Federal Republic of Germany by means of a regulation from the date of effect of the accession the income limits of § 25, taking into account the income conditions and developments in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement
4.
§ 116 is not applicable in the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now.
6.
Housing Binding Act 1965 in the version of the announcement of the 22. July 1982 (BGBl. 972), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 17. May 1990 (BGBl. I p. 934) According to § 32, the following § 33 is inserted: " § 33reconciliation regulations arising from the production of the unit DeutschlandsIn the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, this law shall be applied with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
The law applies to publicly subsidized dwellings in accordance with § 116a No. 1 of the Second Housing law and the following point 2.
2.
Is the certificate according to § 5 in the countries in the area in which the housing binding law already before the If it has been granted accession, it shall not apply in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the agreement. If, in accordance with the economic circumstances, there is no public interest in the restrictions set out in the first sentence, the governments of the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty and of the State of Berlin may be entitled to: The legal regulation states that and to what extent the certificates issued in the countries in whose territory the housing binding law has already been awarded before accession apply.
3.
§ 5 paragraph 4 sentence 3 is not applicable in the Land Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now. "
7.
Law to regulate the height of the 18-year-old. December 1974 (BGBl. 3603, 3604), as last amended by the Act of 20. December 1982 (BGBl. I p. 1912) According to § 10, the following § 11 is added: " § 11 (1) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, this law applies to housing, which has not been funded with funds from public budgets and after the effective application of the law of accession
1.
has been completed in newly built buildings or
2.
from rooms that were no longer usable for residential purposes, or were created from rooms that were built after their construction and equipment, other than
the purpose of renting this living space, pricing rules shall not apply.(2) In the case of housing, the maximum permissible rent of which is the result of the application of the law, the following paragraphs shall apply as well as the following paragraphs. § 3 shall also apply to structural measures which have not yet been completed before the date of entry into force of accession.(3) The Federal Government is authorized to do so by means of a legal regulation with the consent of the Federal Council
1.
to increase the maximum authorised rent, taking into account the development of income, with the aim of allowing the rent referred to in Article 2 (1), first sentence, no. 2. The type, size, equipment, nature and location of the living space must be taken into account;
2.
to determine that the operating costs or parts thereof shall be proportional to the operating costs according to § 4. the tenants are allowed to be relocated;
3.
to determine that after the 31. The rent may be fixed at the end of December 1992 when new leases are concluded, or the rent referred to in § 10 (2) may be agreed upon, the maximum permissible rent may be fixed;
4.
for the part of the country Berlin, where the Basic Law has not been applied until now, or part of it to provide special regulations.
(4) The landlord may be subject to § 1 sentence 3 in writing to the lessee, that the rent is to be increased by a certain amount, in the case of operating costs by a certain amount, up to the level of the rental rate allowed under the terms of the regulation referred to in paragraph 3. If the landlord has made his declaration with the help of automatic equipment, it does not require his own hand signature.(5) The declaration of the landlord has the effect that from the first of the month following the declaration of the increased rent to the site of the previously paid rent of rent shall occur.(6) The lessee shall be entitled to terminate the tenancy at the latest on the third working day of the calendar month from which the rent is to be increased for the end of the next calendar month. If the lessee announces, the increase does not occur.(7) The Federal Government is empowered to determine by means of a decree law with the consent of the Federal Council that beyond § 3 to the 1. In the case of significant repair measures, an increase in the annual rent over a certain amount of the costs incurred may be required. When determining the scope, account should be taken of
1.
which amounts to the landlord due to a (3)
2.
that the expected increase in rent for the tenants in terms of their income may not mean a hardship which also means that the tenants may not be able to pay any other should not be considered in the light of the interests of the landlord in the repair measure. '
Maintenance measures pursuant to a legal regulation in accordance with the first sentence shall apply to the application of other provisions of this law structural measures in accordance with § 3. "
8.
Housing money law in the version of the notice of 28. February 1990 (BGBl. 310), as amended by Law of 10. August 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1522) According to § 41, the following § 42 is added: " § 42Management regulations arising from the establishment of the unity of Germany (1) In the area referred to in Article 3 of the Unification Treaty, the following shall be added: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
§ 8 para. 1 to 5 not applicable. The amounts referred to in § 15 (2) to (4) and (16) shall be replaced by the amounts referred to in the legal regulation referred to in paragraph 2 (2). The percentages of the percentages referred to in Article 17 (2) to (4) shall be replaced by the percentages referred to in the Regulation referred to in paragraph 2 (3), in so far as they take account of the taxes paid by them. The first sentence of Article 36 (1) (1) (a) and (2) in conjunction with Section 6 (1) Sentence 1 (1) and (2) of the Housing Regulation, as amended by the Notice of 25. May 1988 (BGBl. 643), as last amended by the Regulation of 17 June 2008. August 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1777), for heating and/or heating systems for heating and/or heating. Hot water costs shall be replaced by the flat-rate amounts referred to in the regulation referred to in paragraph 2 (4);
2.
§ 32 paragraph 1, as follows: " (1) The housing allowance is 50 v. H. the recognised running expenses for the accommodation within the meaning of the Federal Social Assistance Act, insofar as this regulation is not repealed by means of a legal regulation pursuant to § 42 para. 2 no. 6 and a deviating percentage of the percentage is determined. The amount shall be rounded to the full Deutsche Mark. ";
3.
§ 36 (1) No. 2 sentence 2 and (2) shall not apply.
(2) The Federal Government is authorized to Ordinance with the consent of the Federal Council for the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement of the agreement
1.
to set and change the maximum amounts for rent and load in accordance with § 8 (1) to (5) according to the development of rents;
2.
to set and change the amounts in § 15 para. 2 to 4 and § 16 taking into account the evolution of incomes;
3.
to set and change the flat-rate deductions in accordance with § 17, para. 2 to 4, taking into account the taxes paid on income;
4.
the lump sums referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 (1), for heating and/or heating. Warm water costs, taking account of the average costs paid by tenants for these operating costs
5.
to repeal the provisions of paragraph 1 (1) and of paragraphs 1 to 4 above, together with the relevant legal regulations; as soon as in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, the income, rents or the amounts paid by tenants on average for heating and hot water costs are comparable with those in the rest of the Federal Republic;
6.
paragraph 1, point 2, and for the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement for the first time on the basis of a random sample according to § 36 para. 2 no. 1 (a) and number 2. to determine the percentage of the living allowance according to § 32 (1), as soon as the calculations required for this purpose can be carried out with sufficient accuracy, taking into account the housing allowance statistics;
7.
Paragraph 1, No 3, if the conditions set out in point 6 are fulfilled, to the extent that it is determined that § 36 (2) does not apply.
name="BJNR208890990BJNE022601160 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XIV III Appendix I Chapter XIV
Section III

(not to be applicable Section III) Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XV Annex I Chapter XV
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Research and Technology

(find in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1129)- Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XVI Annex I, Chapter XVI
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of Education and Science

(found in Appendix I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1130-1136) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape XVI)-issued all documents relating to Chapter XVI of Appendix I-
b)
subject-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape XVI C)-All documents relating to subject C of Chapter XVI of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. United Vtr Annex I Cape XVI C III)-issued the document relating to section III of Section C of Chapter XVI of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XVI A II Annex I, Chapter XVI
Sachgebiet A-Higher Education,
Section II

Federal law is amended or supplemented as follows:
1.
Higher Education Cultivation Law of 1. September 1969 (BGBl. 1556), as last amended by § 80 of the Law of 26. January 1976 (BGBl. 185) *)
a)
7 (2) Sentence 1 is adopted as follows: " A decision of the planning committee shall be taken If the federal government and the majority of the Länder agree to it. "
b)
According to § 14, the following § 14a is inserted:" § 14aOverline regulations from the occasion of the production of the Unit of Germany (1) During a period of one year from the date of accession, universities or higher education institutions may be included in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Unification Treaty and in the part of the country. Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, by way of derogation from § 4 (2) sentence 1, provisionally admitted to the facility. The provisional admission may take place by the end of each year, but at the latest by the end of 1993. With the consent of the Federal Council, the Federal Government shall, by means of a legal regulation, determine whether the provisional recording shall be issued by that date or whether it shall take place in accordance with Section 4 (2).(2) By the end of 1994, a simplified procedure may be applied to universities and higher education institutions in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty and in the part of the Land of Berlin where the Basic Law has not yet been applied. in order to supplement a framework plan already established or to draw up a framework plan which differs from the requirements of Article 5 (2), (6) and (8) (1), first sentence, and (2).3. The Planning Committee shall decide whether a simplified procedure shall be applied in accordance with paragraph 2. It sets out the details of this procedure. "
*)
Until the remission of the National laws in accordance with Section 72 (1) sentence 3 of the Higher Education Framework Act in the version in force on the date of the date of entry into force of the accession determines the national law applicable until then in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the agreement of the agreement and in the part of the Land of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied, which is higher education institutions and higher education institutions within the meaning of § 4 of the Higher Education Law on Higher Education. The status of universities, other universities and colleges in this area, which already exists at the date of accession, can only be changed by the law of the State.
-----
2.
Higher Education Framework Law of 26. 1 January 1976, as amended by the notice of 9. April 1987 (BGBl. I p. 1170),
a)
§ 27 is amended as follows:
aa)
In accordance with paragraph 2, the following paragraph 3 is inserted: " (3) nationals of another Member State European Communities shall be treated as Germans in accordance with paragraph 1 if the language skills required for their studies are demonstrated. "
bb)
The previous Paragraph 3 becomes paragraph 4; in it, the word "other" is replaced by the word "other"
b)
According to § 33, the following § 33a is inserted: " § 33aOverline regulations On the occasion of the production of the unity of Germany (1) As long as the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Unification Treaty and the part of the Land Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, the State Treaty on the awarding of study places of the 14. A degree programme at universities in these countries or at one of these universities with the consent of the respective country may be included in the proceedings of the Central Office in accordance with section 31 (1) of this Regulation. During a period of five years from the date of entry into force of accession, a programme of study at universities in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement and in the part of the Land of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has so far been , or at one of these universities, with the consent of the respective country, to be included in the procedure in accordance with § 31 (1) as a separate course of studies if, according to content and conclusion, it is essentially a course of studies at the Universities in the other countries.(2) Paragraph 32 (2), first sentence, no. 5 does not apply to applicants who, prior to the 1991/92 winter semester, are studying at a university in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty and in the part of the Land Berlin, in which the Basic Law has so far been has not been completed.(3) As long as the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty and the part of the Land Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, the State Treaty on the awarding of study places of 14. In accordance with Article 32 (3) (1) sentence 5, the quotas applicable to these countries may be awarded in accordance with the provisions of Section 32 (3) (1) sentence 5 for the award of a degree programme at universities in these countries not included in the procedure of the Central Office in accordance with the first sentence of paragraph 1. the places of study at the universities in the other countries differ from § 32 (3) No. 1 sentence 6. Under the conditions laid down in the first sentence of paragraph 32 (3) (2), first sentence, the formation of quotas for applicants with one of the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement and in the part of the applicant may also be subject to the conditions laid down in the first sentence of Article 32 (3). Country Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, acquired university entrance qualification is provided; § 32 (3) No. 1 sentence 6 and sentence 1 applies accordingly.(4) For the award of study places in higher education courses in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty and in the part of the Land of Berlin, where the Basic Law has not been applied until now, to applicants with one in the other Countries acquired for higher education entrance qualification shall apply in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 3.(5) For periods of study at a university in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty and in the part of the Land of Berlin, where the Basic Law has not previously been applied, until the winter semester 1990/91, the National law of § 32 (3) No. 2 sentence 7 different regulations.(6) For the allocation of study places pursuant to § 33 (2) (1) sentence 1 and (2) (a), paragraphs 2 to 5 shall apply mutatily. "
c)
§ 34 shall be amended as follows:
aa)
The previous § 34 will be paragraph 1.
bb)
The following paragraph 2 is added: " (2) Paragraph 1 shall apply in accordance with the services and services provided for in Article 23 of the Constitution of the German Democratic Republic, including the Services corresponding to the services referred to in points (b) to (d) of the Notice on the Service, which corresponds to the performance of the military service of the 25. March 1982 (GBl. 268).
d)
In § 57f, the point is replaced by a stroke, and the following half-sentence is added: ' in the Article 3 of the agreement § § 57a to 57e are to be applied for the first time to employment contracts concluded three years after the date of entry into force of the accession. "
e)
§ 72 is changed as follows:
aa)
Paragraph 1 is changed as follows:
aaa)
According to the second sentence, the following sentence 3 *) is inserted: " Within three years after the day of the In the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement Treaty, and in the part of the Land of Berlin, where the Basic Law has not yet been applied, the provisions of this Act shall be effective in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement on Accession. " -----
*)
Without prejudice to the immediately valid or earlier provisions of the Higher Education Framework Act as well as other immediately valid provisions of the Higher Education Framework Act Federal law provisions shall apply until the entry into force of the laws of the State in accordance with Section 72 (1) sentence 3 of the Higher Education Framework Act in the version valid on the date of the date of application of the accession to the German Democratic Republic Act (German Democratic Republic) Republic for Higher Education as a national law. -----
bbb)
The previous sentence 3 will be set 4. It shall be taken as follows: ' § 9 in the beginning of 1. Article 27 (3) of the Law on the Law of Accession of the Federal Republic of Germany, § 27 (3), § 33a (4), Articles 57a to 57f and Section 70 (6) shall apply directly; until the entry into force of the relevant national laws, § 27 (1), (2) and 4 in the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Agreement and in the part of the Land of Berlin, where the Basic Law has not been applied until now.
bb)
The second sentence of paragraph 2 is as follows: " For the first time for authorisations for the summer semester of 1991, but at the latest until the entry into force of the country law of the first sentence, the provisions of the Articles 7 to 14 of the State Treaty on the allocation of study places of 14. June 1985, in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Act. "
cc)
In the fifth sentence, the number" 1989 "shall be replaced by the number" 1993 "
f)
In accordance with § 75, the following § 75a is inserted: " § 75areconciliation regulations from the occasion of the production of the unit DeutschlandsThe takeover of the Scientific and artistic staff of the institutions of higher education in the legal conditions provided for in this Act shall be regulated in the law adopted pursuant to Article 72 (1), third sentence. The principles of section 75 (3), (4), (6) and (8) shall apply accordingly; the general provisions in the provisions of the agreement on the public service shall remain unaffected. The legal status of officials and employees who remain in their existing legal relationship shall be determined by the law of the country.
unofficial table of contents

asset I Cape XVI B II, Appendix I, chapter XVI
subject area B-training promotion
section II

federal law will be repealed as follows, or modified, or Supplements:
Bundesausbildungsförderungsgesetz (Federal Training Promotion Act) in the version of the 6. June 1983 (BGBl. 645, 1680), as last amended by the Law of 22. May 1990 (BGBl. No. 936), and in accordance with § 2 (3), § 13 (4), § § 14a, 15 (4), § 18 (6), § 18b (1), Article 21 (3) (4), § 44 (1) and § 45 (4) of this Act, legal regulations are issued in the area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement on 1. January 1991, amended as follows:
1.
Bundesausbildungsförderungsgesetz:
a)
§ 5 para. 2 sentence 1 is changed as follows:
aa)
In number 1, the word "or" after the word "can" be replaced with a comma.
bb)
The number 2 is the word "or" appended.
cc)
In point 2, the following point 3 is added:
" 3.
training abroad before the 1. (c
b)
§ 6a is started and was promoted for the month of December 1990 according to the German Democratic Republic's scholarship law
c)
§ 12 is changed as follows:
aa)
paragraph 1 is set as follows: " (1) For monthly needs, students are considered
1.
of vocational schools and specialized school classes whose attendance does not require completed vocational training, to the extent that the training

a)
in the federal states of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt, Thuringia, or in the part of the federal state of Berlin, where the law has not been applied until now
250 DM,
b)
within the scope of the law or abroad
310 DM,
2.
of evening primary schools, vocational schools, evening schools, and from top school classes, their visit a completed vocational training, if the training

a)in is the territory referred to in point 1 (a),445 DM,
b)in the other scope of the Law or abroad,555 DM. "

bb)
Paragraph 2 sentence 1 is as follows: " If the apprentice does not have a monthly requirement, the where his parents live, for pupils
1.
of secondary general schools and vocational schools , as well as specialist and subject-specific secondary school classes, whose attendance does not require completed vocational training, insofar as the training

a)in the territory referred to in paragraph 1 (1) (a),445 DM,
b) within the scope of the law or abroad,555 DM,

2.
of evening primary schools, vocational schools, evening schools, and from top school classes, their visit a completed vocational training, if the training

a)in is the territory referred to in paragraph 1 (1) (a),535 DM,
b)in the other scope of the law or abroad,670 DM.

d)
§ 13 is changed as follows:
aa)
Paragraph 1 is as follows: " (1) For monthly requirements, apprentices are in
1.
specialized school classes that require completed vocational training, evening gymnasiums and Kollegs, as far as the training

a)in the section 12 (1) (1) (a) 460 DM,
b)in the other scope of the law or abroad is,500 DM,

2.
Professional schools, academies, and Universities, where the training

a)in the section 12 (1) (1) (a) 500 DM,
b)in the other scope of the law or abroad is,540 DM. "

bb)
paragraph 2 is fixed as follows: " (2) The amounts referred to in paragraph 1 increase for the accommodation if the apprentice
1.
resides with his parents, as far as the training

a)in the area referred to in Section 12 (1) (1) (a), by monthly20 DM,
b)in the other scope of the law or abroad, by monthly65 DM,

2.
doesn't live with his parents, where the training

a)in the section referred to in § 12 (1) (1) (a) Area is up to monthly50 DM,
b)within the scope of the law or abroad is up to monthly210 DM. "

e)
In § 16 paragraph 3 sentence 1, the the text " paragraph 2 (2) "the text" and 3 "inserted.
f)
In § 24, the following paragraph 1a is inserted after paragraph 1:" (1a) By way of derogation from paragraph 1, four times of income in the months of October to December of the calendar year prior to the beginning of the period of authorisation, if the respective income relationship is permanently resident on the 30. (c)
g
§ 40 shall be amended as follows:
aa)
The following sentences are added to paragraph 1: " In the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Vorpommern, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia erect the counties and towns and cities in a district-free state for training promotion. A number of counties and/or county-free towns can establish a joint office for training promotion. In the part of the Land of Berlin, where the law has not yet been applied, the districts take the tasks of the offices for training promotion true. "
bb)
The paragraph 2 will be " In the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt and Thuringia, as well as in the part of the Land of Berlin, in which the law has not yet been applied, the state higher education institutions shall be responsible for the following sentences: Training agencies to be set up to form the training center. To the extent that, in the countries referred to in the fourth sentence, Studentenwerke are constructed as institutions of public law, they are different from the fourth set of posts for the promotion of training.
h)
§ 40a sentence 1 is read as follows: "The countries can build state offices for training promotion."
i)
§ 42 para. 1 sentence 1 is read as follows: "Countries can build support committees at universities."
k)
In § 48, para. 4, after the text " Abs. 2 no. 2 "the text point" and 3 " inserted.
l)
According to § 58 the following § 59 is inserted: " § 59Forty payment of previous fellowships (1) As long as a communication has not been received on the basis of this law, but at the most up to the 31. March 1991, grants are provided for the amount of the grant for the month of December 1990 on the basis of
1.
the regulation on the granting of scholarships to direct students of the universities, universities and colleges of the German Democratic Republic-Scholarship ordinance-of 11. June 1981 (GBl. 229), as last amended by the Regulation on the increase in support for students and apprentices with children of 16. July 1985 (GBl. No 21 p. 249),
2.
the provision of scholarships to direct students, research students and aspirants of universities, universities and colleges, Scholarship arrangement-of the 29. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 53 p. 1079),
3.
The arrangement on the granting of scholarships to citizens of the GDR who have been delegated to other countries for education and training of 16. June 1982 (GBl. No 29 p. 542),
for a visit to a training centre in accordance with § 2. This applies only if the apprentier continues the training within the same training section, requests training in accordance with this law and proves the determination in accordance with the first sentence.(2) In accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1 above, the amount of the grant shall be charged against the amount of the grant granted under this Act. If, according to this Act, a lower amount of funding is to be paid, the amount paid shall not be reimbursed. "
m)
The following paragraphs 6 and 7 are to be applied to § 66a angefügt: " (6) apprentices of the Palucca School Dresden, the State Ballet School Berlin, the Fachschule für Tanz Leipzig and the State School of Artistik Berlin, which are training before the 1. In January 1991, classes 9 and 10, such as pupils from secondary general schools and classes 11 and 12, as pupils of vocational schools, have been encouraged to receive support.(7) For apprentices who have completed the training before 1. 1 January 1991 and received support for the month of December 1990 under the grant law of the German Democratic Republic, § 10 para. 3 shall not apply. "
2.
Regulation on the establishment of an Advisory Board for Training Promotion of 11. November 1971 (BGBl. I p. 1801), as last amended by Regulation of 11 December 2001. July 1988 (BGBl. 1028) § 2 shall be amended as follows:
a)
In paragraph 1, the word "four" shall be replaced by the word "six".
b)
In number 2, the word "five" is replaced by the word "seven".
c)
In Number 3 will replace the word "two" with the word "three".
d)
In number 6, the word "four" will be replaced by the word "six".
3.
Regulation on the maximum duration of funding for the visit of higher vocational schools, academies and universities in the version of the notice of 29. June 1981 (BGBl. 577), as last amended by Regulation of 11 December 2008. July 1988 (BGBl. I p. 1029) § 9 is changed as follows:
a)
The previous sentences 1 and 2 become paragraph 1.
b)
The paragraph 1 is added to the following paragraph 2: " (2) The maximum funding period for training at universities in the Länder of Brandenburg, Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt, Germany Thuringia and the part of the Land of Berlin, where the regulation has not yet been applied, is determined in accordance with the standard period of study stipulated by the relevant Ministry of Education in the study plans for the particular subject. "
4.
Regulation on additional benefits in hardship cases according to the Federal Education Promotion Act of 15. July 1974 (BGBl. 1449), as last amended by Regulation of 24 December 2008. February 1986 (BGBl. 315) § 9 (1) shall be read as follows: "(1) Promotion of training pursuant to § 8 shall be made only in the amount of 75 of the hundred of the amount by which the cost of the accommodation at the demand rate

1.according to § 12 para. 2 no. 1 letter a of the law30 DM,
2. according to § 12 para. 2 no. 1 point (b) of the law80 DM,
3. pursuant to § 12 para. 2 point 2 (a) of the law40 DM,
4.pursuant to § 12 para. 2 no. 2 Point (b) of the Law120 DM,
5.pursuant to § 13 (1) in conjunction with Section 13 (2) No. 2 of the Law the amounts referred to in § 13 para. 2 no. 2 of the law

in the month, but not more than 75 DM per month. "
5.
The number 1 (a) to (1) (a) to f and h to m and points 2 to 4 shall enter into force on the 1. It was in force in January 1991 for the entire scope of the Basic Law. The amendment referred to in point 1 (g) shall enter into force in the entire scope of the Basic Law referred to in Article 45 of the Agreement of the Basic Law. Point 1 (g) shall take place on 31 December 2008. December 1993.
6.
The Regulation on the Promotion of Training for apprentices residing outside the scope of the Act of 1. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 998) shall take place at the end of the 31. December 1990.
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape XVI C II Annex I, Chapter XVI,
Sachgebiet C-Professional education
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
1.
According to § 108 of the Vocational Training Act of 14. August 1969 (BGBl. 1112), most recently by Article 19 of the Law of 23. December 1981 (BGBl. 1692), is inserted: " § 108aEquality of final certificates within the framework of the German Unity certificates according to the nomenclature of vocational training occupations and the nomenclature of skilled workers ' occupations and certificates according to § § § § 108aequality of certificates of qualification 34 para. 2 are equal to each other. "
unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape XVI C III Annex I, Chapter XVI,
Education

(no longer apply section III No. 1) unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Cape XVI D III Annex I, Chapter XVI,
Area D- Distance learning
Section III

(section III no longer apply) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XVII Annex I, Chapter XVII
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Economic

(BGBl) (site in Annex I of the EinigVtr-BGBl). II 1990, 1137) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape XVII III Annex I, Chapter XVII
Section III

(not to be used anymore) Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XVIII Annex I Chapter XVIII
Statistics

(Found in Appendix I of the EinigVtr BGBl. II 1990, 1138) The text of the chapter is broken down into sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape XVIII)-issued all documents relating to Chapter XVIII of Appendix I-
b)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap XVIII II)-issued the document on Section II of Chapter XVIII of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of contents

Annex I Kap XVIII I Appendix I Chapter XVIII
Section I

The entry into force of the federal law referred to in Article 8 of the Treaty shall not apply:
1.
Law on the statistics of goods traffic with the German Democratic Republic and Berlin (East) of the 16. June 1978 (BGBl. 751), as amended by Article 30 of the Law of 25. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 517).
unofficial table of contents

Annex I Cape XVIII II Annex I, Chapter XVIII
Section II

(section II no longer applicable) Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XIX Annex I, Chapter XIX
Right of the public service personnel, including the right of the Soldiers

(Fundstelle in Appendix I of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1139-1147) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Kap XIX)-issued all documents relating to chapter XIX of Appendix I-
b)
subject-related (e.g. B)-All documents relating to subject area B of chapter XIX of Appendix I-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex I Cape XIX B III)-issued the document relating to Section III of Section B of Chapter XIX of the Annex I-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex I Kap XIX A II Annex I, Chapter XIX
Sachgebiet A-Law of persons in the public service
Section II

Federal law is amended as follows:
1.
Bundesbeamtengesetz in the version of the notice of 27. February 1985 (BGBl. 479), as last amended by Article 7 of the Law of 18. December 1989 (BGBl. I p. 2219),
a)
§ 96 is amended as follows:
aa)
In paragraph 1, the words "from seven ordinary and seven vice-members" are the words "from eight ordinary and eight deputy members" are replaced.
bb)
In paragraph 2, in sentence 2, the words " the head of the personnel department of a other supreme federal authority "replaced by the words" the heads of the staff departments of two other top federal agencies "and in sentence 3 the words" the head of the personnel department of another supreme federal authority "by the words" the Head of staff departments of two other supreme federal authorities "replaced.
cc)
In paragraph 3, the words" three ordinary and three deputy members " replaced by the words "four ordinary and four vice-members"
b)
In § 100 (3) sentence 1, the words "of at least five members" shall be replaced by the words "of at least six members"
2.
BeamtenSupply Act in the version of the notice of 12. February 1987 (BGBl. 570, 1339), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. 1221), According to § 107, the following § 107a is inserted: " § 107a transfer regulations from the occasion of the production of the unit DeutschlandsThe Federal Government is authorized, by means of legal regulation, which is up to 30 years. It is necessary to adopt, with the approval of the Federal Council for the supply of civil servants, transitional arrangements which take account of the special conditions laid down in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. This Regulation authorizes, in particular, the basis of calculation, the amount of benefits and the rules of rest, by way of derogation from this Act. "
3.
Bundesbesoldungsgesetz in the version of the announcement of the 21. February 1989 (BGBl. 261), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 19. July 1990 (BGBl. 1451). According to § 72, the following paragraph is inserted: " § 73reconciliation regulations arising from the establishment of the unity of Germany The Federal Government is authorized by means of legal regulations, which are up to 30 years. By the approval of the Federal Council for the remuneration referred to in § 1 and the special provisions adopted for this purpose, transitional arrangements shall be determined in order to determine the special conditions laid down in Article 3 of the The provisions of the Agreement shall take account of the provisions of the Agreement. This authorization shall, in particular, cover remuneration in accordance with the general economic and financial circumstances and their development in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement. shall be fixed and adjusted on a regular basis; this shall also apply to other services provided by the Dienstherrn, as well as to the particular features of the classification of offices and to the approximation of the structures of offices and careers. The transitional arrangements are on a temporary basis. '
Non-official table of contents

Annex I Cape XIX A III Annex I, Chapter XIX
, subject area A-law of the in the public service
Section III.

Federal law shall enter into force in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, with the following measures:
1.
Legal relationships of workers in the civil service (1) For the effective date of accession in the public administration of the German Democratic Republic, including of the part of Berlin, in which the Basic Law has not yet been applied to employed workers, the working conditions applicable to them on the day before the date of entry into force of the Treaty shall apply with the measures of this Treaty, and in particular paragraphs 2 to 7 thereof, Continue. These measures shall not apply to any conflicting or deviating rules. The working conditions for the public service in the rest of the territory of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply only if and to the extent that the parties to the collective bargaining agreement agree to this. 1) (2) Insofar as institutions are transferred wholly or partly to the Federal Government pursuant to Article 13 (2) of the Treaty, the employment relationships of the employees employed there shall consist of the Confederation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1; the same shall apply when the Federal bodies, institutions and foundations of public law. The working conditions of the rest of the workers shall rest on the date of the date of entry into force of accession 2). During the rest of the employment relationship as set out in the second sentence, the employee is entitled to a monthly waiting period of 70 per cent of the average monthly salary of the last six months; one-off or special payments shall not be taken into account. The employer shall, in cooperation with the employment services, promote the training or retraining measures which may be required for re-use. If the employee does not continue to be used within six months, if necessary in another administrative area, the employment relationship shall end at the end of that period; the worker shall have the following 50 on the date of the date of entry into force of the accession. The period shall be nine months. In the course of the rest period, earned income or replacement benefits are to be calculated on the monthly waiting allowance, provided that the sum of these receipts and the waiting allowance exceeds the basis of the payment basis of the waiting period. Irrespective of the first sentence and the fifth sentence, the employment relationship ends with the retirement age.(3) Paragraph 2 shall apply mutatily to the employees of institutions, the tasks of the Länder, the Land of Berlin for the part in which the Basic Law has not been applied until now, or the Community tasks referred to in Article 91b of the Basic Law.(4) (omitted) (5) An important reason for extraordinary termination is given in particular when the worker is
1.
violated the principles of humanity or the rule of law, in particular those in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights of 19 Human rights granted in December 1966, or those of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights of 10 December 1966. The report was published in December 1948,
2.
was active for the former Ministry of State Security/Office of National Security
and therefore a Adherence to the working relationship seems unreasonable.(6) The dismissal referred to in paragraphs 4 and 5 may also be pronounced in the cases referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3.(7) Judges and prosecutors shall be subject to the special provisions laid down in Chapter III, Section III, Section III, No. 2.
-----
1)
Can be omitted as soon as a corresponding agreement is reached between the collective bargaining parties.
2)
If a decision under Article 13 (2) is not possible until the date of accession, it may be determined that the date determined by the second sentence of the second paragraph shall be up to three months is being postponed. Up to this point, record 1.
-----
2.
to 8. (no longer apply)
9.
BeamtenSupply Act in the version of the Notice of 12. February 1987 (BGBl. 570, 1339), as last amended by Article 1 of the Law of 28 June 2003. June 1990 (BGBl. 1221), with the following measures:
a)
The law shall be found in the beginning of 1.
b)
The waiting period of Section 4 (1) can only be fulfilled by the periods specified therein as of the date of entry into force of the accession. This transitional regime ends five years after the date of entry into effect.
c)
§ § 69, 69 a, 77 to 82, 84 to 106, 108 and 109 do not find any Application.
10.
to 17. (no longer apply)

Footnote

Appendix I chap. XIX Sachgebiet A Dec. 1 (2) sentence 2 and 5: In accordance with the decision formula with Art. 12 para. 1 iVm Art. 6 para. 4 GG incompatible and void according to the decision. BVerfGE v. 24.4.1991 I 1215-1 BvR 1341/90- Non-official table of contents

Annex I Kap XIX B II Annex I chapter XIX
Sachgebiet B-law of the soldiers
Section II

Federal law is amended and supplemented as follows:
1.
SoldatenSupply Law in the Version of the notice of 5. March 1987 (BGBl. 842), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1211)
a)
In the table of contents, the following point 4a is inserted in the sixth part of point 4: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
" 4a.
Transitional rules from the creation of the unit of Germany ... 92a ".
b)
In accordance with § 92, the following subsection is inserted:
" 4a.
Transitional rules from the creation of Germany's unit
§ 92aThe Federal Government is authorized to do so by means of a decree-law, up to the 30 th anniversary of the German Federal Government. It is necessary to adopt, with the approval of the Federal Council for the provision of soldiers, transitional arrangements which take account of the special circumstances of the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty. The authorisation for a regulation extends, in particular, to the type, calculation basis, the amount of benefits and the rules of rest, by way of derogation from this law.
2.
For legal relationships of the soldiers of the former National People's Army, the following special provisions apply: § 1The soldiers of the former National People's Army are with the The acceding soldiers of the Bundeswehr are becoming more effective. It is determined by the service relationship:
1.
A soldier who performs military service on the basis of compulsory military service. is in a military service in accordance with the Soldatengesetz in conjunction with the Wehrpflichtgesetz.
2.
For soldiers on time and for professional soldiers who have If the former National People's Army is to accede more effectively, the service conditions applicable to them on the day before accession shall continue to apply in accordance with the following provisions.
§ 2 (1) The service of a soldier on time or professional soldier of the former National People's Army rests with the effective date of accession.(2) During the period of rest of the service referred to in paragraph 1, the soldier shall be entitled to a monthly waiting period of 70 per cent of the average monthly salary of the last six months; one-off or special payments shall be made. in this case. In the course of the rest period, earned income or replacement benefits are to be calculated on the monthly waiting allowance, provided that the sum of these receipts and the waiting allowance exceeds the basis of the payment basis of the waiting period.(3) If the soldier is not to continue to use the former National People's Army in a period of six months, the service shall end at the end of that period; he shall have 50 on the day of accession. The period shall be nine months. During the period, the dismissal requirements of § 7 (1) sentence 1 to 3 and (2) of this section apply. The health care in the time of entitlement to waiting money is governed by § 5, the pensions are determined in accordance with § 6 of this section.(4) In the case of soldiers on time or professional soldiers who are not used in accordance with the first sentence of paragraph 3 or are dismissed pursuant to the second sentence of paragraph 3, Section 6 (2) of this Section shall apply. § 3If the Federal Minister of Defence determines that: military units, associations, departments or bodies of the former National People's Army, whether in whole or in part, or which are incorporated into other units, associations, departments or bodies, shall find Article 2 (1) of this Section on the soldiers used there on time and professional soldiers no application. In these cases, the existing soldatical service conditions shall apply in accordance with § § 4 to 7 of this section. § 4 (1) Soldatical rights and obligations of the German Democratic Republic under the former law of the German Democratic Republic Soldiers of the former National People's Army are loaned.(2) The rights and obligations of the soldiers on time and professional soldiers of the former National People's Army shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 1 (4) and (5) and of the second subsection of the first section of the Soldatengesetz, with the exception of § § 9, 27 and 30 (1) to (4).(3) The Federal Minister of Defence shall determine the degree of service that they may lead provisionally. He takes into account the pre-education, training, service hours, career path and functions in the National People's Army and sets them in relation to the degree of usability in the German Armed Forces. § 5 (1) Remuneration and heal care. for soldiers of the time and professional soldiers of the former National People's Army, in accordance with the law applicable on the day before the date of entry into force of accession in the German Democratic Republic. The federal government will be up to 30. September 1992, by means of a decree law which does not require the approval of the Federal Council, to review and re-examine the adequacy of the adequacy of the rules in other areas of the public service. to be fixed. Special benefits arising from the dismissal of dismissal and benefits, the granting of which is attributable to one of the facts referred to in § 7 (2) of this Section or comparable to those comparable with those provisions, shall be excluded.(2) The development in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty shall be adjusted in accordance with the rules in force in the civil civil service in accordance with the provisions of Article 3 of the Treaty. The Federal Government is governed by the law of the Federal Republic of Germany by means of a legal decree; the authorization is up to 30 September 1992.(3) The references of the soldiers who perform military service on the basis of compulsory military service are governed by the provisions of the Wehrsoldgesetz (Wehrsoldgesetz) with the transitional arrangements resulting from Annex I, Chapter XIX, Sachgebiet A, Section III, point 17. the provisions of Annex II, Chapter VIII (H), Section III (9) shall apply. The provisions of the SoldatenSupply Act shall apply to the employment of soldiers who suffer military service damage after the date of entry into force of the accession.(2) The provisions of the Employment Promotion Act, in particular those relating to vocational training, training and retraining, apply to the integration into civil working life. Additional assistance will be provided by the Federal Armed Forces ' Professional Development Service.(3) § 5 (1) sentence 2 and 3 of this section applies accordingly. § 7 (1) A soldier on time or professional soldier of the former National People's Army is to be dismissed if he requests this. A soldier on time shall be dismissed if the service period ends. A professional soldier may be dismissed if he or she has reached or exceeded the minimum service life in force in accordance with previous legislation. A soldier on time or professional soldier can also be dismissed,
1.
if he or she is due to a lack of professional skills. Qualification or personal suitability does not meet the requirements,
2.
if it is no longer usable due to lack of demand, or
3.
if the former employment agency is completely or partially dissolved or if the previous or a significant change in structure is the previous one or one
in
cases of sentence 1 and of sentence 4, no. 2 and 3, a transitional allowance may be granted which, according to the amount and duration of the monthly waiting allowance pursuant to section 2 (2) sentence 1 and (3) sentence 1 of this Regulation, shall be granted. However, in the case of the first sentence, it does not correspond to the conditions set out in sentence 4 (1). Section 2 (2), second sentence, of this Section shall apply accordingly.(2) A soldier on the time or professional soldier of the former National People's Army shall be dismissed if he/she is
1.
violated the principles of humanity or the rule of law, in particular those in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights of 19 Human rights granted in December 1966, or those of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights of 10 December 1966. In December 1948,
2.
was active for the former Ministry of State Security/Office of National Security
, and thereby Continuation of the service relationship seems unreasonable.(3) The dismissal order must be delivered to the soldier in the cases referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1, sentence 4 nos. 1 to 3, no later than two months before the date of release. § 8 (1) A soldier on time or professional soldier of the former National People's Army in the sense of § 1 No 2 of this section may be appointed for a period of two years on the basis of a voluntary obligation under the provisions of the Soldatengesetz (Soldatengesetz) into the duty of a soldier at a time. The age limit of § 40 (1) No. 1 of the Soldatengesetz (Soldatengesetz) is not applicable.(2) The Federal Government, by means of a regulation in derogation from Section 27 (4) sentence 3 of the Soldatengesetz (Soldatengesetz), regulates the award of a higher than the lowest grade of the teams on appeal.(3) The remuneration shall be determined in accordance with the Bundesbesoldungsgesetz (Bundesbesoldungsgesetz) in conjunction with the transitional arrangements resulting from Annex I, Chapter XIX, Section II, Section II, Section II, Section II, Section II, point 3, and Section III, point 11.(4) The Federal Minister of Defence decides on an extension of the service period and on the takeover of the professional soldier. Before taking over from officers to professional soldiers, he shall consult an independent committee on personal suitability. The composition, powers and procedures of this Committee shall be governed by the Federal Government. The appointment of the professional soldier is usually not allowed when the applicant is 50 years old. Year of life has been completed.(5) In accordance with § 6 of this Section, the pensions of the soldier appointed in accordance with paragraph 1 on a temporary basis, whose period of service is not extended or which is not taken over as a professional soldier, shall be determined by Section 6 of this Section. shall take place at the end of the 31. December 1996 out of force.











unofficial table of contents

Appendix I Kap XIX B III Annex I Chapter XIX
Area B-Right of the soldiers
Section III

Federal law shall enter into force in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty with the following measures: style="font-weight:normal; font-style:normal; text-decoration:none; ">
1.
to 4. (no longer apply)
5.
SoldatenSupply Law in the version of the Notice of 5. March 1987 (BGBl. 842), as last amended by Article 4 of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. 1211), with the following measures:
a)
The law shall be found in the beginning of 1. January 1992, application.
b)
The law does not apply to soldiers from a military service of the former National People's Army. , and to soldiers on time and professional soldiers of the former National People's Army, who are soldiers of the German Armed Forces pursuant to Section II (2) (1) of this Annex, and for which neither a soldier's duty shall, on a period of service of more than two years, be established as a professional soldier of the Bundeswehr; this shall not apply to the employment of soldiers who, after the date of accession, constitute a damage to the military service;
c)
(no longer applicable)
d)
Not applicable are the rules of § 43 of the SoldatenSupply Act in conjunction with § 86 of the German Civil Service Act, as well as § § 64, 67 to 79, 91, 94 to 94c and § 97 of the SoldatenSupply Act.
6.
(no longer apply)
unofficial table of contents

Appendix II Table of Contents

A.Presidings
B.Business Units
Chapter I Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs
Chapter IIFederal Minister of the Interior
Chapter IIIFederal Minister of Justice
Chapter IVFederal Minister of Finance
Chapter V Federal Minister for Economic Affairs
Chapter VIFederal Minister of Food, Agriculture and Forests
Chapter VII---
 Chapter VIIIFederal Minister for Labour and Social Affairs
Chapter IXFederal Minister of Defense
Chapter X Federal Minister for Youth, Family, Women and Health
Chapter XIFederal Minister for Traffic
Chapter XIIFederal Minister for the Environment, Nature Conservation and Reactor Safety
Chapter XIIIFederal Minister of Post and Telecommunications
 Chapter XIVFederal Minister for Spatial Planning, Construction and Urban Development
Chapter XVFederal Minister for Research and Technology
Chapter XVI Federal Minister for Education and Science
Chapter XVII-- -
C.Special Sachs
Chapter XVIIIStatistics
Chapter XIXPublic Law Service including the right of the
unofficial table of contents

Appendix II BesBest Special provisions for continuing Right of the German Democratic Republic

(found in Appendix II of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1148) Preface:
The law of the German Democratic Republic, as listed in Section I of the relevant chapter, remains in force. The same applies to the provisions of international law referred to in Section I of Chapter I in accordance with Article 12 of the Treaty.
In accordance with Section II of the relevant chapter, the legislation of the German Democratic Republic listed in that chapter shall be:
According to Section III of the relevant chapter, the law of the German Democratic Republic shall remain in force with the measures determined there.
To the extent that the German Democratic Republic has legislated in the legislation of the German Democratic Republic (DPRD). Republic, which shall be referred to as federal law, shall be referred to non-continuous regulations, shall in principle enter into its place the corresponding provisions of the federal law, unless otherwise specified.
To the extent that the law of the Article 129 of the Basic Law shall apply mutagentily to the German Democratic Republic, which shall continue to be a federal law and shall be empowered to adopt laws, regulations or general administrative provisions.
In accordance with Article 9 (3) of the Treaty, as far as legislation expressly mentioned by the German Democratic Republic is enacted between the signing of this Treaty and the date of entry into force of accession, it shall be referred to: Connection with paragraph 2 and Annex II shall also enter into force without any additional agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the German Democratic Republic with the measures laid down in this Annex. Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap I Annex II Chapter I
Business Unit of the Federal Minister for Foreign Affairs

(site in Appendix II of the EinigVtr BGBl. II 1990, 1149) Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap I I Annex II, Chapter I
Section I

The following contracts of the German Democratic Republic The Republic referred to in Article 12 of the Treaty shall continue to apply in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty:
1.
Agreement between the German Democratic Republic, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the Czechoslovak Socialist Republic on inspections in the Link with the Treaty between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States of America on the elimination of their missiles with a medium and shorter range of 11. December 1987 (Notice of 15 December 1987) December 1988, GBl. II No. 2 p. 21)
2.
Change of grade of 23. 1 December 1987 between the German Democratic Republic and the United States of America in relation to the Treaty of 8. December 1987, between the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States of America on the elimination of their medium-and shorter-range missiles and the related protocol on inspections (source for the Note Change: State Archives)
Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap II Annex II, Chapter II
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of the Interior

(found in Appendix II of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1150-1152) For statistics and public service law, see chapter XIX
The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
capitals-related (z. B. Unification II Kap II)-All documents relating to Chapter II of Appendix II-
b)
are subject to specific area (e. g. B. Unification II Cape II B)-All documents relating to subject area B of Chapter II of Appendix II-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex II Cape II B III)-issued the document relating to Section III of Section B of Chapter II of the Annex II-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex II Kap II A I Annex II, Chapter II
Sachgebiet A-State and constitutional law
Section I

The following right of the German Democratic Republic remains in force:
Land electoral law-LWG-of 22. July 1990 (GBl. 51 p. 960) Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap II A II Annex II, Chapter II
Area A-State and constitutional law
Section II

The following changes in force remain in force in the German Democratic Republic:
§ 1 (1), § 2 (2) and (3), § § 22, 23 (2) and (3), and § 25 (1) of the Law on the Land Law of the German Democratic Republic of 22. July 1990 (GBl. 51 p. 955)
with the following changes: In § 1 (1) and § 25 (1), the date 14 is replaced by the date 14. October 1990, date 3. October 1990. Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap II A III Annex II, Chapter II
Sachgebiet A-State and constitutional law
Section III

(section III Buchst. a to d no longer apply) Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap II B I Annex II, Chapter II
Sachgebiet B administration
Section I

The following law of the German Democratic Republic remains in force:
Act on the Self-Government of the Municipalities and Districts in the GDR (Local Constitution) of 17. May 1990 (GBl. 255) *)
-----
*)
" The Contracting Parties agree that Section 13 (2) The second sentence of the German Democratic Republic's municipal constitutional law is subject to the provisions of the German Democratic Republic Act (DRC), as far as it is based on the The decision of the Federal Constitutional Court on the right of foreigners to vote in Hamburg and Schleswig-Holstein with the Basic Law is not to be agreed upon in November 1990. "
unofficial table of contents

Appendix II Kap II B III Annex II, Chapter II
Sachgebiet B administration
Section III

The following right of the German Democratic Republic remains with the following measures in force:
1.
The law on the granting of the stay for foreigners in the German Democratic Republic-Foreigners ' Law-of 28. June 1979 (GBl. 149) with the exception of § § 4, 5, 6 (3) sentence 2, § 7 (3) sentence 2 and § 9 as well as with the following measures:
a)
Foreigners are anyone who is not German within the meaning of Article 116 (1) of the Basic Law.
b)
After § 6 (3) sentence 1 may only be granted under the terms of § § 10 and 11 of the Foreigners Act of the 28th. April 1965 (BGBl. 353), as last amended by Article 9 (5) of the Law of 26. June 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1163), the words "or to be declared invalid" shall not be used.
c)
In accordance with Section 6 (4), the Approval except by the expiry of the deadline by leaving the Federal territory, provided that a re-entry has not been approved.
d)
The procedure for deprivation of liberty after § 8 is governed by the Law on the Judicial Procedure in the case of deprivation of liberty in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt, Part III, outline number 316-1, as last amended by Article 12 (2) of the Law of 9. July 1990 (BGBl. 1354), with the measures determined by this Treaty.
e)
The law shall enter into force at the end of the 31. December 1990
2.
Order on the stay of foreigners in the German Democratic Republic (AusländerArrangement-AAO-) of the 28th June 1979 (GBl. No 17 p. 154), with the following proviso: the arrangement shall take place at the end of the 31.
3.
Implementing Regulation to the Law on the Granting of Residence for Foreigners in the German Democratic Republic.- Aliens Act-for the provision of permanent residence or of the longer-term stay (residence regulation) of 11. July 1990 (GBl. 48 p. 869) with the following measures:
a)
Foreigners within the meaning of this Regulation are anyone who does not German within the meaning of Article 116 (1) of the Basic Law.
b)
In § § 14 and 17, the appeal of the appeal comes to the place of the appeal. By way of derogation from Section 14 (2) sentence 1, the opposition shall be submitted in writing or in writing within one month of the announcement of the decision.
c)
The court proceedings (§ 15) shall be governed by the administrative court order.
d)
The regulation shall enter into force at the end of the 31. December 1990 out of force
4.
Order of 21. December 1989 on the fulfilment of the reporting obligation (GBl. 274) with the following conditions: § § 1 and 2 as well as the annex to the order are out of force with the date of the date of accession.
5.
The Office of Cards- and the surveying nature of the German Democratic Republic shall become the joint office of the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Treaty at the latest by the date of accession, at the latest by 31 December 2002. It continued, as far as tasks fall within the competence of the Länder, in December 1992. Within the period referred to in the first sentence, it is to be transferred to appropriate institutions of the countries.
Table of contents

Annex II Kap II C III Annex II, Chapter II
Sachgebiet C-Public Safety
Section III

The following provisions shall be applicable to the German Democratic Republic with the following measures:
1.
Reporting Regulation in the German Democratic Republic-Reporting Order (MO)-vom 15. July 1965 (GBl. 761), as last amended by the Third Regulation on the reporting system in the German Democratic Republic-Reporting Order (MO)-of 29 December 2008, p. May 1981 (GBl. 281), with the following measures:
a)
The following provisions shall not apply: § 2 para. 3, § 9 § 3 sentence 2, § § 10, 14, 15, 17, para. 9, § 20 para. 2, § 22 para. 2, § § 25, 26, 27, 28 para. 1 no. 2, § 28 para. 2 and 5, § § 29 and 30.
b)
§ 7 paragraph 4 is replaced by the following "Reported persons can be represented by an exalted household member when they are registered and unreported."
c)
Has a -by way of derogation from § § 7 and 8, the determination of the main and secondary apartment according to § 12 (2) and (3) of the German Basic Law (Grundgesetz) shall be determined by a person subject to the obligation to notify the person subject to the obligation to notify the person subject to the obligation to notify the Reporting framework law.
2.
The law on the tasks of the police of 13. September 1990 (GBl. I N ° 61 S. ...) with the following dimensions:
a)
This law remains in place until the entry into force of the police laws of the countries. the countries referred to in Article 1 (1) of the Treaty, but no later than 31. December 1991.
b)
With the effective date of accession, § 81 will be repeal
unofficial table of contents

Appendix II Kap III Annex II, Chapter III
Business Unit of the Federal Minister of Justice

(site in Appendix II of the EinigVtr-BGBl. II 1990, 1153-1193) The text of the chapter is broken down into subject areas and sections.
It is available as follows:
a)
chapter-related (e.g. B. Unification II Cape III)-All documents relating to Chapter III of Appendix II-
b)
are subject to a specific area (e. g. B. Unification II Cape III C)-All documents relating to the subject C of Chapter III of Appendix II-
c)
section-related (e.g. B. Pur.Vtr Annex II Cape III C III)-issued the document on Section III of Section C of Chapter III of Annex II-
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex II Kap III A I Appendix II, Chapter III
Sachgebiet A-Legal maintenance
Section I

The following right of the German Democratic Republic remains in force:
1.
Implementing the Regulation on the activity of notaries in your own practice of 9. August 1990 (GBl. I n ° 54 p. 1152)
2.
Regulation on the Code of Service of Notaries (DONot) of 22. August 1990 (GBl. I n ° 57 p. 1332)
3.
The law on arbitration in the municipalities of. September 1990 (GBl. I n ° 61 p.)
4.
Regulation on the training of students, which is before the 1. The legal sections of the universities of the German Democratic Republic have been registered in September 1990, of which 5. September 1990 (GBl. N ° 59 p. 1436)
5.
Decision of the People's Chamber of the German Democratic Republic on the Judge Act-Order on the formation and functioning of the Judges ' Elections Committees -from 22. July 1990 (GBl. N ° 49 p. 904)
6.
Implementing Regulation to the Law on Judges of 1. August 1990-Discipline-(GBl. I n ° 52 p. 1061)
7.
First implementing provision of the Judge Act of 14. August 1990 (GBl. No 56 p. 1267)
8.
Implementing the law on the law of law-order for election and appointment of honorary judges-from 1. September 1990 (GBl. I n ° 62 p. ...)
9.
Arrangement on the assistant's time for graduates at the district courts of the German Democratic Republic-Judge Assistance Regulations- of the 24. January 1978 (GBl. 88)
10.
Order of interpreters and translators for the Courts and State Notariats of 5. February 1976 (GBl. I n ° 6 p. 101).

Footnote

An. I n ° 8 (italic pressure): determination of the implementation. by § 1 no. 1 G v. 30.1.2002 I 567 mWv 7.2.2002 Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap III A II Annex II, Chapter III
Sachgebiet A-Legal maintenance
Section II

The following law of the German Democratic Republic shall remain in force with the following repeals, amendments, additions and measures:
1.
Total Enforcement Ordinance-General Enforcement Ordinance-from 6. June 1990 (GBl. 285), as amended by the Second Regulation on the overall enforcement of the procedure-interruption of the procedure-of 25. July 1990 (GBl. 782), with the following measures:
a)
It shall apply in the area referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty as the law of the Federation.
b)
It is changed as follows:
aa)
The headline is taken as follows: "total enforcement order"
bb)
The sentence before § 1 will be deleted.
cc)
§ 1 is changed as follows:
-
Paragraph 1 sentence 1 is read as follows: " The total execution shall take place in the event of the insolvency of a natural or legal person as well as of an ineligible person. A personal company or an estate, in the case of a legal person or a remission also in the case of overindebtedness. "
-
Paragraph 2, sentence 2 becomes
-
In the first sentence of paragraph 4, the words 'General enforcement order' shall be replaced by the word 'total order of enforcement'.
-
In paragraph 4, sentence 2, the words "this Regulation" are replaced by the words "this law".
dd)
§ 6 para. 1 sentence 1 is read as follows: "The opening decision is to be published in a daily newspaper and in part in the Federal Gazette."
ee)
In § 9 para. 2, the word "worker" is replaced by the word "employee".
ff)
In § 10 paragraph 1 no. 3. The word "completed" is replaced by the word "made".
gg)
§ 12 is taken as follows: " § 12Property and pledge rights of third parties (1) A third party is entitled to a property right or a pledge, and shall be issued by the liquidator to the beneficiaries if he does not dissolve the lien by payment. If the liquidator refuses to issue an item or the recognition of a lien, the person entitled to do so shall be entitled to complain or to his/her right to issue a statement.(2) The exploitation of the objects claimed by third parties shall be suspended until the decision on the existence of a property or lien.(3) The liquidator shall also have the sums of money required to cover further administrative expenditure and the amounts required for the performance of non-recognised claims up to the end of the total execution or until the decision on the existence of disputed Claims to be retained. A surplus remaining in the event of total enforcement is subsequently to be distributed. "
hh)
§ 13 shall be taken as follows:" § 13Predade claims (1) to be used With the consent of the court, the liquidator has to pay in advance from the available means in the following order:
1.
the necessary expenses incurred by the administration, including those resulting from the conclusion or performance of contracts, through the assertion of claims, and the right of the debtor and the redemption of lien;
2.
the court costs of the proceedings, including the remuneration fixed by the court. the administrator and the members of the creditor committee;
3.
with the same rank
a)
The wage or salary claims of employees who were employed in the debtor's company, for no more than six months prior to the opening of the total execution time period and for the period for which they are exempted from their employment as a result of dismissal by the liquidator;
b)
the claims of the social insurance and the Federal Labour Office for work on contributions, including sowing surcharges and on relocations due to the arrears for the last six (
) The claims referred to in paragraph 1 (3) (a) for a period of time prior to the opening of the overall enforcement pursuant to Section 141m (1) of the Employment Promotion Act;
According to § 9 para. 3 sentence 1 of the early retirement act on the Federal Labour Office, they shall be corrected with the rank in accordance with § 17 (3) no. 1. The same applies to the claims referred to in paragraph 1 (3) (b) for contributions which remain in relation to the debtor in accordance with Section 141n (2) sentence 1 of the Employment Promotion Act. "
ii)
§ 15 is changed as follows:
-
In The second sentence of paragraph 4 shall be inserted after the word 'exposure amounts' shall be inserted into the words 'of these creditors'.
-
In the first sentence of paragraph 5, the words 'of a coercive comparison' shall be replaced by the words 'of a compulsory comparison'. Words "of a comparison" replaced.
jj)
In § 16, para. 4, sentence 3, the words "this creditor" are inserted after the word "exposure amounts".
kk)
§ 17 paragraph 3 is changed as follows:
-
Number 1 is taken as follows:
" 1.
with the same rank
a)
wages or Maintenance requirements for the period up to 12 months prior to the opening of the total execution,
b)
the demands of the institutions of the Social Security and of the Federal Institute for Social Security Work due to residues for the last 12 months prior to the opening of the total execution on contributions, including sowing surcharges and on tranches,
c)
exposures from a social plan agreed by the administrator, to the extent that the sum of the social plan claims is not greater than the total of 3 monthly earnings of the social plan Dismissal of workers concerned and one third of the proceeds to be distributed; the same applies to benefits to be granted outside a social plan,
to the extent that the claims referred to in points (a) and (b) do not exceed in accordance with § 13 above;
-
The previous number 2 shall be deleted; the previous numbers 3 to 5 shall be numbered 2 to 4.
ll)
§ 20 is taken as follows: " § 20Appellant decisions of the Court of First Instance shall be entitled to the debtor and to all interested parties the immediate appeal "
mm)
§ 21 shall be taken as follows:" § 21Supplementary provisions (1) The remuneration and reimbursement of expenses of the liquidator and the members of the In accordance with the Regulation on the remuneration of the bankruptcy administrator, the settlement manager, the members of the creditors ' committee and the members of the creditor advisory board, the creditor committee shall be governed by the provisions of Part III of the Federal Law of the Federal Republic of Germany, Breakdown number 311-6, published in the adjusted version, as last amended by Regulation of 11. June 1979 (BGBl. 637), in the current version.(2) The State Governments are empowered to assign, by means of a legal regulation, the total executing matters to a district court for the districts of several county courts, provided that the summary for a factual promotion and faster completion of the A method is expedient. The state governments can transfer the authorization to the Land Justice Administrations by means of a legal regulation. The first implementing provision for the Regulation on the overall enforcement of the 31. July 1990 (GBl. 1152), until such time as it has been amended in accordance with the law of the country in the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Agreement, the Regulation shall continue as a regulation within the meaning of the first sentence. '
nn)
In § 22, the following paragraph 4 is added after paragraph 3: " (4) Paragraph 1 shall apply accordingly to a bankruptcy procedure opened within the scope of the bankruptcy order. Paragraphs 2 and 3 shall not apply in this case. "
oo)
In § 23, the words" On the entry into force of this Regulation "shall be replaced by the words" Am 1. July 1990, " replaced.
pp)
§ 24 is deleted.
c)
is being oversized Federal law on the settlement order in the revised version published in the Bundesgesetzblatt part III, outline number 311-1, as last amended by Article 10 (2) of the Law of 19. December 1985 (BGBl. 2355), it is not to be applied. The relevant provisions of the General Enforcement Order or the Law on the Interruption of Full Enforcement Proceedings shall be replaced, as far as possible.
d)
An overall enforcement procedure also covers the debtor's assets within the scope of the bankruptcy order. The foreclosure of such assets or a separate bankruptcy procedure shall not be allowed.
2.
The Second Regulation on the Enforcement of the Enforcement Order -Interruption of the procedure-of 25. July 1990 (GBl. 782), with the following measures:
a)
In the territory referred to in Article 3 of the Treaty, it shall be deemed to be the Federal law.
b)
It is changed as follows:
aa)
The heading is as follows: "Law on the Interruption of Full Enforcement Proceedings"
bb)
The sentence before § 1 is deleted.
cc)
In § 1, the words "This Regulation" shall be replaced by the words " This The law "and the word" general enforcement order "are replaced by the word" general enforcement order ".
dd)
In § 6 (3) sentence 1, the word" complaint "shall be replaced by the word" Complaint ". Word "immediate" inserted.
ee)
§ 7 is changed as follows:
-
In paragraph 1, sentence 4, the word "General Enforcement Order" is given by the word "Overall Order of Enforcement" and the words " in the rank according to § 17 (3), para. 5 "replaced by the words" in the rank of § 17 para. 3 no.4 ".
-
In paragraph 3, sentence 2, the word" entire enforcement order "is given by the word" total order of enforcement "
ff)
In § 9 (1) sentences 1 and 2, the word "general enforcement order" shall be replaced by the word "total order of enforcement".
gg)
§ § § 10 and 11 are deleted.
3.
The in Appendix I Section III, section III, section III, general measures listed in point 28 shall apply accordingly.
Non-official table of contents

Asset II Kap III A III Annex II, Chapter III,
Sachgebiet A-Administration of Justice
Section III

The following rights of the German Democratic Republic remain-without prejudice to the provisions of the German Law on Judges-No 8-in Annex I, Chapter III Area A Section III-with the following measures in force:
1.
Law on Lawyers of 13. September 1990 (GBl. I n ° 61 p.) with the following dimensions:
a)
As far as the German professional law is applicable Democratic Republic of the Senate for matters of attorney at the Supreme Court shall be replaced by the Senate of the Federal Court of Justice; the Federal Prosecutor's Office shall be replaced by the Attorney General.
b)
As far as the Rules of Procedure for judicial review of administrative decisions are referred to, the law on the matters of voluntary Jurisdiction.
c)
The lawyers ' chambers established by the German Democratic Republic (Deutscher Democratic Republic) belong to the Bundesrechtsanwaltskammer (Federal Bar Association). Regulations concerning the concentration of lawyers ' chambers in accordance with the professional law of the German Democratic Republic are no longer required.
D)
As far as the professional law of the German Democratic Republic has continued. of the German Democratic Republic of the Ministers of Justice for the Decree of Legal Regulations is authorized to replace the Federal Minister of Justice.
e)
The Qualification for the legal profession also possesses the ability to become the judge's office in accordance with § § 5 ff. of the German Judge Act, or who has passed the aptitude test in accordance with the law on the aptitude test for admission to the legal profession of 6. July 1990 (BGBl. I p. 1349).
f)
The rules on the local law firm are no longer required. They are also not applicable to the legal relationships which have been entered into before the date of accession
2.
Regulation on the activities of notaries in their own Practice of 20. June 1990 (GBl. 475), as amended by the Regulation amending and supplementing the Regulation on the activities of notaries in its own practice of 22 June 2009. August 1990 (GBl. 1328) with the following measures:
a)
As far as the Senate for notary matters is the supreme court
b)
The Notaries shall belong to the Federal Emergency Chamber.
c)
As far as the disciplinary proceedings against Judges of the German Democratic Republic are referred to, the right of disciplinary proceedings against Judges of the German Democratic Republic takes place in their place. Federal officials; insofar as the provisions of the law are referred to the review of administrative decisions, they apply to their place in the proceedings § § 33, 35 (1) and (2), § § 36, 37 and 38 (4) to (6) and for the costs (§ § 179 to 182 of the German Federal Law).
d)
§ 2 is to be applied in the following text: " § 2Position and duties of the notary (1) The notary acts as an independent body of the Justice State functions true. He is an impartial caregiver of the right-seekers.(2) Notaries shall be responsible for making assessments of any kind, including signatures, hand signs and transcripts. Its tasks include, in particular, the certification of assembly decisions, the taking of rafts and draw-outs, the inclusion of asset lists, the establishment and acceptance of seals, the inclusion of protests, the Delivery of declarations and the issuing of other certificates of facts officially perceived by them.(3) Notaries shall also be responsible for accepting dismissals as well as to issue partial mortgage and sub-primary school letters.(4) Notaries shall also be responsible for carrying out voluntary auctions. They shall carry out an auctioning of movable property only if it is caused by the auctioning of immovable property or by an asset which has been assessed or mediated by the notary.(5) To what extent the notaries are responsible for the mediation of succession and total material suspensions-including the issuing of certificates in accordance with § § 36 and 37 of the Basic Book Order-for the acceptance of the inventories and inventories of the estate as well as for the application of the documents and the acceptance of seals under a post-authorisation procedure shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the national law.(6) In addition, the notaries are responsible for the performance of the tasks specified in § § 21 to 24 of the Federal Code of Notary. "
e)
The Minister of Justice of the German Democratic Republic in accordance with Article 18 (3) of the Regulation on the activities of notaries in its own practice of 20. June 1990 (GBl. 475), as amended by the Regulation amending and supplementing the Regulation on the activities of notaries in its own practice of 22 June 2009. August 1990 (GBl. I n ° 57 p. 1328), the task of the Federal Minister of Justice is above
3.
The section III in Annex I, Chapter III, Section III, Section III, point 28 ,

Footnote

sect. III No. 1 italic print: G deg. by Article 21 (1), first sentence, in accordance with d. Art. 21 para. 2 to 13 G v. 2.9.1994 I 2278 (RPNeuOG) mWv 9.9.1994 Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap III A IV Annex II, Chapter III
Sachgebiet A-Legal care
Section IV

In the part of the Land of Berlin, where the Basic Law has not been applied until now, the following special features apply:
1.
The following rules do not apply:
a)
Lawyer's Law of 13. September 1990 (GBl. I n ° 61 p.)
b)
Regulation on the activities of notaries in their own practice of 20 years. June 1990 (GBl. 475), as amended by the Regulation amending and supplementing the Regulation on the activities of notaries in its own practice of 22 June 2009. August 1990 (GBl. No 57 p. 1328)
c)
Implementing provisions for the regulation on the activities of notaries in their own practice of 9. August 1990 (GBl. I n ° 54 p. 1152)
d)
Regulation on the Code of Service of the Notaries (DONot) of 22 June 2009. August 1990 (GBl. I n ° 57 p. 1332
2.
The overall enforcement order and the law on the interruption of the overall enforcement procedures shall apply with the following supplementary Dimensions:
a)
The district court is replaced by the district court.
b)
The overall enforcement order and the law on the interruption of overall enforcement proceedings are applicable even if a jurisdiction of courts in the part of the Country Berlin, where the Basic Law has been applied to date.
c)
§ 21 (2) of the General Enforcement Order also authorizes the allocation of disputes in accordance with the General Order of Enforcement to a Local Court in the part of the Land of Berlin, where the Basic Law was previously applied
Non-official Table of Contents

Annex II Kap III B I Annex II, Chapter III
Section I
Section I

The following right of the German Democratic Republic shall remain in force:
1.
§ 2 para. 4 of the order to secure the legal status of the recognized persecuted persons Naziregimes of 5. October 1949 (ZVOBl. I n ° 89 p. 765)
2.
Regulation on the application of the assets of 11. July 1990 (GBl. I n ° 44 p. 718)
3.
Second Regulation on the application of the assets of 21. August 1990 (GBl. I n ° 56 p. 1260)
With the entry into force of this Treaty, the following laws of the German Democratic Republic shall enter into force:
4.
Law on special investments in the German Democratic Republic " Law on special investments in the German Democratic Republic § 1Special investment purposes (1) Land and buildings formerly known as "Volkseigentum", which are or may be the subject of repayment claims, may also be provided by the current right of disposal in the event of an application pursuant to the Regulation on the application of the application property claims of 11. July 1990 (GBl. 718), where special investment purposes are available.(2) Special investment purposes shall be provided if a project is urgent and suitable for
a)
Securing or creating jobs, in particular through the establishment of a commercial establishment or a service company,
b)
coverage (c
the infrastructure measures required for such projects
and the use of that land or building is required to do so.(3) The subcarrier is obliged to carry out a plan which it has submitted and which has the essential characteristics of the project. The certificate in accordance with section 2 (2) may only be issued if, in accordance with its personal and economic circumstances, it provides sufficient assurance for the implementation of the plan. It shall be subject to the requirement that a provision be included in the contract of sale to the effect that the property or building shall fall back to the transferor upon expiry of a fixed period in the event of failure to implement the plan. § 2Land transport and investment certificate (1) The approval under the Regulation on the transport of land-Land traffic regulation-of the 15. December 1977 (GBl. I 1978 No 5 p. 73), as amended by the 1. Civil Rights Change Act of 28 June June 1990 (GBl. No 39 p. 524), if a certificate referred to in paragraph 2 is submitted by the applicant; § 6 (2) and (7) of the Regulation on the application of property claims of 11. July 1990 (GBl. No 44 p. 718) are not applicable.(2) At the request of the transferor of a property or building, the Landratsamt or the municipality shall, after consulting the municipality, certify the existence of a specific investment for the purpose of obtaining the conditions laid down in § 1; and as long as no administrative or judicial decision has been taken on retransmission, or a notification of the intended retransmission by the competent authority has been issued. The application can only be made by 31. The Commission shall be required to:(3) The body responsible for the management of the land register may enter into the land register an authorisation in need of approval only if the approval certificate has been submitted. It shall not register any more if the approval authority has informed the Commission that an appeal has been lodged with suspensing effect against the notification of approval. The approval authority shall be obliged to make such a notification without delay if the conditions for such notification are met. The same applies if the suspensive effect of the appeal is no longer valid. § 3Compensation (1) A person entitled to repatriate property rights in a property or building under these rules may be excluded from the Divesters require payment of a cash amount in the amount of the proceeds from the sale of the property or building. If the proceeds are less than the traffic value which the property or building had at the time of the sale, the calculation may require payment of the traffic value. In so far as he is entitled to compensation under other provisions, he or she may choose to make use of it.(2) If a subsequent increase in the purchase price is issued in the contract of sale and the purchase price is increased on the basis of this agreement, the claim of the person entitled under paragraph 1, sentence 1 shall also be increased accordingly; in the cases of However, the second sentence of paragraph 1 may no longer require the beneficiary to be the sum of the total proceeds from the sale.(3) In the cases referred to in the first and second sentences of paragraph 1 and in paragraph 2, the increases in value financed from the State budget since the transfer to the national budget, as well as the impairment losses that have occurred, shall be established and compensated for. § 4Administrative procedure (1) Before issuing the certificate in accordance with § 2 (2), the person claiming a return transfer claim shall be heard if the person who is entitled to a claim for a transfer is entitled to a The landratsamt or the municipal authorities shall be aware of the application and address of the declarant. The hearing may not be heard if the expected duration of the procedure, until its implementation, would endanger the success of the proposed operation.(2) When compelling public interests so require, the immediate enforcement of the authorisation may also be particularly ordered. "
5.
Law on the regulation of open Asset: " Law on the regulation of the open asset section IGeneral provisions § 1Scope (1) This law regulates property rights claims on assets which are
a)
expropriated and transferred to people's property;
b)
have been expropriated against lower compensation than they were citizens of the former German Democratic Republic;
c)
sold to third parties by state administrator or after transfer to people's property by the authorized person;
d)
on the basis of the decision of the Presidium of the Council of Ministers of 9. 2).
(2) This Act also applies to built-up land and buildings, which are due to non-cost-covering rents and, as a result, to the building of the building. Over-indebtedness was taken over by expropriation, property waiver, gift or embezzlement in the country's own property.(3) This Act also applies to claims on assets and rights of use resulting from unfair machinations, such as It has been acquired through abuse of power, corruption, coercion or deception on the part of the acquirer, the public authorities or third parties.(4) This Act also regulates the cancellation of the
-
State trustee management of assets of Citizens who have left the territory of the German Democratic Republic without the authorisation required at that time;
-
Provisional administration of Assets of citizens of the Federal Republic of Germany and Berlin (West) as well as of legal persons established in the Federal Republic of Germany or Berlin (West), the State organs of the German Democratic Republic by law ;
-
Administration of foreign assets transferred to the government of the German Democratic Republic
(hereinafter referred to as "the State of the Republic of Germany")
Administration) and the claims of the owners and beneficiaries in connection with this.(5) This Act shall include the treatment of claims and other rights in respect of assets referred to in paragraphs 1 to 4.(6) This law shall be applied in accordance with the property rights of citizens and associations, in the period of 30 years. January 1933 to 8. May 1945, for reasons of racial, political, religious or ideological reasons, have been persecuted and have therefore lost their assets as a result of forced sales, expropriation or otherwise.(7) This Act shall apply accordingly to the return of assets which are in connection with the removal of unlawful criminal, regulatory or administrative decisions in connection with the removal of property under other provisions.(8) This law does not apply to
a)
Expropriations of assets on treasury or property rights
b)
Property rights of the German Democratic Republic governed by inter-governmental agreements ;
c)
Shareholes in the Altguthabredemption bond;
d)
for claims of Local authorities of the acceding area referred to in Article 3 of the agreement, in so far as they are covered by the municipal property law of 6. July 1990 (GBl. § 2Definitions (1) Calculated within the meaning of this Act are natural and legal persons whose assets are affected by measures pursuant to § 1, as well as their legal successor.(2) Assets within the meaning of this Act are built and undeveloped land, as well as legally independent buildings and buildings (hereinafter referred to as land and buildings), rights of use and rights in rem on land or buildings. as well as moving things. Assets within the meaning of this Act are also account balances and other claims relating to cash payments as well as property/shareholdings in companies or in premises/branches of undertakings with registered offices outside the German Democratic Republic.Section IIRetransmission of assets § 3Principle (1) Assets which have been transferred to or transferred to third parties in the sense of § 1 and are transferred to third parties on application to the beneficiaries shall be returned to the extent that this is not excluded under this Act. The competent authority shall decide on the retransmission.(2) If claims for the retransmission of the same asset are claimed by a number of persons, the person who has been the first to be affected by a measure in accordance with § 1 shall be deemed to be the person entitled to retransmit the same asset.(3) If an application is in accordance with the Regulation on the notification of property claims of 11. July 1990 (GBl. No 44 p. 718), as last amended by the 2. Regulation on the notification of property rights claims of 21. The right of the right to dispose of the goods shall be subject to the obligation to conclude a legal transaction or the commission of long-term contractual obligations, without the consent of the person entitled to the right of use, . Excluded are such legal transactions, which are strictly necessary for the performance of the owner's legal obligations or for the maintenance and management of the asset. This is also true in case of late registration.(4) If the registration period (§ 3 of the Registration Regulation) is missed and there is no late application, the person entitled to dispose of the property shall be entitled to dispose of the property or to enter into debt-related obligations or obligations. If the property has not yet been owned, the beneficiary may still claim the right to a return transfer. Otherwise, only a claim to the proceeds is still available to him.(5) The right of disposal shall be made to ensure that there is no application within the meaning of paragraph 3. § 4 Exclusion of retransmission (1) A retransmission of property rights or other rights in assets is excluded, if this is no longer possible from the nature of the thing.(2) The retransmission shall also be excluded if natural persons, religious communities or non-profit foundations have acquired the property or rights of use in a redwise manner on the asset. This shall not apply in the case of land and buildings, provided that the legal transaction on which the acquisition is based shall be after the 18. It was not allowed to have been approved in accordance with Section 6 (1) and (2) of the Registration Regulation.(3) As an unreputable, the acquisition of rights shall normally be considered if he/she
a)
is not in accordance with the date of acquisition in the German Democratic Republic (DPRD) applicable general legislation, procedural principles and proper administrative practice, and the acquirer should have known or should have known, or
b)
based on the fact that the acquirer is due to corruption or exploitation of a personal position of power on the date or conditions of the acquisition or on the selection of the
c)
was influenced by the fact that the acquirer had a coercive situation or deception brought about by himself or by a third party of the former owner.
§ 5Exclusion of the retransmission of property rights in land and buildings A retransmission of property rights in land and buildings is in accordance with Section 4 (1), in particular, also , where land and buildings
a)
with considerable structural outlay in their type of use
)
c)
c)
used in complex housing or settlement construction,
d)
used for commercial use, or have been included in a business unit and cannot be returned without significant impairment of the company.
§ 6Retransmission of undertakings (1) A company shall be returned upon request to the righthold if: in the light of technical progress and general economic development, it is comparable with that of the disgraded undertaking at the time of expropriation. Substantial deterioration or substantial improvements in the assets or earnings situation shall be in balance. The undertaking shall be comparable to the undertakings concerned if the product or service portfolio of the undertaking has remained unchanged in principle, taking into account technical and economic progress, or if the undertaking concerned has been Products or services have been replaced by others. If the undertaking has been merged with one or more other undertakings, it shall apply only to that part of the undertaking.(2) A significant deterioration in the financial situation shall be the case when the opening balance sheet is drawn up for the first time at 1. In accordance with the D-market balance law, an over-indebtedness or a concealment of the minimum capital required by law for the legal form is to be found in July 1990. In this case, the company shall be entitled to the claims in accordance with § § 24, 26 (3), § 28 of the D-market balance law; these claims may not be rejected. In the case of § 28 of the D-market balance law, the capital devaluation account must be paid out by the pledge. The claim in the second sentence shall not apply to the extent that it is proved that the capital ratios at the time of the expropriation were not more favourable.(3) A substantial improvement in the financial situation is available if, in the case of the establishment of the D-market balance sheet according to the D-market balance law, a compensation is provided in accordance with Section 26 of the D-market balance sheet and it is proved that the Companies at the time of the expropriation in relation to the balance sheet total had a lower equity capital. A lower equity capital need not be proven, provided that the compensatory obligation corresponds to the value set of land or buildings, which at no time were the property of the company.(4) A substantial change in the earnings situation is present if the results for the according to the on 1. The expected turnover in units of products or services likely to be cancelled in July 1990, taking into account general economic development, is significantly higher or lower than at the time of the Expropriation. Where new products have to be developed in order to achieve a comparable turnover, the necessary development costs shall be subject to a refund, unless the company is not capable of remediation. If the turnover is substantially higher than at the time of the expropriation, in particular because of the development of new products, the development costs necessary for this shall be incurred in so far as these would not have been written off in the event of their activation, a Compensation, unless it would result in a substantial deterioration in the assets referred to in paragraph 2.(5) The return of the expropriated companies to the beneficiaries shall be effected by the transfer of the rights granted to the owner in accordance with the respective legal form. If the undertaking has a legal form other than that which occurred, it shall, at the request of the person concerned, be converted into the former or another legal form before being returned to the company. Where the undertaking to be returned has been merged with one or more other undertakings into a new unit of enterprise, if the undertaking is not to be unleaned, the value shall be transferred in the value to the person entitled to: the corresponding application of paragraphs 1 to 4 in the case of unbundling corresponds to the ratio of the carrying amount of the undertaking to be returned to the carrying amount of the undertaking as a whole. Unbundling cannot be required if it is economically unjustifiable. If shares remain with the Treuhandanstalt, in particular in order to compensate for substantial increases in value, they may be acquired by the shareholders who have been transferred to the shareholders ' rights under this Act.(6) The application for the return of a company can be made by any person entitled. The beneficiary ' s application shall be deemed to be in favour of all the beneficiaries to whom the same entitlement is entitled. Instead of the return, the compensation can be chosen if no person entitled to return has a request for return.(7) If the return referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 is not possible or if the beneficiary decides to pay compensation, the value of the enterprise at the time of the acquisition shall be in the national property or in the state administration in the German mark. be reimbursed. A purchase price or redemption amount received at that time is to be converted into a German mark in the ratio of two marks of the German Democratic Republic and to be deducted from the amount of the compensation.(8) If, in the cases referred to in Article 1 (1) (d), the return has already been effected at the date of entry into force of this Act, the person entitled may require that the return be reviewed in accordance with the provisions of this Act and subject to the conditions of the latter's conditions. is adjusted.(9) The Minister of Finance shall be empowered, in agreement with the Minister of Economic Affairs, by means of a regulation to the procedure and the competence of the authorities or bodies responsible for the implementation of the return and compensation of undertakings and § 7Value Balance In the case of the retransmission of assets-except in the cases of § 6-Reaction of the financial statements and the valuation of the assets and the valuation of the assets. , the increases in value financed by the State budget since the transition to the national budget, as well as the impairment losses that have occurred, are to be identified and compensated. § 8Right of voting (1) Insofar as the beneficiaries are entitled to a retransmission according to § 3, they may instead choose compensation. The exceptions are those whose land was taken over by property waiver, gift or embezzling in the country's own property.(2) If the right to a majority of persons is valid, the right to vote can only be exercised jointly. § 9Principles of Compensation (1) In the cases of § 4 (1) and (2), compensation in money shall be granted. No compensation shall be granted for land within the meaning of Article 1 (2), which has been taken over by property waiver, gift or inheritance in folk property.(2) If a property cannot be transferred back for the reasons of Section 4 (2), the compensation can be made by means of the transfer of land with the most comparable value possible. If this is not possible, it is also possible to compensate in money. Section 21 (3) sentence 1 and (4) shall apply mutas to the provision of replacement land.(3) In accordance with § 3 (3) and (4) (2) and (3) of the Act, movable property is sold and cannot be returned. The person entitled to the movable property shall be entitled to the amount of the proceeds obtained against the person. compensation fund, provided that the proceeds have not already been credited or disbursed in an account.(2) Where no proceeds have been obtained in the case of the exploitation of a movable property, the beneficiary is not entitled to compensation. Section IIIRepeal of the State administration § 11Principle (1) State administration of assets shall be applied at the request of of the beneficiary by decision of the Authority. The authorized person may instead choose compensation in accordance with § 9, without his property.(2) If the beneficiary has not registered his claim until the expiry of the registration period (§ 3 of the Registration Regulation), the state administrator is entitled to dispose of the managed asset value. The disposal of the asset is no longer permissible if the person entitled has declared his claim to the assets under management after the expiry of the period.(3) The liquidator shall ensure that no notification is available within the meaning of the application for registration.(4) In the case of the proceeds of the sales proceeds, the person entitled to the proceeds shall be entitled to. If no claim is filed by the beneficiary, the sales proceeds shall be deducted from the administration responsible for the compensation fund.(5) To the extent that state-managed funds have been reduced on the basis of provisions which are discriminatory or otherwise at a disadvantage, provision should be made for compensation. § 12 State-managed companies and company participations The modalities of the repatriation of state-managed enterprises and company participations shall be governed by § 6. § 13Liability of the State Administrator (1) Is the beneficiary of the State-administered asset by a grossly infringed breach of the obligations arising from the have resulted in a material disadvantage by the State liquidator or as a result of violation of other obligations of the State Administrator during the time of the State administration, has resulted in unlawful material disadvantage, to replace him with that damage.(2) The damages shall be determined on the basis of the statutory regulations of state liability and shall be paid out of the compensation fund.(3) The compensation fund shall be subject to compensation from the State administrator or the local authority which is superior to it. § 14 (1) No claims for damages shall be payable to the beneficiary if assets are not in the state of the state. Management was taken because the competent State body had no knowledge of the existence of the substantive conditions for the establishment of the state administration or the existence of the asset, and taking into account the specific requirements of the State administration. Circumstances could not be obtained.(2) A right to compensation shall not exist even if the beneficiary has been aware that the State administration is not exercised over the asset or that it could have obtained such knowledge in the reasonable manner. state administrator (1) Until the repeal of the state administration, the state administrator must ensure that the asset is managed and properly managed.(2) Until the annulment of the State Administration, the State Administrator is not entitled to enter into long-term contractual obligations or to conclude legal transactions in rem without the consent of the owner. Excluded are such legal transactions, which are strictly necessary for the performance of the owner's legal obligations or for the maintenance and management of the asset.(3) The restriction provided for in paragraph 2 shall not apply after the expiry of the registration period (§ 3 of the Registration Regulation), as long as the owner has not registered his claim to the state-managed asset.(4) The State administrator must ensure that no notification is provided within the meaning of paragraph 3. Section IVLegal relations between the beneficiaries and the third parties § 16Adoption of rights and obligations (1) With the Retransmission of property rights or the cancellation of the State administration shall be the rights and obligations arising from the ownership of the asset, by the righthor itself or by a person to be determined by the person entitled to Managing the administrator.2. The retransmission of property rights or the cancellation of the state administration shall include the person entitled in all legal relationships existing in relation to the respective asset value.(3) Existing legal relationships can only be amended or terminated on the basis of the respective applicable law. § 17Miet and usage rights By the retransmission of land and buildings or the cancellation of the state Administration shall not be affected by existing tenancy or usage rights relationships. This does not apply in the cases of § 1 para. 3 if the lessee or user has not been honest in the sense of § 4 para. 2 and 3 at the conclusion of the contract. § 18Land loads (1) In the case of the retransmission of land, the real Charges that existed at the time of the transition to people's property should be re-entered in the land register. To the extent that the beneficiary has already been satisfied by the State, the underlying claim shall be applied to the compensation fund. In such a case, at the request of the competent authority, a security mortgage in favour of the compensation fund shall be entered in the land register, provided that the claim is not settled by the person entitled to do so.(2) Personal claims arising out of mortgages which have been justified in favour of fully-owned money or credit institutions and which continue to exist after the land has been transferred to the public, shall be extinguaged if no retransmission of the land to the property is transferred to the Justifiable. Compensation from the compensation fund shall be granted to the legal successor of the money or credit institution.(3) Building mortgages shall be taken over by the beneficiary, if a value-increasing or value-holding construction measure corresponding to the borrowing has been carried out.§ 19Other claims of third parties on land (1) Tenants and users of residential, recreational and commercial property may claim claims arising from expenses incurred in connection with the property, the performance of which shall be in accordance with the legal provisions in force in the German Democratic Republic, the owner is responsible for, or a claim for, the application for application or application of the law. Reimbursement of expenses, compensation of value or reasonable compensation shall be made, irrespective of the Log in to the request.(2) The notification shall take place within the framework of the procedure laid down in Section VI.(3) An agreement shall be concluded on the basis of the rights of the person entitled to the claims. In the event of a dispute, the civil rights path shall be open.(4) The annulment of the state administration or the retransmission shall not be affected. § 20Right of pre-emption (1) tenants and users of single-and two-family houses as well as of land for recreational purposes, which are state-managed or to which a right of retransmission exists, a right of pre-emption on the property shall be granted upon request.(2) In the case of land where third parties have acquired property rights or rights in rem, the beneficiaries shall be granted a right of pre-emption on the property on request.(3) Applications for the registration of the right of pre-emption shall be submitted in accordance with the procedure laid down in Section VI. § 21 Replacement Land (1) Tenants or users of single-family homes and land for recreational purposes, which are state-managed or to which a if a right of retransmission has been claimed by law, it may request that the person entitled to a replacement be made available to the person concerned if they are willing to buy the property. The authorized person shall not be obliged to use a replacement property.(2) Applications pursuant to § 9 (2) shall be considered as a priority.(3) The application referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1 shall be the same if the beneficiary agrees, a property in municipal property is available in the same urban or municipal area and a transfer of ownership does not have the effect of justifiable Opposing interests. This shall apply in particular if the tenants and users have incurred significant expenses for the increase in value or the maintenance of the value of the object.(4) Value differences between the value of the replacement property and the value of the property at the time of the inadministration or the withdrawal of the property right shall be in balance.(5) If a substitute property has been transferred to the beneficiary of a government-administered property, the State administrator shall be entitled to sell the property to the tenant or user. Section VOrganisation § 22Implementation of the regulation Property issues (1) The provisions of this law and the tasks relating to the compensation fund to be formed are carried out by the Länder of Mecklenburg-Western Pomerania, Brandenburg, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt, Thuringia and Berlin.(2) The establishment of the compensation fund shall be governed by law. § 23 State authorities The Länder shall establish offices and state offices for the settlement of open property matters. § 24Lower state authority for each county, each district-free city and for Berlin will be An office for the settlement of open property issues as a lower national authority. In case of need, such an office can be formed for several counties as the lower state authority. § 25Obere LandesgoverndenFor each country, a State Office for the settlement of open property issues is formed. § 26Appeal committees (1) At each national office for Open asset management is formed by an appeal committee; if necessary, a number of opposition committees may be formed. The Committee shall consist of a chairman and two co-sitters.(2) The Board of Appeal shall decide on the objection independently with a majority of votes. § 27Amts and Legal Assistance All authorities and courts shall provide official and legal assistance to the authorities referred to in this section free of charge. 28Transitional regulations (1) Until the establishment of the lower national authorities, the tasks of this law are carried out by the county offices or municipalities of the county-free towns and cities. The applications submitted on the basis of the application for registration are to be taken over by the offices for the settlement of open property issues after their formation by the county offices or municipalities of the county-free cities for further processing.(2) Up to the formation of the Länder, the representatives of the government shall carry out the tasks in accordance with § 23.(3) In order to ensure the uniform implementation of this law, the Council of Ministers shall assign a transitional authority to the Council of Ministers. § 29BeiratAt the central post pursuant to § 28 (3), an Advisory Board shall be formed, consisting of one representative of each of the members in § 22. Paragraph 1 of this Act, four representatives of the interest groups and of four experts. Section VIprocedural rules § 30Application claims under this Act shall be submitted to the competent authority by means of a request. The application for the application is deemed to be a request for a retransmission or for the annulment of the state administration. § 31Duties of the Authority (1) The Authority shall determine the facts of its own motion, the applicant shall have to participate in this.(2) The Authority shall inform the relevant legal entities or State administrators and third parties whose legal interests may be affected by the outcome of the proceedings, of the application and of the further procedure to be added.(3) Upon request, the applicant shall be entitled to obtain information from the Authority of any information necessary to enforce its claim. For this purpose, the credibility of the claim is sufficient. The information is to be provided in writing.(4) The Authority shall be entitled to obtain comprehensive information from the legal entity, current owners, state administrators and other persons with the management of assets. Decision, electoral law § 32 (1) The Authority shall have the following information: Applicants must notify the proposed decision in writing and give them the opportunity to submit their comments within one month. In doing so, he shall be informed of the possibility of providing information pursuant to section 31 (3) as well as the right to vote in accordance with paragraph 2.(2) As long as the Authority has not yet decided, the applicant may choose compensation in accordance with § 9 instead of retransmission of the asset or cancellation of the state administration. This does not apply in the cases of § 8 (1) sentence 2.(3) If the applicant has requested information, the Authority may decide on the application no earlier than one month after the applicant has received the information.(4) Decisions and communications pursuant to this Section which set a time limit shall be notified to those concerned in their rights. § 33 (1) If the applicant has chosen compensation, the decision shall be limited to the determination of the authorization and the determination of the exercise of the right to vote; the other procedure shall be governed by specific provisions.(2) About Value Match Claims According To. § 7 and on claims for damages pursuant to § 13 para. 2 and 3 and § 14 shall be taken a separate decision.(3) The decision shall be made to the parties in writing and shall be notified to the parties concerned. The decision shall be justified and shall be accompanied by an appeal for appeal.(4) The decision shall be taken by the parties to a surrender protocol. This shall include information on the ownership and asset status established, agreements reached, on registered rights within the meaning of § 19 as well as on other essential provisions relating to the assets to be transferred.(5) The decision shall be passed one month after service if no objection is filed. § 34 Transfer of ownership, correction and cancellation of notice on the state administration (1) With the inability of a A decision on the retransmission of property rights or other rights relating to property rights shall be subject to the rights of the person entitled.(2) In the case of the retransmission of property rights or other rights in rem in land and buildings, the Authority shall apply for the correction of the basic book to the authority responsible for the land register. Fees for the land rectification are not collected.(3) The person entitled shall be exempt from payment of the basic value tax.(4) In the case of the annulment of the state administration, the authority shall apply to the authority responsible for the land register the deletion of the note on the state administration. § 35Örary of responsibility (1) For the decision on assets in state The administration is the office responsible for the regulation of open property matters, in the area of which the applicant, in the case of the heist of the affected deceased, had his last place of residence. This also applies to assets that have been confiscated and taken over in people's property.(2) In the other cases, the Office is responsible for the regulation of outstanding financial matters in the area of which the asset is situated.(3) If the application has been addressed to a locally uncompetent office or to another incompetent authority, they shall immediately submit the application to the competent office for the regulation of open property matters and shall submit the application to the competent authority for the purposes of: § 36Opposition procedure (1) Contradictions may be made against decisions of the Office for the regulation of open property matters. The opposition shall be made in writing, within one month of the notification of the decision, with the Office which has taken the decision. The objection is to be justified. If the objection is not or is not fully remedied, it shall be forwarded to the relevant Opposition Committee.(2) If, by the annulment or amendment of the decision, a person other than the opposition leader can be complained of, he shall be heard before the remedy or resignation of the appeal.(3) The right to appeal is to be justified, to be provided with a statement of appeal and to deliver. § 37Admissibility of the court's appeal against the appeal of the appeal the complained of the appeal may be filed for review by the court. § 38Cost (1) The administrative procedure, including the opposition procedure, is free of charge.(2) The costs of representation shall be borne by the applicant. The costs of the representation in the opposition proceedings shall be reimbursed to the opposition leader, in so far as the assignment of an agent to the appropriate legal proceedings was necessary and the opposition was well founded. The decision on the matter shall be taken into account in the decision on the costs of the costs. § 39External force regulations The following provisions are repeal:
1.
First implementation statement of the asset backup regulation from 8. September 1952 (VOBl. for Groß-Berlin Part I, p. 459)
2.
Regulation on the returning to the territory of the German Democratic Republic and the democratic sector of Groß-Berlin Persons of 11. June 1953 (GBl. No 78 p. 805)
3.
First implementation provision for the regulation on the territory of the German Democratic Republic and the democratic sector of the Greater Berlin area returning persons of 11. June 1953 (GBl. No 78 p. 806)
4.
Second implementation of the regulation on the territory of the German Democratic Republic and the democratic sector of the Grand-Berlin returning persons of 31. August 1953 (GBl. No 95 p. 955)
5.
Regulation on the management and protection of foreign property in the German Democratic Republic of 6 February 2016. September 1951 (GBl. No. 111 p. 839)
6.
Regulation on the management and protection of foreign property in Groß-Berlin of 18. December 1951 (VOBl. for Groß-Berlin Part I No. 80 p. 565)
7.
Order No 2 on the treatment of the assets of persons who are the German Democratic Republic after the 10th From the 3rd of June 1953, October 1958 (VOBl. for Groß-Berlin part I p. 673)
8.
Regulation on the rights and obligations of the liquidator of the property of owners who are the German Democratic Republic have left unlawfully, against creditors in the German Democratic Republic of 11. December 1968 (GBl. II 1969 No. 1 p. 1)
9.
Order to regulate asset issues of 11. November 1989 (GBl. 247)
10.
§ § 17 to 21 of the Law on the formation and operation of private enterprises and on company participations of 7. March 1990 (GBl. 141), as last amended by the Law on the amendment or repeal of the laws of the German Democratic Republic of 28 June 2008. June 1990 (GBl. 38 p. 483)
11.
as well as instructions issued to this legislation. "




























































name="BJNR208890990BJNE026100301 " />Non-Official Table of Contents

Annex II Kap III B II Annex II Chapter III
Sachgebiet B-Civil Law
Section II

of the German Democratic Republic shall remain in force with the following repeals:
1.
Regulation on the Transport with land-land transport regulation-of 15. December 1977 (GBl. 73), as last amended by the 1. Civil Rights Change Act of 28 June June 1990 (GBl. I n ° 39 p. 524)
a)
§ 3 para. 1, 2 and 4 is repealed.
b)
§ § 5 and 6 are repealed.
c)
§ 7 receives the following: " For the granting of the approval, the "
d)
§ § 8 to 15 are repealed.
unofficial table of contents

Appendix II Cape III B III Appendix II, chapter III
Sachgebiet B-Civil law
Section III

the following right of the German Democratic Republic shall remain in force with the following measures:
The State Liability Act of 12. May 1969 (GBl. 34), as amended by the Law of 14. December 1988 (GBl. N. 28 p. 329), the following shall be considered as the national law:
a)
The preamble shall be:
b)
§ 1 (1) shall be replaced by the following: ' (1) For damage suffered by a natural or legal person with regard to his or her property or rights (c)
c
c)
c)
§ 1 paragraph 4 is replaced by the following: " (4) For the replacement of damage suffered by a natural or legal person with regard to its property or rights by a (
)
d)
§ 2 shall be replaced by the following: " Natural and legal persons shall take all possible and reasonable measures to prevent or mitigate any damage. If they violate this obligation culpably, the liability of the state or municipal body shall be correspondingly restricted or excluded. "
e)
§ 6a shall be given under Waiver of a subdivision in paragraphs following the following: " The decision on the basis and amount of the claim for damages (Section 5 (3)) is against natural and legal persons after the decision has been taken on their appeal, the Right away to the ordinary courts. Without regard to the value of the object of the dispute, the district court is responsible, in the district of which the institution has its seat, from whose conduct the claim is derived. "
f)
§ 7 is deleted.
g)
§ 9 is replaced by the following: " (1) For the replacement claim of the state or municipal authorities against staff members are subject to the legislation on the liability of employees on the grounds of the damage caused to them by unlawful and culpable culpable damage.(2) acting on behalf of public or local authorities, they may, in the event of unlawful and deliberate damage caused by the appropriate application of the legislation on the liability of the employees, be taken into account. '
h)
§ 10 does not include a breakdown in paragraphs:' A claim for damages shall also be entitled to nationals of a foreign State , which are not resident or permanent in the scope of this Act. "
Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap III C I Annex II, Chapter III
I, Section I
, Section I

, the following law of the German Democratic Republic shall remain in force:
1.
§ § 84, 149, 153 to 155, 238 of the Criminal Code of the German Democratic Republic-StGB-vom 12. 1 January 1968 in the recast version of 14 January 1968 December 1988 (GBl. I 1989 No 3 p. 33), as amended by the 6. Law on criminal law of 29. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 39 p. 526),
2.
§ § 8 to 10 of the 6. Law on criminal law of the German Democratic Republic of 29. June 1990 (GBl. N ° 39 p. 526),
3.
§ § 5, 8, 16, 21, 23 of the Regulation of 22. March 1984 on the fight against administrative offences (GBl. 173), as last amended by the Regulation of 27 June 2008. The Regulation of 22 June 1990 amending the Regulation of 22 June 1990 March 1984 on the fight against administrative offences (GBl. N ° 39 p. 542),
4.
§ 1 (2) to § 4 (1) and § 5 of the Law on Interruption Of Pregnancy of 9. March 1972 (GBl. 89),
5.
§ 1 to § 4 (2) sentence 1 and § 4 (3) to § 9 of the Implementing Act to the Law on the Interruption of Pregnancy of 9. March 1972 (GBl. II no. 12 p. 149).

Footnote

. I n ° 1 (italic pressure): § 149. by Art. 4 sentence 2 G v. 31.5.1994 I 1168 mWv 11.6.1994
An. I n ° 3 (italic print): § § 5, 8, 16, 21 and 23 up. by § 1 no. 2 G v. 30.1.2002 I 567 mWv 7.2.2002 Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap III C II Annex II, Chapter III,
The law
the German Democratic Republic remains in force with the following amendment:
§ 191a of the Criminal Code of the German Democratic Republic-of the German Democratic Republic-of the 12th

Democratic Republic (StGB). 1 January 1968 in the recast version of 14 January 1968 December 1988 (GBl. I 1989 No 3 p. 33), as amended by the 6. Law on criminal law of 29. June 1990 (GBl. 39 p. 526)
§ 191a is taken as follows:
" § 191a
Causing an environmental hazard
(1) Who, in breach of administrative obligations, imposes a contamination of the soil with harmful substances or pathogens in is punishable by a term of imprisonment of up to five years or a fine.
(2) The attempt is punishable.
(3) If the perpetrator is negligent, then the penalty is imprisonment of up to two years or a fine.
(4) The administrative obligations referred to in paragraph 1 shall be infringed, in violation of a piece of legislation, of a fully-fledgable subsac, order or requirement for the protection of the soil against contamination. " Non-official table of contents

Annex II Cape III C III Annex II, Chapter III,
Sachgebiet C-Criminal law and illegal-law
section III

The following laws of the German Democratic Republic remain in force with the following measures:
damages prepayment law of 14. December 1988 (GBl. 345)
, subject to the following conditions:
It shall apply to the applications submitted before the date of accession. Non-official table of contents

Annex II Kap III D I Annex II, Chapter III,
Area D-Trade and company law, insurance contract law
Section I

With the entry into force of this Agreement, the following law of the German Democratic Republic shall enter into force:
1.
Law on the opening balance sheet in German mark and capital redetermination:


" The opening balance sheet in the German mark and the capital resettlement
(D Market Balance Act-DMBilG)


Overview
Section 1
Inventory. Opening balance. Attachment
Subsection 1
Inventory. Opening balance sheet
§ 1lineup obligation
§ 2 Ininventory
§ 3Inventur
§ 4 Opening Balance Sheet
§ 5Regulations to be applied
Subsection 2
Balance sheet approach and valuation rules
§ 6 General Requirements
§ 7Reassessment
§ 8 Intangible Assets
§ 9Reason and Ground
§ 10 Builds and other assets
§ 11Financial Assets
§ 12 inventories
§ 13requirements
§ 14Cash balances, cheques, credit balances at financial institutions
§ 15Invoice line items
§ 16liabilities
§ 17Repositions
§ 18Currency conversion
Subsection 3
Attachment. Comparative Representation
§ 19Attachment
§ 20 Comparative representation
Section 2
Group opening balance sheet. Total opening balance
§ 21lineup duty
§ 22 Group Attachment
§ 23Template and Disclosure Requirements
Section 3
Capital Equipment
Subsection 4
Balance of wealth and equity of previously fully-owned enterprises
§ 24Countervailing requirements
§ 25Countervailing liabilities
§ 26Equity backup
Subsection 5
Redetermination of the capital ratios of private companies
27reset
§ 28Preliminary reset
§ 29Company law relationships
§ 30Resolution of Capital depreciation accounts
Subsection 6
Preliminary Profit Recovery
§ 31Preliminary Profit Backback
Section 4
Setting and Adjustment of benefits in German mark
§ 32Setting and adjusting benefits in German mark
Section 5
Method
Subsection 7
Review
§ 33Review
§ 34 Completing the audit
Subsection 8
Determination and rectification
§ 35Determination
§ 36Rectification of value records
Subsection 9
Disclosure
§ 37 Disclosure
Section 6
Business-Two-Related Rules
Subsection 10
Regulations for financial institutions and foreign trade companies
§ 38 scope
§ 39opening balance sheet
§ 40 balancing requirements
§ 41Countervailing liabilities
§ 42 Comparative Representation
§ 43Audit
Subsection 11
Insurance rules
§ 44 Scope
§ 45Opening Balance
§ 46 Review. Submission
Section 7
Criminal and law enforcement regulations. Penalty payments
§ 47Criminal rules
§ 48 Order of order rules
§ 49Penalty payment
section 8
Taxes. Fees
§ 50Fiscal Opening Balance and Follow-up Effects
§ 51 Conversion-Related Asset Changes
§ 52Tax baseline values in other cases
§ 53Economic years 1990 and tax final balance sheet
§ 54 Pension provisions
§ 55Inlays
§ 56 Charges
Section 9
Miscellaneous Rules
§ 57Resolution
§ 58fiscal year
Section 10
Final Provisions
§ 59empowerment
§ 60Entry into




1
Inventory. Opening balance. Appendix

Subsection 1
Inventory. Opening balance
§ 1
obligation to set up
(1) Company with principal place of business (registered office) in the German Democratic Republic on 1 January 2008. July 1990, which, as merchants under § 238 of the Commercial Code, are obliged to lead books, have an inventory and an opening balance sheet in German mark for the 1. July 1990, as well as an annex in accordance with § 19, which forms a unit with the opening balance sheet. Companies which do not have to disclose their opening balance in accordance with Article 37 need not draw up an annex.
(2) As a company that is obligated to guide books in accordance with paragraph 1,
1.
volkseigenic combinates, businesses, independent entities and business management bodies, intercompany institutions and others in the register of the fully owned economy
2.
Companies with limited liability in construction,
3.
3.
Cooperatives of any kind, including cooperative facilities,
4.
Holds with or without own Legal personality of the State, countries, counties, cities and municipalities engaged in a trading business within the meaning of Article 1 of the Commercial Code, provided that they are not in the trader referred to in Article 4 of the Commercial Code ,
5.
institutions, foundations and associations which operate a trading business within the meaning of Section 1 of the Commercial Code, insofar as they are not in accordance with § 4 of the German Commercial Code Trade Code,
6.
Deutsche Post,
7.
Deutsche Reichsbahn,
8.
branches and premises of companies referred to in paragraph 1 with principal place of business outside the German Democratic Republic ' Republic.
(3) Paragraph 1 shall also apply to the Treuhandanstalt and to undertakings referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 which are in liquidate or through whose assets the overall enforcement procedure has been initiated.
(4) If a company is responsible for accounting for the business of a company referred to in paragraphs 1 to 3 in its own or foreign name, but for a foreign invoice, it shall also perform its obligations under this Act. , the provisions of this Act shall apply accordingly.
(5) For the purposes of this Act, companies which are liable for the opening balance or which are converted into a private legal form within the time limit laid down in Section 4 (1) sentence 1 for the opening balance may be deemed to be the first to be the first. It was established in July 1990.

§ 2
Inventory
On inventory to 1. Article 240 of the Commercial Code is to be applied accordingly in July 1990. The inventory shall also include such assets as the enterprise after the 30 years. The first sentence of the first sentence of the first sentence of Article 4 (1) for the opening balance sheet was transferred free of charge in June 1990 for the opening balance sheet from former fully owned assets.

§ 3
Inventur
(1) To set up the inventory, an inventory of the volume of assets and liabilities is not to be performed if the inventory is at the 30. The assets and liabilities have been fully recorded and the principles set out in paragraphs 2 to 6 have been respected. It's only after the 30. The assets and liabilities acquired in the inventory pursuant to § 2 sentence 2 or § 4 (3) shall be included in the inventory or included in the inventory separately. If the auditor was not present in the inventory at the time of the audit (§ 33 (1)), a new inventory can only be waived if the auditor is responsible for the regularity of the inventory at the 30. June 1990.
(2) The assets are to be recorded physically. Section 241 of the Commercial Code may be applied, paragraph 3 (1), with the proviso that the inventory may be drawn up during the first four months of the financial year. The physical inventory may be subject to the assets of the fixed assets if they are recorded in a manner corresponding to the principles of regular accounting and, in the last twelve months, a physical exercise Recording took place.
(3) In the case of land and buildings, all statutory or contractual restrictions relating to their use, availability or exploitation shall be recorded; moreover, it shall be noted that all the known facts from which they relate to: can result in financial commitments.
(4) Claims and liabilities shall be recorded in special lists and shall be demonstrated in a manner appropriate to the principles of regular accounting. Claims and liabilities to the State, the Treuhandanstalt, shareholders and subsidiaries (Section 21 (1) sentence 1) must be recorded separately; the legal reason shall be stated in each case. In the case of liabilities to financial institutions and foreign trading companies, the reason for the credit is to be disclosed.
(5) Special lists shall cover all matters which may result in a provision under Section 249 (1), first sentence, of the Commercial Code for indefinite liabilities or for imminent losses arising from floating transactions, or for which: The provisions of Section 249 (1) sentence 2 of the Commercial Code are to be formed.
(6) In special lists, all liability conditions to be noted in accordance with Section 251 of the Commercial Code and any other financial obligations to be reported in accordance with Section 19 (3) (6) of the Annex are to be reported as far as they are to be reported. shall not be taken into account in accordance with paragraphs 2 to 5.

§ 4
Opening balance sheet
(1) The opening balance sheet and the appendix are to be set up in the first four months of the fiscal year. Companies which, in the opening balance sheet, have a balance sheet total of no more than three million nine hundred thousand German marks after deduction of a shortfall in accordance with Article 268 (3) of the Commercial Code or which is on the 1. The opening balance sheet and the appendix may be placed in the first six months of the financial year if this corresponds to a proper course of business in July 1990, and the maximum number of employees shall be fifty.
(2) The opening balance sheet and the appendix have to provide, in accordance with the principles of regular accounting, a true and fair view of the balance of assets within the meaning of Section 264 (2) sentence 1 of the Commercial Code. If special circumstances lead to the opening balance sheet not giving a true and fair view, additional information shall be provided in the Annex, provided that such an image is to be drawn up. Only those principles of regular accounting which have arisen in the Federal Republic of Germany or which are to be created by this Act are to be applied.
(3) For the purpose of restructuring or privatization within the opening-up period for the opening balance sheet as referred to in the first sentence of paragraph 1, the transfer of assets or liabilities to other undertakings may result in the following: shall be taken into account in the opening balance sheets and inventories of the undertakings concerned, but only in accordance with the relevant amendments.

§ 5
Rules applicable
(1) The opening balance sheet is based on § § 243 to 261 of the German Commercial Code, with the exception of section 243 (3), § 247 (3), § 252, 253 (1) sentence 1, para. 4, § 255 (3), § 256 sentence 1 in so far as they relate to the balance sheet and that the law does not contain any divergent rules; information on related undertakings does not need to be made. Companies that are not individual businessmen or persons trading companies also have § 265 (3) to (8), § § 266, 268 (3) to (7), § § 270 to 272, Cooperatives to apply § § 336, 337 of the Commercial Code to the extent that this law deviates from the law. It does not contain provisions or rules on the form and content of the balance sheet which are not to be observed.
(2) If the size characteristics of Section 267 (1) or (2) of the Commercial Code are not exceeded in the opening balance sheet with regard to the balance sheet total or the number of employees, small enterprises may be entitled to the facilitation of section 266 (1) sentence 3 of the German Commercial Code. Commercial code and medium-sized enterprises take advantage of the facilitation of Section 327 (1) of the Commercial Code in the preparation of the opening balance sheet.

Subsection 2
Balance sheet approach and valuation rules

§ 6
General requirements
(1) In the assessment of assets and liabilities shown in the opening balance sheet, the following applies in particular:
1.
The assessment should be based on the continuation of the company's activity, if not
2.
The assets and liabilities are individually available on the closing date of the opening balance sheet. assess.
3.
It is prudent to evaluate, in particular, all foreseeable risks and losses incurred up to the closing date of the opening balance sheet, to be evaluated. , even if they have only become known between the date and the date on which the opening balance has been drawn up; profits shall be taken into account only if they are carried out on the date of the closing date.
(2) The The balance sheet and the valuation methods used shall be binding for the following balance sheets, unless it has to be deviated or a derogation pursuant to section 252 (2) of the German Commercial Code , for the first-time derogation in a subsequent conclusion of an electoral law exercised in the opening balance sheet, a duly substantiated exception shall not be required.

§ 7
Reassessment
(1) Assets and liabilities are to be revalued. Assets shall be subject to their replacement or recovery costs (new value); however, they may not exceed the value to be attached to them (time value). Significant increases in value, which occur within four months after the balance sheet date, must be taken into acco